· Web viewSubject . Topic . Summary . Execution . English 1 . Sounds of animals . Hens –cackle Horses –neigh Lions –roar Owls –hoots Snake –hiss. English 2 . Mother’s

Post on 04-Sep-2020

3 Views

Category:

Documents

0 Downloads

Preview:

Click to see full reader

Transcript

Study Material of 2962020For Class Nursery to XII

Class NurserySubject Topic ExecutionEnglish Practice Book ndash Pg 22 Do in the bookMath Practice Book Pg 46 Do in the book

Bengali সাহিতয কহিঃ ndash Pg ২৬ বাম হিকেকর সাকে ডান হিকেকর হিমল ককেরা

Do in the book

Hindi Letter ञ ndash 4 Lines Write in the copyClass KG I

Subject Topic ExecutionEnglish Reading Book ndash Pg 39

Rhyme Ten little fingers Listen and repeat

Math Before after Numbers WorksheetBengali সাহিতয মকলঃ Pg ১২ ঈ কার

যাকে শবদ Read and Learn

Hindi डाकिया (बाल गीत Pg 5) Check WhatsApp for Audio ndash listen repeat and learn

Computer Pg 18 19 Look at the pictures then listen and understand

Class KG IISubject Topic ExecutionEnglish Cursive writing Book Pg 25 Write in the bookMath Numbers names (Revision) Write the numbers names of 50ndash80 in the copy

Science(Term I) Pg 128 (Peacock) Our national Bird is peacockJoin the dots and colour the picture of PEACOCK

Computer Chapter ndash 4 Use of Computer Look at the pictures then listen and understand (try to read)

ArtCraft Pg 8 Do in the book

Class ISubject Topic Summary Execution English 1 Sounds of animals Hens ndashcackle Horses ndashneigh Lions ndashroar Owls ndashhoots Snake ndashhissEnglish 2 Motherrsquos love Done Page 31

A Encircle the correct answer1 Every Mouse and bumble bee loves to feel her motherrsquos love2Every bear loves his mother more than Honey3 The poet loves her mother just as the forest creatures do

Maths Chapter 5 Done Do no 5 and 6EVS Chapter 9 Done Page 141

1I am rude to animals-kind2 I throw garbage in the open-dustbin3 I have bad study habits-good

Hindi Chapter 8 ऋ ी मातरा स शबद वकष किवकष गह अमत घणा पापथवीBengali বইndashবাংলা

সাহিতয পহিরচয়৩ সঠিক উততর যবকেনাও -ক) সব যাকাকেনর সামকেন ( ফাকা হি- )

পাঠndash২৩লপndashযমলার মজাঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

খ) রকের হিন সবাই( পাপ যবগহিন ) যখকেত চায়) ( কাকেঠর কাকেজর যতকেল -াজার ) যাকাকেনর সামকেনই যবহিশ হি-ঘ) নারকোলা ( পাচবার শবার ) যঘারার পর যকেম যকেলাঙ) ( -াই যবান ) নার যালা চার বায়না ধরকেলা৪ হিবপরীত শবদ -কের timesকাকে যবাকা timesচালাক উপকেরtimes হিনকেচ রাহিজ timesঅরাহিজ য-তকের timesবাইকের৫ একেলাকেমকেলা শবদ সাহিজকেয় যলকেখা -যল-াকেতজা = যতকেল-াজা যয়ানআজ = আকেয়াজন কাকোন =

যাকান হিলহিজহিপ = হিজহিলহিপ যানারলা = নারকোলা কমারহির = রকমাহির

Class IISubject Topic Summary Execution Eng literature

Ch 2 FriendshipBook Orchid

Refer to pg 15Once there lived a crow a tortoise and a mouse They were very good friends and lived in the forest Once they saw a deer running and coming towards them They understood that the deer was afraid of the hunters so the tortoise told him that the hunters donrsquot come inside this deep forest They wanted the deer to be their friend and they four became good friends Once when they didnrsquot find the deer anywhere they became worried and started looking for him Suddenly the crow saw the deer trapped in the net near river bank and he at once went to inform his other friends

Read pg 15

Eng language

Ch 13 Adverbs Adverbs are words that tells us something more about the verb That is how an action happenedWe add ly to form adverbs For eg A tortoise walks slowly[The word walks is a verb and the word slowly is an adverb which is telling how the tortoise is walking]

Read pg 61

EVS Ch 8 Safety First Refer to pg 139Safety in swimming pool and playgroundChildren the things that we should keep in mind while we are in the swimming pool are that as you are very small never go alone near ituse swimming tube no running near the pool as you might slip and fall into the water wait for your turn and never push each other in the pool If you follow these small safety rules then you can avoid many accidents to happen

Read pg 139 and try to understand

Mathematics

CHAP-6SHAPES

SOLID SHAPES ARE CALLED 3-D SHAPESSOLID SHAPES INCLUDES FACESEDGES AND CORNERS

READ AND UNDERSTAND THE SUMMARY PART

FACE- PART OF THE SHAPE THAT IS FLAT (OR CURVED) IS KNOWN AS FACE OF THE SOLID SHAPE A CUBE HAS 6 FACES

EDGE- THE LINE WHERE TWO FACES MEET IS KNOWN AS EDGEA CUBE HAS 12 EDGES

VERTEX-THE POINT WHERE TWO OR MORE EDGES MEET IS KNOWN AS VERTEXA CUBE HAS 8 VERTICES

General knowledge

Ch 21 part of plants

Refer to pg 25Do in the book and learn [ practise drawing a plant and label the different parts of the plant]

Qs 1 Which part of the plant grow under the groundAns Roots Qs2 Which part of the plant looks colourfulAns FlowerQs 3 Which part of the plant look greenAns Leaves Qs 4 Which part of the plant has leaves flowers and fruitsAns StemQs 5 Which part of a plant do you eatAns Fruit

Bengali বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

পাঠndash৭লপndashবকোহিনঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

৩ সঠিক উততর যবকেনাও -ক) ( হিসটানকের বাঙাহিলকের ) সবকেচকেয় বকো উৎসব বহিনখ) এই হিনটি ( জরকেতর হিজশহিকেসটর জনমহিন) এইহিনটি পরম ( আনকেFর ঃকেখর ) হিনঘ) হিজGায় ( বাইকেবল যকারান ) পাঠকরায়ঙ) বহিকেনর হিপরয় খাবার কেলা ( যকক হিখচহি ) ৪ হিবপরীতশবদ -বকো timesযাকেIা জনম timesমতয আনFtimes ঃখ নতন timesপকেরাকেনা হিপরয় timesঅহিপরয় হিশশ times বদধপহিবতর times অপহিবতর আকেলা times অনধকার সমাহিNtimes সচনা৫ একেলাকেমকেলা শবদ সাহিজকেয় যলকেখা -যাহিবন = বকোহিন ইকেববাল = বাইকেবল নমজনহি = জনমহিন পারউ = উপার হিনয়মহিব = হিবহিনময় পাসউনা = উপাসনা

Hindi सवनाम अपन लिलए म हममरा हमारा मझ आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0सस बात र रह हउस लिलएmdashतम तमहारा तमह आप आपा आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0स बार म बात र रह ह या किसी अनय लिलएmdashवहव उस उना उनह उनहोनआदिद शबदो ा परयोग किया 0ाता ह ौन ोईकया आदिद शबद भी सवनाम ह

Read the chapter

Class IIISubject Topic Summary Execution COMPUTER

DRAWING IN MS PAINT

Q3) WHAT TOOL DO YOU USE TO INSERT TEXT IN MS PAINTANS) THE TEXT TOOL IS USED TO ADD TEXT IN MS PAINTQ4) WRITE THE STEPS TO USE THE ERASER TOOLANS) THE STEPS ARE

CLICK ON THE ERASER TOOL IN THE TOOLS GROUP DRAG THE MOUSE POINTER OVER THE AREA YOU WANT TO ERASE

বই ndash বাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

পাঠ ndash ৮লপ ndash IনIহিন ও রাজার কাযলখক ndash উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

৯ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -জবদ ndash সবাই হিমকেল যচারকেক পহিলকেশর াকেত তকেল হিকেয় জবদ করকেলা হিখলহিখল ndash নতন যখলনা যপকেয় হিশশটি হিখলহিখল ককের যকেস উঠকেলা কাতর ndash কাতর ককেS বদধ যলাকটি জল চাইহিল IফI ndash আঘাত লাায় ককরIা IফI করহিল -য়ানক ndash যকারনাকে -য়ানক পরলয় কেয়হিল

Hindi सवनाम अपन लिलए म हममरा हमारा मझ आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0सस बात र रह हउस लिलएmdashतम तमहारा तमह आप आपा आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह mdashजि0स बार म बात र रह ह या किसी अनय लिलए वह व उस उना उनह उनहोन आदिद

शबदो ा परयोग किया 0ाता ह ौन ोई कया आदिद शबद भी सवनाम ह Science

Ch ndash Food we get from Plants

We see many plants around us They are of different shapes and sizes Some plants grow tall some stay short Some plants grow along the ground some plants need support to grow

Trees ndash big and tall plants are called trees Trees have thick hard and woody stem called trunk They have thin stems called branches Most trees live for many years A banyan tree can live for hundreds of years Mango banyan neem are examples of trees

Fill in the blanks (pg no- 63)

The main stem of a tree is called trunk

Cotton and hibiscus are examples of shrubs

Rice and mint are examples of herbs

Social studies

Indian literature Jataka talesThe jataka tales are short educational tales They have stories concerning the previous births of Gautam Buddha in both animal and human form These moral tales were written in fourth century and are based on the life of Gautama Buddha These are a collection of about 550 fables Every fable exhibits some virtue where

Buddha may appear in it as a king God or an elephant There are several translations of these Jataka tales in different languages

Read the portion which has been explainedEng language

Ch 19 Adverbs Adverbs are words that tells us more about an action In other words adding something more to the verb For eg The cat ran quicklyhere the word ran is the verb as it is showing an action done by the cat and quickly is the adverb as it is telling how the cat ran

Refer to pg 68Do in the bookWarm upUnderline the words that tell you how an action happened

The cat ran quicklyThe man ran swiftlyIt hurriedly went into its hole The mouse sat safely in its houseThe cat squeaked loudly

MAT

HEM

ATIC

S

Ch 7

Frac

tions

A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

Each fraction has two numbers separated by a rule(a) The number above the rule is called numerator(b) The number below the rule is called denominator

Example 7minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

13minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

Notes

(1) 05 is a fraction in which numerator is 0

(2) There is no fraction whose denominator is zero

(3) When the numerator and denominator are equal the fraction represents the whole or 1

Example 33=1and2

2 = 1

Exercise ndash 421 Read the following fractional numbers

(c) 411 (d)

815 (e)

2337

Solution

(c) 411

four by eleven

(d)8

15Eight by fifteen

(e) 2337

twenty three by thirty seven

2 Write the following fractional numbers(d) Three over eleven (e) Eighteen by twenty one (f) Four-seventhsSolution

(d) Three over eleven 311

(e) Eighteen by twenty one 1821

(f) Four-sevenths 47

3 Write the numerator of each of the following

(e) 09 (f)

56 (g)

311 (h)

617

Solution (e) 0 (f) 5 (g) 3 (h) 64 Write the denominator of each of the following

(e) 08 (f)

813 (g)

719 (h)

417

Solution (e) 8 (f) 13 (g) 19 (h) 17

5 Write the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below

(a) Numerator = 4 and Denominator = 13 (b) Numerator = 6 and Denominator = 17(c) Numerator = 11 and Denominator = 16(d) Numerator = 0 and Denominator = 9

Numerator Denominator

Fraction

(a) 4 13 413

(b) 6 17 617

(c) 11 16 1116

(d) 0 9 09

6 Find the fractions in which the denominator is 3 more than the numerator69

74

811

49

1113

711

1411

1613

2023

Solution 69

811

2023

8 A book seller had 15 books He sold 8 books What fraction of the books did he sell

Solution Out of 15 books the book seller sold 8 books

there4 The fraction of the books he sold =8

15

10 A class has 35 students On Monday 34 students were present What fraction of the students was absent

Solution Total number of student = 35On Monday 34 students were presentthere4 The number of student absent on Monday = (35 ndash 34) = 1

So fraction of the students was = 135

Class IVSubject Topic Summary Execution English language

Verbs the -ing form

Meaning of verb A word used to describe an action is known as verb

The ndash ing form of a verb is a very important form for it is used in many different waysExampleJack is playing(Present continuous)Jack was playing with his friends yesterday ( Past continuous)Jack will be playing in a match tomorrow ( Future continuous)So we see that the ndash ing form of verb used to form the continuous tenses

The ndash ing form of verb can also be used as an adjectiveExampleYou should not disturb a sleeping dogThe kettle is full of boiling water

Say which of the ndash ingforms of verbs in the sentences given below have been used as adjectives and which to form continuous tenses ( solved exercises please follow this)

3Interesting ndash adjective

4Was eating ndash past continuous tense

5terrifying ndashadjective

6are helping is spreading ndash present continuous tense

7will be visiting ndashfuture continuous tense

8twittering ndash adjective

Social studies

Map reading A Map helps us to see the whole World continents countries cities and neighborhood They are of different sizes handy and can be rolled up folded or carried easily However the maps do not show the surface accurately This is because the map is flat whereas the Earth is round in shape Cartography or a map making is a study and practice representation of the

One word answers1 It helps us to see the whole world countries and cities ndash Map

2 A study and practice representation of the Earth on a flat surface ndash Cartography

Earth on a flat surface

Elements of a mapTo be able to read a map we must understand the elements of a map

DirectionsDirections are the basic guidelines that help us to locate places It is very important for us to know the correct directions East West North and South are the four Cardinal directions These directions help us to locate the places Beside these there are four sub directionsndash Northeast Southeast North West and South West Compass is an instrument that helps to locate the directions

3 The basic guidelines to help us to locate places ndash directions

4These four directions help us to locate the places ndash Cardinal directions

COMPUTER

Formatting in ms word

Q3) What do you mean by formattingAns) Formatting is a general arrangement of text in a document We can change the appearance of a document by using the features available in ms word We can use different fonts colours and styles in the textQ4) What is alignmentAns) Alignment of text is the way in which it is placed between the margins of a page Text can be aligned to the left side in the centre or to the right side of a pageQ5) what is fontAns) A font is a style of writing and typing A font provides specific textual appearance to the document You can change the size style or give various effects to a font

Hindi 2ndlang

ाला किहरण सभी धमlt ा मल धम ह दया और रणा मरी हर 0ीव अपन ही दकिनया म रहत ह हम

पराणी कयो उनो परशान रत ह ऐसा हम नही रना चाकिहए

0ानवरो स हम ए सीख मिमलती ह किस तरह हम एता म रहना चाकिहए

हर पराणी पयार ी भाा समझता ह अगर हम पयार ी उममीद रत ह तो कया 0त

0ानवर हमस उममीद नही रत कि हम भी उनह पयार द यह हानी ए ाल किहरण ी ह 0ो अपन

समह ा नततव रता था हमशा कया उलिचत ह यह सोचता था अचान

उन पर लिशारिरयो न हमला बोल दिदया जि0सम ाला किहरण परा गया कयोकि वह

दलभ ह और लिशारिरयो ी न0र उसी पर थी परत 0ानवरो ी एता ो दखर

रा0मार ो दया आ गई और उसन उनो छोड दिदया 0ानवर भी बईमान नही थी वह उनस अकसर मिमलन उन बाद म 0ाता रहता रा0ा ो धनयवाद रता अबोध म

पराणिणयो म एता तजञता अभी भी ह

शबदाथ तराई ndash पहाड आसपास नीच

ी भमिमवश- ल या परिरवारअदवभत- अनोखाचौननाndash सत सावधानओझलndash गायबकिवपणिRndash मसीबतसगठन- एताउममीदndash आशाातर दमिU ndashकिववशता

हिहस ndash हानी पहचान वालातवयndash फ0

दल ndash समहनततवndash सचालन रना

ओट ndash आडआतमसमपणndash अपन ो सौप दनाम- चप

हम उनस सीख लनी चाकिहएবইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

পাঠndash১০লপndashহিবকেবকানকেFর যকেলকেবলাযলখকndashশশী-ষণ াশগNঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

৯প পহিরবতG ন ককেরা -শরীর = শারীহিরক -ত = য-ৌহিতক সG ার = সG াহির সথায়ী = সথাহিয়তবহিবশবাস = হিবশবাসী া = যকো১০ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -আডডা = পাার বদধরা াতলায় আডডা যয়হিডবাহিজ = রাম া যকেক হিডবাহিজ যখকেয় পকেলাসG ার = বকেলহিল যকেল যর সG ারবকহিন = অঙক -ল করায় রীনা মাকেয়র কাকে বকহিন যখকেলাবহিদধ = বহিদধ াককেল উপায় য়হিনশহিত = হিনশহিত রাকেত রাজবাহিকেত ডাকাত পকেলা-য়ানক = পাাহি রাসতা বষটির পকের -য়ানক হিবপ জনক য়হিবশবাস = মানকেষর পরহিত হিবশবাস ারাকেনা পাপ

Science Ch ndash The Food We Eat

Living things need food to live to grow to stay strong and fit When we need food we feel hungry Food gives us energy to do work It also protects us from diseases and helps us to stay healthy Nutrients in food The food we eat contains many substances that are necessary for our body These substances are called nutrients that help us to grow well and stay healthy

Nutrients give us energy to study work and play

They help our body to grow and repair the damaged parts of our body

They also help our body to fight against diseases and remain healthy

Write T for True or F for False (pg no- 11)

1 Food contains nutrients that help us to grow True

2 Foods rich in carbohydrates are called body-building foods False

MAT

HEM

ATIC

S

Ch 9

Com

mon

Fra

ction

s

A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

(b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

numerator

(c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

numerator

Solution

(b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

(c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

(25) 25

(311) 311

(416) 416

(712) 712

Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

Books exercise

A) Tick the correct answer

1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

English language

Sentences phrases and

Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

14 However fast ndash phrases

15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

Indian Government

Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

Book ndash GK

Ch ndash 1First in space

1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

MAT

HEM

ATIC

S

Ch 6

Com

mon

Fra

ction

s

Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

Exercise ndash 30Multiply

7 2027

times 9

Solution 2027

times 9 = 203 = 6

23

8 611

times11

Solution 611

times11 = 6

15 71

20times16

Solution 71

20times16 =

14120

times16

= 1415

times 4 = 141times 4

5 = 564

5 = 11245

B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

16 2712

times24

Solution 2712

times24 = 3112

times24

= 31times2 = 62

Exercise ndash 31

11 83

times 34

2

Solution 83

times 34 = 2

14 723

times2 25

4

Solution 723

times2 25 =

233

times 125 =

23times 45

= 925 = 18

25

15 1212

times1 13

2

Solution 1212

times1 13 =

252

times 43 =

25times 23

= 503 = 16

23

State the following statements are true or false

17 1912

times 239 = 1

Solution LHS = 1912

times 239

= 392

times 239 = 1 = RHS

[LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

there4 1912

times 239 = 1 [True]

21 213

times2 13 = 4

19

Solution LHS = 213

times2 13 =

73

times 73

= 7times73times3 =

499 = 5

49

there4 LHS ne RHS

So 213

times2 13 = 4

19 [False]

23 23

times 45 =

2times 5+3 times43times 5

Solution

LHS = 23

times 45 =

2times 43 times5 =

815 again

RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

3times 5 = 10+12

15 = 2215

there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

times 45 =

2times 5+3times43times 5

[False]

25 23 of

13 =

29

Solution

LHS= 23 of

13 =

23 times

13 =

29 = RHS]

there4 23 of

13 =

29 [True]

Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

24 12 of 4 =

18

Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

HISTORY AND CIVICS

Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

III Name the following

1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

BENGALI(2ND

LANGUAGE)

পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

Hindi 2nd

langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

English literature

In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

Read the poem

PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

together Table lamp resting on the table

2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

deck

3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

length increases

8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

Hindi 2ndlang

ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

-াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

CHEMISTRY

Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

change in its chemical properties

Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

(liquid) only state changes (physical change)

13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

GEOGRAPHY

ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

2 The heat waves in summer months

Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

By planting more trees to increase forest cover

The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

etc

Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

English Language

Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

Kinds of Prepositions

Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

Exercise A

1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

Question 2

Fill in the blanks

(a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

(b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

(c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

(d) The SI unit of energy is joule

(e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

(f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

(g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

(h) Power P = work donetime taken

(i) The S I unit of power is watt

(j) IHP = 746 W

BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

Endocrine Glands

Location Hormones secreted

Functions and Deficiency Diseases

1Adrenal gland

2 Pancreas Gland

On the top of each kidney

In between stomach and small intestine

i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

i) Insulin

ii) Glucagon

It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

EnglishLiterature

The west wind-John Mansfield

In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

Write the synopsis of the following words

1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

(Write from the book in your copy)

MAT

HEM

ATIC

S

Ch 1

1Al

gebr

ic E

xpre

ssio

n

1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

Exercise ndash 11(A)

1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

-7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

8 45y -3x

Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

3 yz8

45y -3x

2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

SolutionCoefficient

(i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

(i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

Solution Coefficient

(i) 5 17

xy2z3

(vii) 5xy2 17z3

(viii) 17yz

5xyzsup2

(xi) 5xyz 17yz2

7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

-58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

Bengali (2nd language)

বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

2nd language

परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

English language

Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

Subject complain in brief

Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

Chemical formula

A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

Joint Stock Company

Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

2 Define the following

Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

Economics

Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

Geography

Rotationand Revolution

SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

Q8 Match the column A with BA B

Summer Solstice 21st March

Autumn Equinox 23rd

September

Winter Solstice 21st June

(22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

Spring Equinox 22nd

December

A8 A B

Summer Solstice 21st June

Autumn Equinox 23rd

September

Winter Solstice 22nd

December

Spring Equinox 21st March

During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

(1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

From the four corners of the earth they come

To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

(i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

(ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

(iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

(iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

(v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

passage

In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

(Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

Context

This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

(2)

(Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

(i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

(ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

Explanation

While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

(iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

(iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

(v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

(Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

They have in England

A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

Context

(3)

(Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

Explanation

In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

(i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

(ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

(iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

(iv) Explain the following lines

ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

monuments

Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

Hindi 2ndlang

नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

Commercial Studies

Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

1

Question

1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

individually

Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

English Language

CompositionEssay

A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

and Antonio arrive

o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

[It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

P A s1

B

s

X` O s1 X

q q1

Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

s

price (Rs)

C

p A

s2

s

X` o X

q2 q

Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

(ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

Chlorophyll

Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

End products are H+ and oxygen water

B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

Class XI

Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

regimes for sustainable development

Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

[Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

o They then moved to another part of the island

o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

(i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

(ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

(iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

(1)

(Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

(i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

(iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

(v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

(iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

Commerce

Chapter- Management

Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

of business

4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

Role of functions of the middle level management

1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

Business Studies

Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

Staff Appraisal

Meaning of Performance Appraisal

Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

Objectives of Performance Appraisal

Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

Importance of Performance Appraisal

Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

Geography

DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

East-flowing rivers

West-flowing rivers

Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

They fall into the Bay of Bengal

They fall into Arabian Sea

These rivers form big deltas

These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

of the island and Prospero as a usurper

o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

to Stephano and Trinculo

ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

200000 200000

On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

(v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

13500

18000 18000

Capital Account

Dr Cr

Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

195500 195500

Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

  • 1 Static Friction
  • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
    • Static Friction Examples
      • 2 Sliding Friction
        • Examples Of Sliding Friction
          • 3 Rolling Friction
            • Examples Of Rolling Friction
              • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

    পাঠndash২৩লপndashযমলার মজাঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

    খ) রকের হিন সবাই( পাপ যবগহিন ) যখকেত চায়) ( কাকেঠর কাকেজর যতকেল -াজার ) যাকাকেনর সামকেনই যবহিশ হি-ঘ) নারকোলা ( পাচবার শবার ) যঘারার পর যকেম যকেলাঙ) ( -াই যবান ) নার যালা চার বায়না ধরকেলা৪ হিবপরীত শবদ -কের timesকাকে যবাকা timesচালাক উপকেরtimes হিনকেচ রাহিজ timesঅরাহিজ য-তকের timesবাইকের৫ একেলাকেমকেলা শবদ সাহিজকেয় যলকেখা -যল-াকেতজা = যতকেল-াজা যয়ানআজ = আকেয়াজন কাকোন =

    যাকান হিলহিজহিপ = হিজহিলহিপ যানারলা = নারকোলা কমারহির = রকমাহির

    Class IISubject Topic Summary Execution Eng literature

    Ch 2 FriendshipBook Orchid

    Refer to pg 15Once there lived a crow a tortoise and a mouse They were very good friends and lived in the forest Once they saw a deer running and coming towards them They understood that the deer was afraid of the hunters so the tortoise told him that the hunters donrsquot come inside this deep forest They wanted the deer to be their friend and they four became good friends Once when they didnrsquot find the deer anywhere they became worried and started looking for him Suddenly the crow saw the deer trapped in the net near river bank and he at once went to inform his other friends

    Read pg 15

    Eng language

    Ch 13 Adverbs Adverbs are words that tells us something more about the verb That is how an action happenedWe add ly to form adverbs For eg A tortoise walks slowly[The word walks is a verb and the word slowly is an adverb which is telling how the tortoise is walking]

    Read pg 61

    EVS Ch 8 Safety First Refer to pg 139Safety in swimming pool and playgroundChildren the things that we should keep in mind while we are in the swimming pool are that as you are very small never go alone near ituse swimming tube no running near the pool as you might slip and fall into the water wait for your turn and never push each other in the pool If you follow these small safety rules then you can avoid many accidents to happen

    Read pg 139 and try to understand

    Mathematics

    CHAP-6SHAPES

    SOLID SHAPES ARE CALLED 3-D SHAPESSOLID SHAPES INCLUDES FACESEDGES AND CORNERS

    READ AND UNDERSTAND THE SUMMARY PART

    FACE- PART OF THE SHAPE THAT IS FLAT (OR CURVED) IS KNOWN AS FACE OF THE SOLID SHAPE A CUBE HAS 6 FACES

    EDGE- THE LINE WHERE TWO FACES MEET IS KNOWN AS EDGEA CUBE HAS 12 EDGES

    VERTEX-THE POINT WHERE TWO OR MORE EDGES MEET IS KNOWN AS VERTEXA CUBE HAS 8 VERTICES

    General knowledge

    Ch 21 part of plants

    Refer to pg 25Do in the book and learn [ practise drawing a plant and label the different parts of the plant]

    Qs 1 Which part of the plant grow under the groundAns Roots Qs2 Which part of the plant looks colourfulAns FlowerQs 3 Which part of the plant look greenAns Leaves Qs 4 Which part of the plant has leaves flowers and fruitsAns StemQs 5 Which part of a plant do you eatAns Fruit

    Bengali বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

    পাঠndash৭লপndashবকোহিনঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

    ৩ সঠিক উততর যবকেনাও -ক) ( হিসটানকের বাঙাহিলকের ) সবকেচকেয় বকো উৎসব বহিনখ) এই হিনটি ( জরকেতর হিজশহিকেসটর জনমহিন) এইহিনটি পরম ( আনকেFর ঃকেখর ) হিনঘ) হিজGায় ( বাইকেবল যকারান ) পাঠকরায়ঙ) বহিকেনর হিপরয় খাবার কেলা ( যকক হিখচহি ) ৪ হিবপরীতশবদ -বকো timesযাকেIা জনম timesমতয আনFtimes ঃখ নতন timesপকেরাকেনা হিপরয় timesঅহিপরয় হিশশ times বদধপহিবতর times অপহিবতর আকেলা times অনধকার সমাহিNtimes সচনা৫ একেলাকেমকেলা শবদ সাহিজকেয় যলকেখা -যাহিবন = বকোহিন ইকেববাল = বাইকেবল নমজনহি = জনমহিন পারউ = উপার হিনয়মহিব = হিবহিনময় পাসউনা = উপাসনা

    Hindi सवनाम अपन लिलए म हममरा हमारा मझ आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0सस बात र रह हउस लिलएmdashतम तमहारा तमह आप आपा आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0स बार म बात र रह ह या किसी अनय लिलएmdashवहव उस उना उनह उनहोनआदिद शबदो ा परयोग किया 0ाता ह ौन ोईकया आदिद शबद भी सवनाम ह

    Read the chapter

    Class IIISubject Topic Summary Execution COMPUTER

    DRAWING IN MS PAINT

    Q3) WHAT TOOL DO YOU USE TO INSERT TEXT IN MS PAINTANS) THE TEXT TOOL IS USED TO ADD TEXT IN MS PAINTQ4) WRITE THE STEPS TO USE THE ERASER TOOLANS) THE STEPS ARE

    CLICK ON THE ERASER TOOL IN THE TOOLS GROUP DRAG THE MOUSE POINTER OVER THE AREA YOU WANT TO ERASE

    বই ndash বাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

    পাঠ ndash ৮লপ ndash IনIহিন ও রাজার কাযলখক ndash উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

    ৯ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -জবদ ndash সবাই হিমকেল যচারকেক পহিলকেশর াকেত তকেল হিকেয় জবদ করকেলা হিখলহিখল ndash নতন যখলনা যপকেয় হিশশটি হিখলহিখল ককের যকেস উঠকেলা কাতর ndash কাতর ককেS বদধ যলাকটি জল চাইহিল IফI ndash আঘাত লাায় ককরIা IফI করহিল -য়ানক ndash যকারনাকে -য়ানক পরলয় কেয়হিল

    Hindi सवनाम अपन लिलए म हममरा हमारा मझ आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0सस बात र रह हउस लिलएmdashतम तमहारा तमह आप आपा आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह mdashजि0स बार म बात र रह ह या किसी अनय लिलए वह व उस उना उनह उनहोन आदिद

    शबदो ा परयोग किया 0ाता ह ौन ोई कया आदिद शबद भी सवनाम ह Science

    Ch ndash Food we get from Plants

    We see many plants around us They are of different shapes and sizes Some plants grow tall some stay short Some plants grow along the ground some plants need support to grow

    Trees ndash big and tall plants are called trees Trees have thick hard and woody stem called trunk They have thin stems called branches Most trees live for many years A banyan tree can live for hundreds of years Mango banyan neem are examples of trees

    Fill in the blanks (pg no- 63)

    The main stem of a tree is called trunk

    Cotton and hibiscus are examples of shrubs

    Rice and mint are examples of herbs

    Social studies

    Indian literature Jataka talesThe jataka tales are short educational tales They have stories concerning the previous births of Gautam Buddha in both animal and human form These moral tales were written in fourth century and are based on the life of Gautama Buddha These are a collection of about 550 fables Every fable exhibits some virtue where

    Buddha may appear in it as a king God or an elephant There are several translations of these Jataka tales in different languages

    Read the portion which has been explainedEng language

    Ch 19 Adverbs Adverbs are words that tells us more about an action In other words adding something more to the verb For eg The cat ran quicklyhere the word ran is the verb as it is showing an action done by the cat and quickly is the adverb as it is telling how the cat ran

    Refer to pg 68Do in the bookWarm upUnderline the words that tell you how an action happened

    The cat ran quicklyThe man ran swiftlyIt hurriedly went into its hole The mouse sat safely in its houseThe cat squeaked loudly

    MAT

    HEM

    ATIC

    S

    Ch 7

    Frac

    tions

    A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

    Each fraction has two numbers separated by a rule(a) The number above the rule is called numerator(b) The number below the rule is called denominator

    Example 7minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

    13minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

    Notes

    (1) 05 is a fraction in which numerator is 0

    (2) There is no fraction whose denominator is zero

    (3) When the numerator and denominator are equal the fraction represents the whole or 1

    Example 33=1and2

    2 = 1

    Exercise ndash 421 Read the following fractional numbers

    (c) 411 (d)

    815 (e)

    2337

    Solution

    (c) 411

    four by eleven

    (d)8

    15Eight by fifteen

    (e) 2337

    twenty three by thirty seven

    2 Write the following fractional numbers(d) Three over eleven (e) Eighteen by twenty one (f) Four-seventhsSolution

    (d) Three over eleven 311

    (e) Eighteen by twenty one 1821

    (f) Four-sevenths 47

    3 Write the numerator of each of the following

    (e) 09 (f)

    56 (g)

    311 (h)

    617

    Solution (e) 0 (f) 5 (g) 3 (h) 64 Write the denominator of each of the following

    (e) 08 (f)

    813 (g)

    719 (h)

    417

    Solution (e) 8 (f) 13 (g) 19 (h) 17

    5 Write the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below

    (a) Numerator = 4 and Denominator = 13 (b) Numerator = 6 and Denominator = 17(c) Numerator = 11 and Denominator = 16(d) Numerator = 0 and Denominator = 9

    Numerator Denominator

    Fraction

    (a) 4 13 413

    (b) 6 17 617

    (c) 11 16 1116

    (d) 0 9 09

    6 Find the fractions in which the denominator is 3 more than the numerator69

    74

    811

    49

    1113

    711

    1411

    1613

    2023

    Solution 69

    811

    2023

    8 A book seller had 15 books He sold 8 books What fraction of the books did he sell

    Solution Out of 15 books the book seller sold 8 books

    there4 The fraction of the books he sold =8

    15

    10 A class has 35 students On Monday 34 students were present What fraction of the students was absent

    Solution Total number of student = 35On Monday 34 students were presentthere4 The number of student absent on Monday = (35 ndash 34) = 1

    So fraction of the students was = 135

    Class IVSubject Topic Summary Execution English language

    Verbs the -ing form

    Meaning of verb A word used to describe an action is known as verb

    The ndash ing form of a verb is a very important form for it is used in many different waysExampleJack is playing(Present continuous)Jack was playing with his friends yesterday ( Past continuous)Jack will be playing in a match tomorrow ( Future continuous)So we see that the ndash ing form of verb used to form the continuous tenses

    The ndash ing form of verb can also be used as an adjectiveExampleYou should not disturb a sleeping dogThe kettle is full of boiling water

    Say which of the ndash ingforms of verbs in the sentences given below have been used as adjectives and which to form continuous tenses ( solved exercises please follow this)

    3Interesting ndash adjective

    4Was eating ndash past continuous tense

    5terrifying ndashadjective

    6are helping is spreading ndash present continuous tense

    7will be visiting ndashfuture continuous tense

    8twittering ndash adjective

    Social studies

    Map reading A Map helps us to see the whole World continents countries cities and neighborhood They are of different sizes handy and can be rolled up folded or carried easily However the maps do not show the surface accurately This is because the map is flat whereas the Earth is round in shape Cartography or a map making is a study and practice representation of the

    One word answers1 It helps us to see the whole world countries and cities ndash Map

    2 A study and practice representation of the Earth on a flat surface ndash Cartography

    Earth on a flat surface

    Elements of a mapTo be able to read a map we must understand the elements of a map

    DirectionsDirections are the basic guidelines that help us to locate places It is very important for us to know the correct directions East West North and South are the four Cardinal directions These directions help us to locate the places Beside these there are four sub directionsndash Northeast Southeast North West and South West Compass is an instrument that helps to locate the directions

    3 The basic guidelines to help us to locate places ndash directions

    4These four directions help us to locate the places ndash Cardinal directions

    COMPUTER

    Formatting in ms word

    Q3) What do you mean by formattingAns) Formatting is a general arrangement of text in a document We can change the appearance of a document by using the features available in ms word We can use different fonts colours and styles in the textQ4) What is alignmentAns) Alignment of text is the way in which it is placed between the margins of a page Text can be aligned to the left side in the centre or to the right side of a pageQ5) what is fontAns) A font is a style of writing and typing A font provides specific textual appearance to the document You can change the size style or give various effects to a font

    Hindi 2ndlang

    ाला किहरण सभी धमlt ा मल धम ह दया और रणा मरी हर 0ीव अपन ही दकिनया म रहत ह हम

    पराणी कयो उनो परशान रत ह ऐसा हम नही रना चाकिहए

    0ानवरो स हम ए सीख मिमलती ह किस तरह हम एता म रहना चाकिहए

    हर पराणी पयार ी भाा समझता ह अगर हम पयार ी उममीद रत ह तो कया 0त

    0ानवर हमस उममीद नही रत कि हम भी उनह पयार द यह हानी ए ाल किहरण ी ह 0ो अपन

    समह ा नततव रता था हमशा कया उलिचत ह यह सोचता था अचान

    उन पर लिशारिरयो न हमला बोल दिदया जि0सम ाला किहरण परा गया कयोकि वह

    दलभ ह और लिशारिरयो ी न0र उसी पर थी परत 0ानवरो ी एता ो दखर

    रा0मार ो दया आ गई और उसन उनो छोड दिदया 0ानवर भी बईमान नही थी वह उनस अकसर मिमलन उन बाद म 0ाता रहता रा0ा ो धनयवाद रता अबोध म

    पराणिणयो म एता तजञता अभी भी ह

    शबदाथ तराई ndash पहाड आसपास नीच

    ी भमिमवश- ल या परिरवारअदवभत- अनोखाचौननाndash सत सावधानओझलndash गायबकिवपणिRndash मसीबतसगठन- एताउममीदndash आशाातर दमिU ndashकिववशता

    हिहस ndash हानी पहचान वालातवयndash फ0

    दल ndash समहनततवndash सचालन रना

    ओट ndash आडआतमसमपणndash अपन ो सौप दनाम- चप

    हम उनस सीख लनी चाकिहएবইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

    পাঠndash১০লপndashহিবকেবকানকেFর যকেলকেবলাযলখকndashশশী-ষণ াশগNঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

    ৯প পহিরবতG ন ককেরা -শরীর = শারীহিরক -ত = য-ৌহিতক সG ার = সG াহির সথায়ী = সথাহিয়তবহিবশবাস = হিবশবাসী া = যকো১০ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -আডডা = পাার বদধরা াতলায় আডডা যয়হিডবাহিজ = রাম া যকেক হিডবাহিজ যখকেয় পকেলাসG ার = বকেলহিল যকেল যর সG ারবকহিন = অঙক -ল করায় রীনা মাকেয়র কাকে বকহিন যখকেলাবহিদধ = বহিদধ াককেল উপায় য়হিনশহিত = হিনশহিত রাকেত রাজবাহিকেত ডাকাত পকেলা-য়ানক = পাাহি রাসতা বষটির পকের -য়ানক হিবপ জনক য়হিবশবাস = মানকেষর পরহিত হিবশবাস ারাকেনা পাপ

    Science Ch ndash The Food We Eat

    Living things need food to live to grow to stay strong and fit When we need food we feel hungry Food gives us energy to do work It also protects us from diseases and helps us to stay healthy Nutrients in food The food we eat contains many substances that are necessary for our body These substances are called nutrients that help us to grow well and stay healthy

    Nutrients give us energy to study work and play

    They help our body to grow and repair the damaged parts of our body

    They also help our body to fight against diseases and remain healthy

    Write T for True or F for False (pg no- 11)

    1 Food contains nutrients that help us to grow True

    2 Foods rich in carbohydrates are called body-building foods False

    MAT

    HEM

    ATIC

    S

    Ch 9

    Com

    mon

    Fra

    ction

    s

    A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

    Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

    Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

    11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

    Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

    (b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

    numerator

    (c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

    numerator

    Solution

    (b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

    (c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

    3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

    (25) 25

    (311) 311

    (416) 416

    (712) 712

    Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

    Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

    In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

    FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

    Books exercise

    A) Tick the correct answer

    1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

    2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

    3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

    English language

    Sentences phrases and

    Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

    clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

    9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

    10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

    11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

    12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

    13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

    14 However fast ndash phrases

    15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

    Indian Government

    Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

    ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

    1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

    2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

    3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

    4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

    5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

    Book ndash GK

    Ch ndash 1First in space

    1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

    Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

    3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

    Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

    ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

    Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

    MAT

    HEM

    ATIC

    S

    Ch 6

    Com

    mon

    Fra

    ction

    s

    Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

    Exercise ndash 30Multiply

    7 2027

    times 9

    Solution 2027

    times 9 = 203 = 6

    23

    8 611

    times11

    Solution 611

    times11 = 6

    15 71

    20times16

    Solution 71

    20times16 =

    14120

    times16

    = 1415

    times 4 = 141times 4

    5 = 564

    5 = 11245

    B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

    16 2712

    times24

    Solution 2712

    times24 = 3112

    times24

    = 31times2 = 62

    Exercise ndash 31

    11 83

    times 34

    2

    Solution 83

    times 34 = 2

    14 723

    times2 25

    4

    Solution 723

    times2 25 =

    233

    times 125 =

    23times 45

    = 925 = 18

    25

    15 1212

    times1 13

    2

    Solution 1212

    times1 13 =

    252

    times 43 =

    25times 23

    = 503 = 16

    23

    State the following statements are true or false

    17 1912

    times 239 = 1

    Solution LHS = 1912

    times 239

    = 392

    times 239 = 1 = RHS

    [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

    there4 1912

    times 239 = 1 [True]

    21 213

    times2 13 = 4

    19

    Solution LHS = 213

    times2 13 =

    73

    times 73

    = 7times73times3 =

    499 = 5

    49

    there4 LHS ne RHS

    So 213

    times2 13 = 4

    19 [False]

    23 23

    times 45 =

    2times 5+3 times43times 5

    Solution

    LHS = 23

    times 45 =

    2times 43 times5 =

    815 again

    RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

    3times 5 = 10+12

    15 = 2215

    there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

    times 45 =

    2times 5+3times43times 5

    [False]

    25 23 of

    13 =

    29

    Solution

    LHS= 23 of

    13 =

    23 times

    13 =

    29 = RHS]

    there4 23 of

    13 =

    29 [True]

    Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

    24 12 of 4 =

    18

    Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

    HISTORY AND CIVICS

    Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

    DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

    capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

    2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

    3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

    ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

    II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

    was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

    4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

    5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

    Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

    BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

    3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

    III Name the following

    1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

    V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

    BENGALI(2ND

    LANGUAGE)

    পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

    যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

    পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

    ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

    উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

    ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

    ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

    Hindi 2nd

    langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

    ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

    उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

    English literature

    In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

    Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

    Read the poem

    PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

    1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

    Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

    together Table lamp resting on the table

    2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

    Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

    deck

    3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

    Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

    6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

    1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

    Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

    begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

    applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

    slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

    change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

    length increases

    8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

    COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

    UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

    FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

    WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

    WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

    ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

    CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

    CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

    Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

    Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

    Hindi 2ndlang

    ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

    सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

    हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

    शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

    ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

    इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

    यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

    हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

    शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

    ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

    उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

    किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

    फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

    ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

    किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

    ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

    नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

    सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

    বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

    পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

    ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

    -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

    বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

    CHEMISTRY

    Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

    Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

    Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

    change in its chemical properties

    Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

    10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

    11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

    12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

    (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

    13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

    14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

    15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

    16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

    17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

    18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

    GEOGRAPHY

    ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

    evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

    2 The heat waves in summer months

    Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

    evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

    2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

    lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

    3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

    become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

    and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

    7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

    WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

    green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

    By planting more trees to increase forest cover

    The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

    We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

    Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

    We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

    Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

    By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

    of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

    frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

    become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

    etc

    Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

    green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

    bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

    c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

    dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

    eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

    f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

    Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

    1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

    Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

    English Language

    Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

    Kinds of Prepositions

    Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

    Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

    Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

    Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

    Exercise A

    1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

    2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

    3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

    4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

    5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

    6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

    7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

    8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

    9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

    10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

    Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

    All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

    Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

    in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

    Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

    Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

    out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

    Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

    PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

    A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

    The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

    This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

    Question 2

    Fill in the blanks

    (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

    (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

    (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

    (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

    (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

    (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

    (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

    (h) Power P = work donetime taken

    (i) The S I unit of power is watt

    (j) IHP = 746 W

    BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

    Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

    Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

    Endocrine Glands

    Location Hormones secreted

    Functions and Deficiency Diseases

    1Adrenal gland

    2 Pancreas Gland

    On the top of each kidney

    In between stomach and small intestine

    i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

    ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

    i) Insulin

    ii) Glucagon

    It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

    a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

    b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

    a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

    b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

    Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

    Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

    a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

    b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

    History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

    Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

    town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

    EnglishLiterature

    The west wind-John Mansfield

    In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

    Write the synopsis of the following words

    1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

    2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

    3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

    4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

    makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

    while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

    (Write from the book in your copy)

    MAT

    HEM

    ATIC

    S

    Ch 1

    1Al

    gebr

    ic E

    xpre

    ssio

    n

    1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

    2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

    3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

    4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

    5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

    6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

    Exercise ndash 11(A)

    1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

    -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

    8 45y -3x

    Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

    3 yz8

    45y -3x

    2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

    Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

    4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

    Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

    5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

    SolutionCoefficient

    (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

    7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

    8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

    eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

    terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

    6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

    (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

    Solution Coefficient

    (i) 5 17

    xy2z3

    (vii) 5xy2 17z3

    (viii) 17yz

    5xyzsup2

    (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

    7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

    Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

    xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

    -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

    Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

    Bengali (2nd language)

    বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

    অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

    অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

    অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

    অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

    অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

    অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

    আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

    আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

    Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

    2nd language

    परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

    English language

    Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

    Subject complain in brief

    Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

    The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

    1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

    Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

    Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

    L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

    Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

    2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

    1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

    3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

    4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

    5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

    Chemical formula

    A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

    Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

    A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

    Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

    A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

    Joint Stock Company

    Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

    Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

    Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

    QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

    Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

    Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

    Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

    Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

    2 Define the following

    Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

    in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

    Economics

    Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

    Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

    QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

    Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

    The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

    Geography

    Rotationand Revolution

    SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

    Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

    As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

    SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

    December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

    the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

    Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

    Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

    Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

    Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

    Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

    Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

    Q8 Match the column A with BA B

    Summer Solstice 21st March

    Autumn Equinox 23rd

    September

    Winter Solstice 21st June

    (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

    Spring Equinox 22nd

    December

    A8 A B

    Summer Solstice 21st June

    Autumn Equinox 23rd

    September

    Winter Solstice 22nd

    December

    Spring Equinox 21st March

    During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

    Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

    Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

    (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

    From the four corners of the earth they come

    To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

    The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

    inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

    The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

    On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

    For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

    (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

    These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

    (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

    From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

    (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

    The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

    (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

    In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

    (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

    passage

    In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

    paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

    On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

    After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

    IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

    (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

    To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

    Context

    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

    (2)

    (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

    MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

    Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

    (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

    The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

    (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

    The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

    Explanation

    While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

    (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

    While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

    He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

    (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

    The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

    (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

    In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

    (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

    They have in England

    A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

    Context

    (3)

    (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

    There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

    All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

    Explanation

    In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

    Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

    (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

    After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

    (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

    After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

    (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

    After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

    (iv) Explain the following lines

    ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

    Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

    monuments

    Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

    Hindi 2ndlang

    नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

    स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

    ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

    ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

    पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

    थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

    थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

    डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

    0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

    अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

    आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

    Commercial Studies

    Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

    There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

    1

    Question

    1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

    Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

    individually

    Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

    funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

    2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

    3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

    2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

    Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

    Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

    weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

    3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

    4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

    5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

    6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

    English Language

    CompositionEssay

    A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

    Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

    Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

    Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

    Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

    Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

    1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

    Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

    Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

    and Antonio arrive

    o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

    o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

    Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

    You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

    [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

    Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

    1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

    2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

    3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

    5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

    6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

    7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

    8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

    9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

    10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

    11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

    Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

    1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

    2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

    ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

    But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

    Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

    P A s1

    B

    s

    X` O s1 X

    q q1

    Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

    Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

    s

    price (Rs)

    C

    p A

    s2

    s

    X` o X

    q2 q

    Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

    Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

    (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

    Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

    Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

    Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

    Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

    substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

    6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

    Chlorophyll

    Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

    process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

    Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

    Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

    absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

    into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

    Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

    End products are H+ and oxygen water

    B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

    Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

    Class XI

    Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

    regimes for sustainable development

    Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

    Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

    considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

    The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

    Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

    [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

    Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

    o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

    o They then moved to another part of the island

    o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

    SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

    (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

    (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

    (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

    (1)

    (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

    Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

    ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

    To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

    ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

    And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

    (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

    Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

    Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

    (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

    (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

    Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

    When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

    (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

    Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

    Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

    Commerce

    Chapter- Management

    Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

    Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

    Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

    Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

    with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

    policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

    of business

    4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

    Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

    Role of functions of the middle level management

    1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

    2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

    3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

    4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

    Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

    Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

    day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

    tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

    4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

    ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

    Business Studies

    Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

    Staff Appraisal

    Meaning of Performance Appraisal

    Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

    Objectives of Performance Appraisal

    Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

    To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

    To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

    To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

    Importance of Performance Appraisal

    Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

    knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

    1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

    2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

    3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

    5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

    6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

    7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

    8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

    Geography

    DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

    The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

    Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

    Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

    East-flowing rivers

    West-flowing rivers

    Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

    The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

    The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

    The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

    Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

    Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

    Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

    Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

    Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

    Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

    Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

    Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

    Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

    Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

    They fall into the Bay of Bengal

    They fall into Arabian Sea

    These rivers form big deltas

    These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

    Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

    Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

    Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

    Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

    LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

    hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

    of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

    COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

    linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

    offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

    linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

    SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

    hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

    Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

    The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

    Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

    o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

    o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

    o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

    Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

    Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

    Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

    of the island and Prospero as a usurper

    o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

    o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

    o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

    Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

    Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

    ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

    o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

    ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

    o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

    ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

    o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

    ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

    o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

    ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

    Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

    ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

    Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

    to Stephano and Trinculo

    ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

    Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

    Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

    savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

    o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

    those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

    materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

    certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

    is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

    ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

    MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

    2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

    3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

    monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

    4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

    5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

    6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

    Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

    Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

    29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

    200000 200000

    On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

    (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

    Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

    Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

    13500

    18000 18000

    Capital Account

    Dr Cr

    Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

    Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

    Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

    81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

    Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

    Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

    Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

    195500 195500

    Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

    The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

    • 1 Static Friction
    • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
      • Static Friction Examples
        • 2 Sliding Friction
          • Examples Of Sliding Friction
            • 3 Rolling Friction
              • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

      FACE- PART OF THE SHAPE THAT IS FLAT (OR CURVED) IS KNOWN AS FACE OF THE SOLID SHAPE A CUBE HAS 6 FACES

      EDGE- THE LINE WHERE TWO FACES MEET IS KNOWN AS EDGEA CUBE HAS 12 EDGES

      VERTEX-THE POINT WHERE TWO OR MORE EDGES MEET IS KNOWN AS VERTEXA CUBE HAS 8 VERTICES

      General knowledge

      Ch 21 part of plants

      Refer to pg 25Do in the book and learn [ practise drawing a plant and label the different parts of the plant]

      Qs 1 Which part of the plant grow under the groundAns Roots Qs2 Which part of the plant looks colourfulAns FlowerQs 3 Which part of the plant look greenAns Leaves Qs 4 Which part of the plant has leaves flowers and fruitsAns StemQs 5 Which part of a plant do you eatAns Fruit

      Bengali বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

      পাঠndash৭লপndashবকোহিনঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

      ৩ সঠিক উততর যবকেনাও -ক) ( হিসটানকের বাঙাহিলকের ) সবকেচকেয় বকো উৎসব বহিনখ) এই হিনটি ( জরকেতর হিজশহিকেসটর জনমহিন) এইহিনটি পরম ( আনকেFর ঃকেখর ) হিনঘ) হিজGায় ( বাইকেবল যকারান ) পাঠকরায়ঙ) বহিকেনর হিপরয় খাবার কেলা ( যকক হিখচহি ) ৪ হিবপরীতশবদ -বকো timesযাকেIা জনম timesমতয আনFtimes ঃখ নতন timesপকেরাকেনা হিপরয় timesঅহিপরয় হিশশ times বদধপহিবতর times অপহিবতর আকেলা times অনধকার সমাহিNtimes সচনা৫ একেলাকেমকেলা শবদ সাহিজকেয় যলকেখা -যাহিবন = বকোহিন ইকেববাল = বাইকেবল নমজনহি = জনমহিন পারউ = উপার হিনয়মহিব = হিবহিনময় পাসউনা = উপাসনা

      Hindi सवनाम अपन लिलए म हममरा हमारा मझ आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0सस बात र रह हउस लिलएmdashतम तमहारा तमह आप आपा आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0स बार म बात र रह ह या किसी अनय लिलएmdashवहव उस उना उनह उनहोनआदिद शबदो ा परयोग किया 0ाता ह ौन ोईकया आदिद शबद भी सवनाम ह

      Read the chapter

      Class IIISubject Topic Summary Execution COMPUTER

      DRAWING IN MS PAINT

      Q3) WHAT TOOL DO YOU USE TO INSERT TEXT IN MS PAINTANS) THE TEXT TOOL IS USED TO ADD TEXT IN MS PAINTQ4) WRITE THE STEPS TO USE THE ERASER TOOLANS) THE STEPS ARE

      CLICK ON THE ERASER TOOL IN THE TOOLS GROUP DRAG THE MOUSE POINTER OVER THE AREA YOU WANT TO ERASE

      বই ndash বাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

      পাঠ ndash ৮লপ ndash IনIহিন ও রাজার কাযলখক ndash উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

      ৯ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -জবদ ndash সবাই হিমকেল যচারকেক পহিলকেশর াকেত তকেল হিকেয় জবদ করকেলা হিখলহিখল ndash নতন যখলনা যপকেয় হিশশটি হিখলহিখল ককের যকেস উঠকেলা কাতর ndash কাতর ককেS বদধ যলাকটি জল চাইহিল IফI ndash আঘাত লাায় ককরIা IফI করহিল -য়ানক ndash যকারনাকে -য়ানক পরলয় কেয়হিল

      Hindi सवनाम अपन लिलए म हममरा हमारा मझ आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0सस बात र रह हउस लिलएmdashतम तमहारा तमह आप आपा आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह mdashजि0स बार म बात र रह ह या किसी अनय लिलए वह व उस उना उनह उनहोन आदिद

      शबदो ा परयोग किया 0ाता ह ौन ोई कया आदिद शबद भी सवनाम ह Science

      Ch ndash Food we get from Plants

      We see many plants around us They are of different shapes and sizes Some plants grow tall some stay short Some plants grow along the ground some plants need support to grow

      Trees ndash big and tall plants are called trees Trees have thick hard and woody stem called trunk They have thin stems called branches Most trees live for many years A banyan tree can live for hundreds of years Mango banyan neem are examples of trees

      Fill in the blanks (pg no- 63)

      The main stem of a tree is called trunk

      Cotton and hibiscus are examples of shrubs

      Rice and mint are examples of herbs

      Social studies

      Indian literature Jataka talesThe jataka tales are short educational tales They have stories concerning the previous births of Gautam Buddha in both animal and human form These moral tales were written in fourth century and are based on the life of Gautama Buddha These are a collection of about 550 fables Every fable exhibits some virtue where

      Buddha may appear in it as a king God or an elephant There are several translations of these Jataka tales in different languages

      Read the portion which has been explainedEng language

      Ch 19 Adverbs Adverbs are words that tells us more about an action In other words adding something more to the verb For eg The cat ran quicklyhere the word ran is the verb as it is showing an action done by the cat and quickly is the adverb as it is telling how the cat ran

      Refer to pg 68Do in the bookWarm upUnderline the words that tell you how an action happened

      The cat ran quicklyThe man ran swiftlyIt hurriedly went into its hole The mouse sat safely in its houseThe cat squeaked loudly

      MAT

      HEM

      ATIC

      S

      Ch 7

      Frac

      tions

      A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

      Each fraction has two numbers separated by a rule(a) The number above the rule is called numerator(b) The number below the rule is called denominator

      Example 7minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

      13minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

      Notes

      (1) 05 is a fraction in which numerator is 0

      (2) There is no fraction whose denominator is zero

      (3) When the numerator and denominator are equal the fraction represents the whole or 1

      Example 33=1and2

      2 = 1

      Exercise ndash 421 Read the following fractional numbers

      (c) 411 (d)

      815 (e)

      2337

      Solution

      (c) 411

      four by eleven

      (d)8

      15Eight by fifteen

      (e) 2337

      twenty three by thirty seven

      2 Write the following fractional numbers(d) Three over eleven (e) Eighteen by twenty one (f) Four-seventhsSolution

      (d) Three over eleven 311

      (e) Eighteen by twenty one 1821

      (f) Four-sevenths 47

      3 Write the numerator of each of the following

      (e) 09 (f)

      56 (g)

      311 (h)

      617

      Solution (e) 0 (f) 5 (g) 3 (h) 64 Write the denominator of each of the following

      (e) 08 (f)

      813 (g)

      719 (h)

      417

      Solution (e) 8 (f) 13 (g) 19 (h) 17

      5 Write the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below

      (a) Numerator = 4 and Denominator = 13 (b) Numerator = 6 and Denominator = 17(c) Numerator = 11 and Denominator = 16(d) Numerator = 0 and Denominator = 9

      Numerator Denominator

      Fraction

      (a) 4 13 413

      (b) 6 17 617

      (c) 11 16 1116

      (d) 0 9 09

      6 Find the fractions in which the denominator is 3 more than the numerator69

      74

      811

      49

      1113

      711

      1411

      1613

      2023

      Solution 69

      811

      2023

      8 A book seller had 15 books He sold 8 books What fraction of the books did he sell

      Solution Out of 15 books the book seller sold 8 books

      there4 The fraction of the books he sold =8

      15

      10 A class has 35 students On Monday 34 students were present What fraction of the students was absent

      Solution Total number of student = 35On Monday 34 students were presentthere4 The number of student absent on Monday = (35 ndash 34) = 1

      So fraction of the students was = 135

      Class IVSubject Topic Summary Execution English language

      Verbs the -ing form

      Meaning of verb A word used to describe an action is known as verb

      The ndash ing form of a verb is a very important form for it is used in many different waysExampleJack is playing(Present continuous)Jack was playing with his friends yesterday ( Past continuous)Jack will be playing in a match tomorrow ( Future continuous)So we see that the ndash ing form of verb used to form the continuous tenses

      The ndash ing form of verb can also be used as an adjectiveExampleYou should not disturb a sleeping dogThe kettle is full of boiling water

      Say which of the ndash ingforms of verbs in the sentences given below have been used as adjectives and which to form continuous tenses ( solved exercises please follow this)

      3Interesting ndash adjective

      4Was eating ndash past continuous tense

      5terrifying ndashadjective

      6are helping is spreading ndash present continuous tense

      7will be visiting ndashfuture continuous tense

      8twittering ndash adjective

      Social studies

      Map reading A Map helps us to see the whole World continents countries cities and neighborhood They are of different sizes handy and can be rolled up folded or carried easily However the maps do not show the surface accurately This is because the map is flat whereas the Earth is round in shape Cartography or a map making is a study and practice representation of the

      One word answers1 It helps us to see the whole world countries and cities ndash Map

      2 A study and practice representation of the Earth on a flat surface ndash Cartography

      Earth on a flat surface

      Elements of a mapTo be able to read a map we must understand the elements of a map

      DirectionsDirections are the basic guidelines that help us to locate places It is very important for us to know the correct directions East West North and South are the four Cardinal directions These directions help us to locate the places Beside these there are four sub directionsndash Northeast Southeast North West and South West Compass is an instrument that helps to locate the directions

      3 The basic guidelines to help us to locate places ndash directions

      4These four directions help us to locate the places ndash Cardinal directions

      COMPUTER

      Formatting in ms word

      Q3) What do you mean by formattingAns) Formatting is a general arrangement of text in a document We can change the appearance of a document by using the features available in ms word We can use different fonts colours and styles in the textQ4) What is alignmentAns) Alignment of text is the way in which it is placed between the margins of a page Text can be aligned to the left side in the centre or to the right side of a pageQ5) what is fontAns) A font is a style of writing and typing A font provides specific textual appearance to the document You can change the size style or give various effects to a font

      Hindi 2ndlang

      ाला किहरण सभी धमlt ा मल धम ह दया और रणा मरी हर 0ीव अपन ही दकिनया म रहत ह हम

      पराणी कयो उनो परशान रत ह ऐसा हम नही रना चाकिहए

      0ानवरो स हम ए सीख मिमलती ह किस तरह हम एता म रहना चाकिहए

      हर पराणी पयार ी भाा समझता ह अगर हम पयार ी उममीद रत ह तो कया 0त

      0ानवर हमस उममीद नही रत कि हम भी उनह पयार द यह हानी ए ाल किहरण ी ह 0ो अपन

      समह ा नततव रता था हमशा कया उलिचत ह यह सोचता था अचान

      उन पर लिशारिरयो न हमला बोल दिदया जि0सम ाला किहरण परा गया कयोकि वह

      दलभ ह और लिशारिरयो ी न0र उसी पर थी परत 0ानवरो ी एता ो दखर

      रा0मार ो दया आ गई और उसन उनो छोड दिदया 0ानवर भी बईमान नही थी वह उनस अकसर मिमलन उन बाद म 0ाता रहता रा0ा ो धनयवाद रता अबोध म

      पराणिणयो म एता तजञता अभी भी ह

      शबदाथ तराई ndash पहाड आसपास नीच

      ी भमिमवश- ल या परिरवारअदवभत- अनोखाचौननाndash सत सावधानओझलndash गायबकिवपणिRndash मसीबतसगठन- एताउममीदndash आशाातर दमिU ndashकिववशता

      हिहस ndash हानी पहचान वालातवयndash फ0

      दल ndash समहनततवndash सचालन रना

      ओट ndash आडआतमसमपणndash अपन ो सौप दनाम- चप

      हम उनस सीख लनी चाकिहएবইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

      পাঠndash১০লপndashহিবকেবকানকেFর যকেলকেবলাযলখকndashশশী-ষণ াশগNঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

      ৯প পহিরবতG ন ককেরা -শরীর = শারীহিরক -ত = য-ৌহিতক সG ার = সG াহির সথায়ী = সথাহিয়তবহিবশবাস = হিবশবাসী া = যকো১০ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -আডডা = পাার বদধরা াতলায় আডডা যয়হিডবাহিজ = রাম া যকেক হিডবাহিজ যখকেয় পকেলাসG ার = বকেলহিল যকেল যর সG ারবকহিন = অঙক -ল করায় রীনা মাকেয়র কাকে বকহিন যখকেলাবহিদধ = বহিদধ াককেল উপায় য়হিনশহিত = হিনশহিত রাকেত রাজবাহিকেত ডাকাত পকেলা-য়ানক = পাাহি রাসতা বষটির পকের -য়ানক হিবপ জনক য়হিবশবাস = মানকেষর পরহিত হিবশবাস ারাকেনা পাপ

      Science Ch ndash The Food We Eat

      Living things need food to live to grow to stay strong and fit When we need food we feel hungry Food gives us energy to do work It also protects us from diseases and helps us to stay healthy Nutrients in food The food we eat contains many substances that are necessary for our body These substances are called nutrients that help us to grow well and stay healthy

      Nutrients give us energy to study work and play

      They help our body to grow and repair the damaged parts of our body

      They also help our body to fight against diseases and remain healthy

      Write T for True or F for False (pg no- 11)

      1 Food contains nutrients that help us to grow True

      2 Foods rich in carbohydrates are called body-building foods False

      MAT

      HEM

      ATIC

      S

      Ch 9

      Com

      mon

      Fra

      ction

      s

      A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

      Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

      Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

      11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

      Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

      (b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

      numerator

      (c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

      numerator

      Solution

      (b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

      (c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

      3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

      (25) 25

      (311) 311

      (416) 416

      (712) 712

      Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

      Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

      In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

      FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

      Books exercise

      A) Tick the correct answer

      1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

      2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

      3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

      English language

      Sentences phrases and

      Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

      clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

      9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

      10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

      11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

      12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

      13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

      14 However fast ndash phrases

      15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

      Indian Government

      Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

      ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

      1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

      2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

      3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

      4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

      5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

      Book ndash GK

      Ch ndash 1First in space

      1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

      Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

      3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

      Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

      ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

      Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

      MAT

      HEM

      ATIC

      S

      Ch 6

      Com

      mon

      Fra

      ction

      s

      Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

      Exercise ndash 30Multiply

      7 2027

      times 9

      Solution 2027

      times 9 = 203 = 6

      23

      8 611

      times11

      Solution 611

      times11 = 6

      15 71

      20times16

      Solution 71

      20times16 =

      14120

      times16

      = 1415

      times 4 = 141times 4

      5 = 564

      5 = 11245

      B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

      16 2712

      times24

      Solution 2712

      times24 = 3112

      times24

      = 31times2 = 62

      Exercise ndash 31

      11 83

      times 34

      2

      Solution 83

      times 34 = 2

      14 723

      times2 25

      4

      Solution 723

      times2 25 =

      233

      times 125 =

      23times 45

      = 925 = 18

      25

      15 1212

      times1 13

      2

      Solution 1212

      times1 13 =

      252

      times 43 =

      25times 23

      = 503 = 16

      23

      State the following statements are true or false

      17 1912

      times 239 = 1

      Solution LHS = 1912

      times 239

      = 392

      times 239 = 1 = RHS

      [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

      there4 1912

      times 239 = 1 [True]

      21 213

      times2 13 = 4

      19

      Solution LHS = 213

      times2 13 =

      73

      times 73

      = 7times73times3 =

      499 = 5

      49

      there4 LHS ne RHS

      So 213

      times2 13 = 4

      19 [False]

      23 23

      times 45 =

      2times 5+3 times43times 5

      Solution

      LHS = 23

      times 45 =

      2times 43 times5 =

      815 again

      RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

      3times 5 = 10+12

      15 = 2215

      there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

      times 45 =

      2times 5+3times43times 5

      [False]

      25 23 of

      13 =

      29

      Solution

      LHS= 23 of

      13 =

      23 times

      13 =

      29 = RHS]

      there4 23 of

      13 =

      29 [True]

      Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

      24 12 of 4 =

      18

      Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

      HISTORY AND CIVICS

      Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

      DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

      capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

      2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

      3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

      ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

      II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

      was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

      4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

      5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

      Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

      BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

      3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

      III Name the following

      1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

      V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

      BENGALI(2ND

      LANGUAGE)

      পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

      যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

      পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

      ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

      উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

      ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

      ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

      Hindi 2nd

      langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

      ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

      उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

      English literature

      In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

      Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

      Read the poem

      PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

      1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

      Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

      together Table lamp resting on the table

      2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

      Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

      deck

      3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

      Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

      6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

      1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

      Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

      begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

      applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

      slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

      change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

      length increases

      8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

      COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

      UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

      FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

      WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

      WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

      ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

      CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

      CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

      Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

      Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

      Hindi 2ndlang

      ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

      सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

      हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

      शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

      ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

      इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

      यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

      हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

      शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

      ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

      उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

      किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

      फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

      ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

      किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

      ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

      नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

      सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

      বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

      পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

      ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

      -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

      বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

      CHEMISTRY

      Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

      Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

      Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

      change in its chemical properties

      Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

      10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

      11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

      12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

      (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

      13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

      14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

      15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

      16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

      17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

      18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

      GEOGRAPHY

      ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

      evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

      2 The heat waves in summer months

      Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

      evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

      2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

      lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

      3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

      become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

      and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

      7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

      WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

      green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

      By planting more trees to increase forest cover

      The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

      We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

      Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

      We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

      Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

      By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

      of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

      frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

      become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

      etc

      Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

      green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

      bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

      c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

      dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

      eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

      f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

      Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

      1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

      Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

      English Language

      Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

      Kinds of Prepositions

      Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

      Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

      Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

      Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

      Exercise A

      1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

      2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

      3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

      4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

      5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

      6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

      7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

      8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

      9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

      10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

      Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

      All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

      Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

      in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

      Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

      Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

      out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

      Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

      PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

      A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

      The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

      This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

      Question 2

      Fill in the blanks

      (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

      (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

      (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

      (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

      (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

      (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

      (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

      (h) Power P = work donetime taken

      (i) The S I unit of power is watt

      (j) IHP = 746 W

      BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

      Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

      Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

      Endocrine Glands

      Location Hormones secreted

      Functions and Deficiency Diseases

      1Adrenal gland

      2 Pancreas Gland

      On the top of each kidney

      In between stomach and small intestine

      i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

      ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

      i) Insulin

      ii) Glucagon

      It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

      a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

      b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

      a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

      b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

      Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

      Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

      a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

      b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

      History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

      Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

      town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

      EnglishLiterature

      The west wind-John Mansfield

      In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

      Write the synopsis of the following words

      1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

      2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

      3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

      4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

      makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

      while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

      (Write from the book in your copy)

      MAT

      HEM

      ATIC

      S

      Ch 1

      1Al

      gebr

      ic E

      xpre

      ssio

      n

      1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

      2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

      3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

      4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

      5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

      6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

      Exercise ndash 11(A)

      1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

      -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

      8 45y -3x

      Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

      3 yz8

      45y -3x

      2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

      Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

      4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

      Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

      5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

      SolutionCoefficient

      (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

      7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

      8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

      eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

      terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

      6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

      (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

      Solution Coefficient

      (i) 5 17

      xy2z3

      (vii) 5xy2 17z3

      (viii) 17yz

      5xyzsup2

      (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

      7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

      Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

      xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

      -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

      Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

      Bengali (2nd language)

      বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

      অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

      অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

      অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

      অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

      অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

      অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

      আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

      আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

      Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

      2nd language

      परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

      English language

      Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

      Subject complain in brief

      Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

      The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

      1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

      Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

      Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

      L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

      Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

      2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

      1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

      3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

      4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

      5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

      Chemical formula

      A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

      Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

      A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

      Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

      A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

      Joint Stock Company

      Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

      Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

      Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

      QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

      Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

      Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

      Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

      Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

      2 Define the following

      Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

      in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

      Economics

      Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

      Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

      QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

      Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

      The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

      Geography

      Rotationand Revolution

      SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

      Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

      As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

      SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

      December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

      the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

      Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

      Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

      Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

      Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

      Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

      Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

      Q8 Match the column A with BA B

      Summer Solstice 21st March

      Autumn Equinox 23rd

      September

      Winter Solstice 21st June

      (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

      Spring Equinox 22nd

      December

      A8 A B

      Summer Solstice 21st June

      Autumn Equinox 23rd

      September

      Winter Solstice 22nd

      December

      Spring Equinox 21st March

      During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

      Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

      Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

      (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

      From the four corners of the earth they come

      To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

      The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

      inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

      The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

      On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

      For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

      (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

      These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

      (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

      From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

      (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

      The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

      (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

      In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

      (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

      passage

      In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

      paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

      On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

      After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

      IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

      (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

      To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

      Context

      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

      (2)

      (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

      MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

      Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

      (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

      The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

      (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

      The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

      Explanation

      While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

      (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

      While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

      He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

      (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

      The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

      (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

      In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

      (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

      They have in England

      A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

      Context

      (3)

      (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

      There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

      All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

      Explanation

      In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

      Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

      (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

      After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

      (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

      After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

      (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

      After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

      (iv) Explain the following lines

      ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

      Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

      monuments

      Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

      Hindi 2ndlang

      नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

      स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

      ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

      ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

      पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

      थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

      थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

      डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

      0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

      अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

      आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

      Commercial Studies

      Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

      There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

      1

      Question

      1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

      Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

      individually

      Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

      funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

      2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

      3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

      2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

      Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

      Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

      weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

      3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

      4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

      5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

      6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

      English Language

      CompositionEssay

      A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

      Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

      Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

      Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

      Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

      Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

      1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

      Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

      Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

      and Antonio arrive

      o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

      o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

      Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

      You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

      [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

      Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

      1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

      2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

      3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

      5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

      6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

      7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

      8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

      9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

      10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

      11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

      Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

      1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

      2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

      ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

      But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

      Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

      P A s1

      B

      s

      X` O s1 X

      q q1

      Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

      Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

      s

      price (Rs)

      C

      p A

      s2

      s

      X` o X

      q2 q

      Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

      Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

      (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

      Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

      Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

      Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

      Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

      substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

      6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

      Chlorophyll

      Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

      process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

      Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

      Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

      absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

      into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

      Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

      End products are H+ and oxygen water

      B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

      Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

      Class XI

      Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

      regimes for sustainable development

      Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

      Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

      considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

      The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

      Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

      [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

      Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

      o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

      o They then moved to another part of the island

      o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

      SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

      (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

      (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

      (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

      (1)

      (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

      Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

      ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

      To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

      ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

      And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

      (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

      Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

      Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

      (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

      (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

      Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

      When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

      (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

      Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

      Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

      Commerce

      Chapter- Management

      Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

      Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

      Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

      Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

      with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

      policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

      of business

      4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

      Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

      Role of functions of the middle level management

      1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

      2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

      3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

      4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

      Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

      Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

      day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

      tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

      4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

      ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

      Business Studies

      Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

      Staff Appraisal

      Meaning of Performance Appraisal

      Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

      Objectives of Performance Appraisal

      Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

      To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

      To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

      To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

      Importance of Performance Appraisal

      Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

      knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

      1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

      2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

      3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

      5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

      6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

      7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

      8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

      Geography

      DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

      The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

      Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

      Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

      East-flowing rivers

      West-flowing rivers

      Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

      The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

      The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

      The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

      Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

      Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

      Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

      Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

      Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

      Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

      Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

      Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

      Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

      Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

      They fall into the Bay of Bengal

      They fall into Arabian Sea

      These rivers form big deltas

      These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

      Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

      Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

      Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

      Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

      LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

      hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

      of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

      COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

      linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

      offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

      linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

      SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

      hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

      Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

      The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

      Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

      o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

      o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

      o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

      Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

      Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

      Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

      of the island and Prospero as a usurper

      o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

      o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

      o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

      Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

      Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

      ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

      o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

      ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

      o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

      ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

      o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

      ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

      o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

      ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

      Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

      ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

      Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

      to Stephano and Trinculo

      ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

      Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

      Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

      savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

      o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

      those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

      materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

      certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

      is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

      ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

      MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

      2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

      3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

      monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

      4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

      5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

      6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

      Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

      Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

      29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

      200000 200000

      On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

      (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

      Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

      Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

      13500

      18000 18000

      Capital Account

      Dr Cr

      Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

      Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

      Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

      81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

      Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

      Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

      Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

      195500 195500

      Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

      The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

      • 1 Static Friction
      • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
        • Static Friction Examples
          • 2 Sliding Friction
            • Examples Of Sliding Friction
              • 3 Rolling Friction
                • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                  • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

        Hindi सवनाम अपन लिलए म हममरा हमारा मझ आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0सस बात र रह हउस लिलएmdashतम तमहारा तमह आप आपा आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0स बार म बात र रह ह या किसी अनय लिलएmdashवहव उस उना उनह उनहोनआदिद शबदो ा परयोग किया 0ाता ह ौन ोईकया आदिद शबद भी सवनाम ह

        Read the chapter

        Class IIISubject Topic Summary Execution COMPUTER

        DRAWING IN MS PAINT

        Q3) WHAT TOOL DO YOU USE TO INSERT TEXT IN MS PAINTANS) THE TEXT TOOL IS USED TO ADD TEXT IN MS PAINTQ4) WRITE THE STEPS TO USE THE ERASER TOOLANS) THE STEPS ARE

        CLICK ON THE ERASER TOOL IN THE TOOLS GROUP DRAG THE MOUSE POINTER OVER THE AREA YOU WANT TO ERASE

        বই ndash বাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

        পাঠ ndash ৮লপ ndash IনIহিন ও রাজার কাযলখক ndash উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

        ৯ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -জবদ ndash সবাই হিমকেল যচারকেক পহিলকেশর াকেত তকেল হিকেয় জবদ করকেলা হিখলহিখল ndash নতন যখলনা যপকেয় হিশশটি হিখলহিখল ককের যকেস উঠকেলা কাতর ndash কাতর ককেS বদধ যলাকটি জল চাইহিল IফI ndash আঘাত লাায় ককরIা IফI করহিল -য়ানক ndash যকারনাকে -য়ানক পরলয় কেয়হিল

        Hindi सवनाम अपन लिलए म हममरा हमारा मझ आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह जि0सस बात र रह हउस लिलएmdashतम तमहारा तमह आप आपा आदिद शबदो ा परयोग रत ह mdashजि0स बार म बात र रह ह या किसी अनय लिलए वह व उस उना उनह उनहोन आदिद

        शबदो ा परयोग किया 0ाता ह ौन ोई कया आदिद शबद भी सवनाम ह Science

        Ch ndash Food we get from Plants

        We see many plants around us They are of different shapes and sizes Some plants grow tall some stay short Some plants grow along the ground some plants need support to grow

        Trees ndash big and tall plants are called trees Trees have thick hard and woody stem called trunk They have thin stems called branches Most trees live for many years A banyan tree can live for hundreds of years Mango banyan neem are examples of trees

        Fill in the blanks (pg no- 63)

        The main stem of a tree is called trunk

        Cotton and hibiscus are examples of shrubs

        Rice and mint are examples of herbs

        Social studies

        Indian literature Jataka talesThe jataka tales are short educational tales They have stories concerning the previous births of Gautam Buddha in both animal and human form These moral tales were written in fourth century and are based on the life of Gautama Buddha These are a collection of about 550 fables Every fable exhibits some virtue where

        Buddha may appear in it as a king God or an elephant There are several translations of these Jataka tales in different languages

        Read the portion which has been explainedEng language

        Ch 19 Adverbs Adverbs are words that tells us more about an action In other words adding something more to the verb For eg The cat ran quicklyhere the word ran is the verb as it is showing an action done by the cat and quickly is the adverb as it is telling how the cat ran

        Refer to pg 68Do in the bookWarm upUnderline the words that tell you how an action happened

        The cat ran quicklyThe man ran swiftlyIt hurriedly went into its hole The mouse sat safely in its houseThe cat squeaked loudly

        MAT

        HEM

        ATIC

        S

        Ch 7

        Frac

        tions

        A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

        Each fraction has two numbers separated by a rule(a) The number above the rule is called numerator(b) The number below the rule is called denominator

        Example 7minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

        13minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

        Notes

        (1) 05 is a fraction in which numerator is 0

        (2) There is no fraction whose denominator is zero

        (3) When the numerator and denominator are equal the fraction represents the whole or 1

        Example 33=1and2

        2 = 1

        Exercise ndash 421 Read the following fractional numbers

        (c) 411 (d)

        815 (e)

        2337

        Solution

        (c) 411

        four by eleven

        (d)8

        15Eight by fifteen

        (e) 2337

        twenty three by thirty seven

        2 Write the following fractional numbers(d) Three over eleven (e) Eighteen by twenty one (f) Four-seventhsSolution

        (d) Three over eleven 311

        (e) Eighteen by twenty one 1821

        (f) Four-sevenths 47

        3 Write the numerator of each of the following

        (e) 09 (f)

        56 (g)

        311 (h)

        617

        Solution (e) 0 (f) 5 (g) 3 (h) 64 Write the denominator of each of the following

        (e) 08 (f)

        813 (g)

        719 (h)

        417

        Solution (e) 8 (f) 13 (g) 19 (h) 17

        5 Write the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below

        (a) Numerator = 4 and Denominator = 13 (b) Numerator = 6 and Denominator = 17(c) Numerator = 11 and Denominator = 16(d) Numerator = 0 and Denominator = 9

        Numerator Denominator

        Fraction

        (a) 4 13 413

        (b) 6 17 617

        (c) 11 16 1116

        (d) 0 9 09

        6 Find the fractions in which the denominator is 3 more than the numerator69

        74

        811

        49

        1113

        711

        1411

        1613

        2023

        Solution 69

        811

        2023

        8 A book seller had 15 books He sold 8 books What fraction of the books did he sell

        Solution Out of 15 books the book seller sold 8 books

        there4 The fraction of the books he sold =8

        15

        10 A class has 35 students On Monday 34 students were present What fraction of the students was absent

        Solution Total number of student = 35On Monday 34 students were presentthere4 The number of student absent on Monday = (35 ndash 34) = 1

        So fraction of the students was = 135

        Class IVSubject Topic Summary Execution English language

        Verbs the -ing form

        Meaning of verb A word used to describe an action is known as verb

        The ndash ing form of a verb is a very important form for it is used in many different waysExampleJack is playing(Present continuous)Jack was playing with his friends yesterday ( Past continuous)Jack will be playing in a match tomorrow ( Future continuous)So we see that the ndash ing form of verb used to form the continuous tenses

        The ndash ing form of verb can also be used as an adjectiveExampleYou should not disturb a sleeping dogThe kettle is full of boiling water

        Say which of the ndash ingforms of verbs in the sentences given below have been used as adjectives and which to form continuous tenses ( solved exercises please follow this)

        3Interesting ndash adjective

        4Was eating ndash past continuous tense

        5terrifying ndashadjective

        6are helping is spreading ndash present continuous tense

        7will be visiting ndashfuture continuous tense

        8twittering ndash adjective

        Social studies

        Map reading A Map helps us to see the whole World continents countries cities and neighborhood They are of different sizes handy and can be rolled up folded or carried easily However the maps do not show the surface accurately This is because the map is flat whereas the Earth is round in shape Cartography or a map making is a study and practice representation of the

        One word answers1 It helps us to see the whole world countries and cities ndash Map

        2 A study and practice representation of the Earth on a flat surface ndash Cartography

        Earth on a flat surface

        Elements of a mapTo be able to read a map we must understand the elements of a map

        DirectionsDirections are the basic guidelines that help us to locate places It is very important for us to know the correct directions East West North and South are the four Cardinal directions These directions help us to locate the places Beside these there are four sub directionsndash Northeast Southeast North West and South West Compass is an instrument that helps to locate the directions

        3 The basic guidelines to help us to locate places ndash directions

        4These four directions help us to locate the places ndash Cardinal directions

        COMPUTER

        Formatting in ms word

        Q3) What do you mean by formattingAns) Formatting is a general arrangement of text in a document We can change the appearance of a document by using the features available in ms word We can use different fonts colours and styles in the textQ4) What is alignmentAns) Alignment of text is the way in which it is placed between the margins of a page Text can be aligned to the left side in the centre or to the right side of a pageQ5) what is fontAns) A font is a style of writing and typing A font provides specific textual appearance to the document You can change the size style or give various effects to a font

        Hindi 2ndlang

        ाला किहरण सभी धमlt ा मल धम ह दया और रणा मरी हर 0ीव अपन ही दकिनया म रहत ह हम

        पराणी कयो उनो परशान रत ह ऐसा हम नही रना चाकिहए

        0ानवरो स हम ए सीख मिमलती ह किस तरह हम एता म रहना चाकिहए

        हर पराणी पयार ी भाा समझता ह अगर हम पयार ी उममीद रत ह तो कया 0त

        0ानवर हमस उममीद नही रत कि हम भी उनह पयार द यह हानी ए ाल किहरण ी ह 0ो अपन

        समह ा नततव रता था हमशा कया उलिचत ह यह सोचता था अचान

        उन पर लिशारिरयो न हमला बोल दिदया जि0सम ाला किहरण परा गया कयोकि वह

        दलभ ह और लिशारिरयो ी न0र उसी पर थी परत 0ानवरो ी एता ो दखर

        रा0मार ो दया आ गई और उसन उनो छोड दिदया 0ानवर भी बईमान नही थी वह उनस अकसर मिमलन उन बाद म 0ाता रहता रा0ा ो धनयवाद रता अबोध म

        पराणिणयो म एता तजञता अभी भी ह

        शबदाथ तराई ndash पहाड आसपास नीच

        ी भमिमवश- ल या परिरवारअदवभत- अनोखाचौननाndash सत सावधानओझलndash गायबकिवपणिRndash मसीबतसगठन- एताउममीदndash आशाातर दमिU ndashकिववशता

        हिहस ndash हानी पहचान वालातवयndash फ0

        दल ndash समहनततवndash सचालन रना

        ओट ndash आडआतमसमपणndash अपन ो सौप दनाम- चप

        हम उनस सीख लनी चाकिहएবইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

        পাঠndash১০লপndashহিবকেবকানকেFর যকেলকেবলাযলখকndashশশী-ষণ াশগNঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

        ৯প পহিরবতG ন ককেরা -শরীর = শারীহিরক -ত = য-ৌহিতক সG ার = সG াহির সথায়ী = সথাহিয়তবহিবশবাস = হিবশবাসী া = যকো১০ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -আডডা = পাার বদধরা াতলায় আডডা যয়হিডবাহিজ = রাম া যকেক হিডবাহিজ যখকেয় পকেলাসG ার = বকেলহিল যকেল যর সG ারবকহিন = অঙক -ল করায় রীনা মাকেয়র কাকে বকহিন যখকেলাবহিদধ = বহিদধ াককেল উপায় য়হিনশহিত = হিনশহিত রাকেত রাজবাহিকেত ডাকাত পকেলা-য়ানক = পাাহি রাসতা বষটির পকের -য়ানক হিবপ জনক য়হিবশবাস = মানকেষর পরহিত হিবশবাস ারাকেনা পাপ

        Science Ch ndash The Food We Eat

        Living things need food to live to grow to stay strong and fit When we need food we feel hungry Food gives us energy to do work It also protects us from diseases and helps us to stay healthy Nutrients in food The food we eat contains many substances that are necessary for our body These substances are called nutrients that help us to grow well and stay healthy

        Nutrients give us energy to study work and play

        They help our body to grow and repair the damaged parts of our body

        They also help our body to fight against diseases and remain healthy

        Write T for True or F for False (pg no- 11)

        1 Food contains nutrients that help us to grow True

        2 Foods rich in carbohydrates are called body-building foods False

        MAT

        HEM

        ATIC

        S

        Ch 9

        Com

        mon

        Fra

        ction

        s

        A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

        Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

        Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

        11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

        Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

        (b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

        numerator

        (c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

        numerator

        Solution

        (b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

        (c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

        3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

        (25) 25

        (311) 311

        (416) 416

        (712) 712

        Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

        Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

        In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

        FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

        Books exercise

        A) Tick the correct answer

        1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

        2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

        3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

        English language

        Sentences phrases and

        Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

        clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

        9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

        10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

        11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

        12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

        13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

        14 However fast ndash phrases

        15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

        Indian Government

        Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

        ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

        1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

        2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

        3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

        4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

        5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

        Book ndash GK

        Ch ndash 1First in space

        1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

        Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

        3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

        Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

        ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

        Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

        MAT

        HEM

        ATIC

        S

        Ch 6

        Com

        mon

        Fra

        ction

        s

        Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

        Exercise ndash 30Multiply

        7 2027

        times 9

        Solution 2027

        times 9 = 203 = 6

        23

        8 611

        times11

        Solution 611

        times11 = 6

        15 71

        20times16

        Solution 71

        20times16 =

        14120

        times16

        = 1415

        times 4 = 141times 4

        5 = 564

        5 = 11245

        B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

        16 2712

        times24

        Solution 2712

        times24 = 3112

        times24

        = 31times2 = 62

        Exercise ndash 31

        11 83

        times 34

        2

        Solution 83

        times 34 = 2

        14 723

        times2 25

        4

        Solution 723

        times2 25 =

        233

        times 125 =

        23times 45

        = 925 = 18

        25

        15 1212

        times1 13

        2

        Solution 1212

        times1 13 =

        252

        times 43 =

        25times 23

        = 503 = 16

        23

        State the following statements are true or false

        17 1912

        times 239 = 1

        Solution LHS = 1912

        times 239

        = 392

        times 239 = 1 = RHS

        [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

        there4 1912

        times 239 = 1 [True]

        21 213

        times2 13 = 4

        19

        Solution LHS = 213

        times2 13 =

        73

        times 73

        = 7times73times3 =

        499 = 5

        49

        there4 LHS ne RHS

        So 213

        times2 13 = 4

        19 [False]

        23 23

        times 45 =

        2times 5+3 times43times 5

        Solution

        LHS = 23

        times 45 =

        2times 43 times5 =

        815 again

        RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

        3times 5 = 10+12

        15 = 2215

        there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

        times 45 =

        2times 5+3times43times 5

        [False]

        25 23 of

        13 =

        29

        Solution

        LHS= 23 of

        13 =

        23 times

        13 =

        29 = RHS]

        there4 23 of

        13 =

        29 [True]

        Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

        24 12 of 4 =

        18

        Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

        HISTORY AND CIVICS

        Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

        DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

        capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

        2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

        3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

        ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

        II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

        was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

        4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

        5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

        Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

        BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

        3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

        III Name the following

        1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

        V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

        BENGALI(2ND

        LANGUAGE)

        পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

        যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

        পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

        ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

        উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

        ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

        ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

        Hindi 2nd

        langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

        ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

        उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

        English literature

        In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

        Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

        Read the poem

        PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

        1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

        Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

        together Table lamp resting on the table

        2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

        Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

        deck

        3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

        Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

        6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

        1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

        Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

        begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

        applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

        slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

        change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

        length increases

        8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

        COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

        UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

        FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

        WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

        WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

        ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

        CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

        CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

        Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

        Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

        Hindi 2ndlang

        ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

        सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

        हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

        शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

        ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

        इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

        यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

        हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

        शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

        ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

        उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

        किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

        फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

        ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

        किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

        ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

        नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

        सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

        বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

        পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

        ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

        -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

        বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

        CHEMISTRY

        Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

        Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

        Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

        change in its chemical properties

        Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

        10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

        11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

        12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

        (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

        13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

        14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

        15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

        16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

        17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

        18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

        GEOGRAPHY

        ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

        evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

        2 The heat waves in summer months

        Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

        evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

        2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

        lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

        3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

        become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

        and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

        7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

        WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

        green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

        By planting more trees to increase forest cover

        The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

        We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

        Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

        We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

        Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

        By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

        of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

        frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

        become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

        etc

        Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

        green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

        bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

        c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

        dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

        eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

        f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

        Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

        1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

        Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

        English Language

        Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

        Kinds of Prepositions

        Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

        Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

        Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

        Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

        Exercise A

        1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

        2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

        3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

        4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

        5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

        6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

        7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

        8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

        9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

        10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

        Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

        All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

        Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

        in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

        Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

        Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

        out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

        Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

        PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

        A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

        The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

        This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

        Question 2

        Fill in the blanks

        (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

        (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

        (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

        (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

        (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

        (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

        (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

        (h) Power P = work donetime taken

        (i) The S I unit of power is watt

        (j) IHP = 746 W

        BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

        Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

        Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

        Endocrine Glands

        Location Hormones secreted

        Functions and Deficiency Diseases

        1Adrenal gland

        2 Pancreas Gland

        On the top of each kidney

        In between stomach and small intestine

        i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

        ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

        i) Insulin

        ii) Glucagon

        It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

        a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

        b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

        a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

        b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

        Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

        Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

        a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

        b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

        History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

        Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

        town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

        EnglishLiterature

        The west wind-John Mansfield

        In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

        Write the synopsis of the following words

        1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

        2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

        3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

        4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

        makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

        while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

        (Write from the book in your copy)

        MAT

        HEM

        ATIC

        S

        Ch 1

        1Al

        gebr

        ic E

        xpre

        ssio

        n

        1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

        2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

        3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

        4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

        5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

        6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

        Exercise ndash 11(A)

        1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

        -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

        8 45y -3x

        Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

        3 yz8

        45y -3x

        2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

        Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

        4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

        Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

        5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

        SolutionCoefficient

        (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

        7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

        8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

        eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

        terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

        6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

        (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

        Solution Coefficient

        (i) 5 17

        xy2z3

        (vii) 5xy2 17z3

        (viii) 17yz

        5xyzsup2

        (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

        7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

        Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

        xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

        -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

        Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

        Bengali (2nd language)

        বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

        অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

        অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

        অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

        অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

        অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

        অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

        আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

        আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

        Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

        2nd language

        परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

        English language

        Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

        Subject complain in brief

        Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

        The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

        1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

        Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

        Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

        L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

        Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

        2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

        1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

        3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

        4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

        5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

        Chemical formula

        A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

        Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

        A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

        Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

        A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

        Joint Stock Company

        Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

        Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

        Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

        QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

        Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

        Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

        Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

        Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

        2 Define the following

        Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

        in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

        Economics

        Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

        Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

        QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

        Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

        The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

        Geography

        Rotationand Revolution

        SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

        Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

        As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

        SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

        December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

        the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

        Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

        Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

        Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

        Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

        Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

        Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

        Q8 Match the column A with BA B

        Summer Solstice 21st March

        Autumn Equinox 23rd

        September

        Winter Solstice 21st June

        (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

        Spring Equinox 22nd

        December

        A8 A B

        Summer Solstice 21st June

        Autumn Equinox 23rd

        September

        Winter Solstice 22nd

        December

        Spring Equinox 21st March

        During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

        Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

        Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

        (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

        From the four corners of the earth they come

        To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

        The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

        inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

        The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

        On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

        For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

        (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

        These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

        (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

        From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

        (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

        The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

        (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

        In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

        (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

        passage

        In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

        paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

        On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

        After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

        IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

        (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

        To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

        Context

        This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

        (2)

        (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

        MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

        Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

        (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

        The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

        (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

        The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

        Explanation

        While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

        (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

        While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

        He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

        (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

        The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

        (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

        In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

        (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

        They have in England

        A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

        Context

        (3)

        (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

        There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

        All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

        This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

        Explanation

        In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

        Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

        (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

        After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

        (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

        After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

        (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

        After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

        (iv) Explain the following lines

        ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

        Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

        monuments

        Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

        Hindi 2ndlang

        नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

        स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

        ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

        ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

        पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

        थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

        थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

        डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

        0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

        अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

        आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

        Commercial Studies

        Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

        There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

        1

        Question

        1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

        Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

        individually

        Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

        funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

        2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

        3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

        2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

        Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

        Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

        weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

        3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

        4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

        5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

        6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

        English Language

        CompositionEssay

        A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

        Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

        Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

        Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

        Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

        Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

        1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

        Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

        Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

        and Antonio arrive

        o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

        o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

        Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

        You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

        [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

        Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

        1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

        2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

        3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

        5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

        6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

        7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

        8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

        9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

        10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

        11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

        Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

        1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

        2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

        ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

        But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

        Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

        P A s1

        B

        s

        X` O s1 X

        q q1

        Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

        Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

        s

        price (Rs)

        C

        p A

        s2

        s

        X` o X

        q2 q

        Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

        Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

        (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

        Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

        Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

        Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

        Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

        substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

        6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

        Chlorophyll

        Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

        process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

        Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

        Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

        absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

        into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

        Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

        End products are H+ and oxygen water

        B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

        Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

        Class XI

        Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

        regimes for sustainable development

        Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

        Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

        considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

        The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

        Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

        [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

        Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

        o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

        o They then moved to another part of the island

        o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

        SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

        (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

        (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

        (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

        (1)

        (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

        Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

        ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

        To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

        ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

        And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

        (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

        Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

        Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

        (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

        (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

        Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

        When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

        (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

        Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

        Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

        Commerce

        Chapter- Management

        Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

        Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

        Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

        Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

        with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

        policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

        of business

        4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

        Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

        Role of functions of the middle level management

        1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

        2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

        3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

        4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

        Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

        Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

        day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

        tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

        4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

        ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

        Business Studies

        Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

        Staff Appraisal

        Meaning of Performance Appraisal

        Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

        Objectives of Performance Appraisal

        Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

        To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

        To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

        To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

        Importance of Performance Appraisal

        Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

        knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

        1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

        2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

        3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

        5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

        6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

        7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

        8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

        Geography

        DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

        The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

        Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

        Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

        East-flowing rivers

        West-flowing rivers

        Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

        The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

        The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

        The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

        Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

        Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

        Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

        Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

        Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

        Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

        Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

        Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

        Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

        Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

        They fall into the Bay of Bengal

        They fall into Arabian Sea

        These rivers form big deltas

        These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

        Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

        Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

        Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

        Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

        LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

        hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

        of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

        COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

        linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

        offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

        linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

        SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

        hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

        Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

        The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

        Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

        o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

        o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

        o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

        Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

        Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

        Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

        of the island and Prospero as a usurper

        o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

        o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

        o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

        Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

        Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

        ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

        o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

        ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

        o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

        ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

        o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

        ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

        o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

        ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

        Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

        ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

        Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

        to Stephano and Trinculo

        ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

        Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

        Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

        savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

        o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

        those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

        materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

        certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

        is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

        ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

        MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

        2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

        3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

        monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

        4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

        5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

        6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

        Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

        Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

        29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

        200000 200000

        On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

        (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

        Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

        Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

        13500

        18000 18000

        Capital Account

        Dr Cr

        Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

        Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

        Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

        81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

        Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

        Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

        Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

        195500 195500

        Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

        The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

        • 1 Static Friction
        • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
          • Static Friction Examples
            • 2 Sliding Friction
              • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                • 3 Rolling Friction
                  • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                    • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

          Buddha may appear in it as a king God or an elephant There are several translations of these Jataka tales in different languages

          Read the portion which has been explainedEng language

          Ch 19 Adverbs Adverbs are words that tells us more about an action In other words adding something more to the verb For eg The cat ran quicklyhere the word ran is the verb as it is showing an action done by the cat and quickly is the adverb as it is telling how the cat ran

          Refer to pg 68Do in the bookWarm upUnderline the words that tell you how an action happened

          The cat ran quicklyThe man ran swiftlyIt hurriedly went into its hole The mouse sat safely in its houseThe cat squeaked loudly

          MAT

          HEM

          ATIC

          S

          Ch 7

          Frac

          tions

          A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

          Each fraction has two numbers separated by a rule(a) The number above the rule is called numerator(b) The number below the rule is called denominator

          Example 7minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

          13minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

          Notes

          (1) 05 is a fraction in which numerator is 0

          (2) There is no fraction whose denominator is zero

          (3) When the numerator and denominator are equal the fraction represents the whole or 1

          Example 33=1and2

          2 = 1

          Exercise ndash 421 Read the following fractional numbers

          (c) 411 (d)

          815 (e)

          2337

          Solution

          (c) 411

          four by eleven

          (d)8

          15Eight by fifteen

          (e) 2337

          twenty three by thirty seven

          2 Write the following fractional numbers(d) Three over eleven (e) Eighteen by twenty one (f) Four-seventhsSolution

          (d) Three over eleven 311

          (e) Eighteen by twenty one 1821

          (f) Four-sevenths 47

          3 Write the numerator of each of the following

          (e) 09 (f)

          56 (g)

          311 (h)

          617

          Solution (e) 0 (f) 5 (g) 3 (h) 64 Write the denominator of each of the following

          (e) 08 (f)

          813 (g)

          719 (h)

          417

          Solution (e) 8 (f) 13 (g) 19 (h) 17

          5 Write the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below

          (a) Numerator = 4 and Denominator = 13 (b) Numerator = 6 and Denominator = 17(c) Numerator = 11 and Denominator = 16(d) Numerator = 0 and Denominator = 9

          Numerator Denominator

          Fraction

          (a) 4 13 413

          (b) 6 17 617

          (c) 11 16 1116

          (d) 0 9 09

          6 Find the fractions in which the denominator is 3 more than the numerator69

          74

          811

          49

          1113

          711

          1411

          1613

          2023

          Solution 69

          811

          2023

          8 A book seller had 15 books He sold 8 books What fraction of the books did he sell

          Solution Out of 15 books the book seller sold 8 books

          there4 The fraction of the books he sold =8

          15

          10 A class has 35 students On Monday 34 students were present What fraction of the students was absent

          Solution Total number of student = 35On Monday 34 students were presentthere4 The number of student absent on Monday = (35 ndash 34) = 1

          So fraction of the students was = 135

          Class IVSubject Topic Summary Execution English language

          Verbs the -ing form

          Meaning of verb A word used to describe an action is known as verb

          The ndash ing form of a verb is a very important form for it is used in many different waysExampleJack is playing(Present continuous)Jack was playing with his friends yesterday ( Past continuous)Jack will be playing in a match tomorrow ( Future continuous)So we see that the ndash ing form of verb used to form the continuous tenses

          The ndash ing form of verb can also be used as an adjectiveExampleYou should not disturb a sleeping dogThe kettle is full of boiling water

          Say which of the ndash ingforms of verbs in the sentences given below have been used as adjectives and which to form continuous tenses ( solved exercises please follow this)

          3Interesting ndash adjective

          4Was eating ndash past continuous tense

          5terrifying ndashadjective

          6are helping is spreading ndash present continuous tense

          7will be visiting ndashfuture continuous tense

          8twittering ndash adjective

          Social studies

          Map reading A Map helps us to see the whole World continents countries cities and neighborhood They are of different sizes handy and can be rolled up folded or carried easily However the maps do not show the surface accurately This is because the map is flat whereas the Earth is round in shape Cartography or a map making is a study and practice representation of the

          One word answers1 It helps us to see the whole world countries and cities ndash Map

          2 A study and practice representation of the Earth on a flat surface ndash Cartography

          Earth on a flat surface

          Elements of a mapTo be able to read a map we must understand the elements of a map

          DirectionsDirections are the basic guidelines that help us to locate places It is very important for us to know the correct directions East West North and South are the four Cardinal directions These directions help us to locate the places Beside these there are four sub directionsndash Northeast Southeast North West and South West Compass is an instrument that helps to locate the directions

          3 The basic guidelines to help us to locate places ndash directions

          4These four directions help us to locate the places ndash Cardinal directions

          COMPUTER

          Formatting in ms word

          Q3) What do you mean by formattingAns) Formatting is a general arrangement of text in a document We can change the appearance of a document by using the features available in ms word We can use different fonts colours and styles in the textQ4) What is alignmentAns) Alignment of text is the way in which it is placed between the margins of a page Text can be aligned to the left side in the centre or to the right side of a pageQ5) what is fontAns) A font is a style of writing and typing A font provides specific textual appearance to the document You can change the size style or give various effects to a font

          Hindi 2ndlang

          ाला किहरण सभी धमlt ा मल धम ह दया और रणा मरी हर 0ीव अपन ही दकिनया म रहत ह हम

          पराणी कयो उनो परशान रत ह ऐसा हम नही रना चाकिहए

          0ानवरो स हम ए सीख मिमलती ह किस तरह हम एता म रहना चाकिहए

          हर पराणी पयार ी भाा समझता ह अगर हम पयार ी उममीद रत ह तो कया 0त

          0ानवर हमस उममीद नही रत कि हम भी उनह पयार द यह हानी ए ाल किहरण ी ह 0ो अपन

          समह ा नततव रता था हमशा कया उलिचत ह यह सोचता था अचान

          उन पर लिशारिरयो न हमला बोल दिदया जि0सम ाला किहरण परा गया कयोकि वह

          दलभ ह और लिशारिरयो ी न0र उसी पर थी परत 0ानवरो ी एता ो दखर

          रा0मार ो दया आ गई और उसन उनो छोड दिदया 0ानवर भी बईमान नही थी वह उनस अकसर मिमलन उन बाद म 0ाता रहता रा0ा ो धनयवाद रता अबोध म

          पराणिणयो म एता तजञता अभी भी ह

          शबदाथ तराई ndash पहाड आसपास नीच

          ी भमिमवश- ल या परिरवारअदवभत- अनोखाचौननाndash सत सावधानओझलndash गायबकिवपणिRndash मसीबतसगठन- एताउममीदndash आशाातर दमिU ndashकिववशता

          हिहस ndash हानी पहचान वालातवयndash फ0

          दल ndash समहनततवndash सचालन रना

          ओट ndash आडआतमसमपणndash अपन ो सौप दनाम- चप

          हम उनस सीख लनी चाकिहएবইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

          পাঠndash১০লপndashহিবকেবকানকেFর যকেলকেবলাযলখকndashশশী-ষণ াশগNঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

          ৯প পহিরবতG ন ককেরা -শরীর = শারীহিরক -ত = য-ৌহিতক সG ার = সG াহির সথায়ী = সথাহিয়তবহিবশবাস = হিবশবাসী া = যকো১০ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -আডডা = পাার বদধরা াতলায় আডডা যয়হিডবাহিজ = রাম া যকেক হিডবাহিজ যখকেয় পকেলাসG ার = বকেলহিল যকেল যর সG ারবকহিন = অঙক -ল করায় রীনা মাকেয়র কাকে বকহিন যখকেলাবহিদধ = বহিদধ াককেল উপায় য়হিনশহিত = হিনশহিত রাকেত রাজবাহিকেত ডাকাত পকেলা-য়ানক = পাাহি রাসতা বষটির পকের -য়ানক হিবপ জনক য়হিবশবাস = মানকেষর পরহিত হিবশবাস ারাকেনা পাপ

          Science Ch ndash The Food We Eat

          Living things need food to live to grow to stay strong and fit When we need food we feel hungry Food gives us energy to do work It also protects us from diseases and helps us to stay healthy Nutrients in food The food we eat contains many substances that are necessary for our body These substances are called nutrients that help us to grow well and stay healthy

          Nutrients give us energy to study work and play

          They help our body to grow and repair the damaged parts of our body

          They also help our body to fight against diseases and remain healthy

          Write T for True or F for False (pg no- 11)

          1 Food contains nutrients that help us to grow True

          2 Foods rich in carbohydrates are called body-building foods False

          MAT

          HEM

          ATIC

          S

          Ch 9

          Com

          mon

          Fra

          ction

          s

          A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

          Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

          Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

          11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

          Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

          (b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

          numerator

          (c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

          numerator

          Solution

          (b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

          (c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

          3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

          (25) 25

          (311) 311

          (416) 416

          (712) 712

          Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

          Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

          In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

          FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

          Books exercise

          A) Tick the correct answer

          1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

          2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

          3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

          English language

          Sentences phrases and

          Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

          clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

          9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

          10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

          11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

          12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

          13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

          14 However fast ndash phrases

          15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

          Indian Government

          Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

          ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

          1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

          2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

          3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

          4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

          5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

          Book ndash GK

          Ch ndash 1First in space

          1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

          Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

          3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

          Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

          ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

          Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

          MAT

          HEM

          ATIC

          S

          Ch 6

          Com

          mon

          Fra

          ction

          s

          Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

          Exercise ndash 30Multiply

          7 2027

          times 9

          Solution 2027

          times 9 = 203 = 6

          23

          8 611

          times11

          Solution 611

          times11 = 6

          15 71

          20times16

          Solution 71

          20times16 =

          14120

          times16

          = 1415

          times 4 = 141times 4

          5 = 564

          5 = 11245

          B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

          16 2712

          times24

          Solution 2712

          times24 = 3112

          times24

          = 31times2 = 62

          Exercise ndash 31

          11 83

          times 34

          2

          Solution 83

          times 34 = 2

          14 723

          times2 25

          4

          Solution 723

          times2 25 =

          233

          times 125 =

          23times 45

          = 925 = 18

          25

          15 1212

          times1 13

          2

          Solution 1212

          times1 13 =

          252

          times 43 =

          25times 23

          = 503 = 16

          23

          State the following statements are true or false

          17 1912

          times 239 = 1

          Solution LHS = 1912

          times 239

          = 392

          times 239 = 1 = RHS

          [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

          there4 1912

          times 239 = 1 [True]

          21 213

          times2 13 = 4

          19

          Solution LHS = 213

          times2 13 =

          73

          times 73

          = 7times73times3 =

          499 = 5

          49

          there4 LHS ne RHS

          So 213

          times2 13 = 4

          19 [False]

          23 23

          times 45 =

          2times 5+3 times43times 5

          Solution

          LHS = 23

          times 45 =

          2times 43 times5 =

          815 again

          RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

          3times 5 = 10+12

          15 = 2215

          there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

          times 45 =

          2times 5+3times43times 5

          [False]

          25 23 of

          13 =

          29

          Solution

          LHS= 23 of

          13 =

          23 times

          13 =

          29 = RHS]

          there4 23 of

          13 =

          29 [True]

          Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

          24 12 of 4 =

          18

          Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

          HISTORY AND CIVICS

          Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

          DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

          capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

          2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

          3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

          ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

          II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

          was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

          4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

          5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

          Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

          BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

          3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

          III Name the following

          1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

          V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

          BENGALI(2ND

          LANGUAGE)

          পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

          যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

          পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

          ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

          উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

          ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

          ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

          Hindi 2nd

          langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

          ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

          उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

          English literature

          In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

          Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

          Read the poem

          PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

          1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

          Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

          together Table lamp resting on the table

          2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

          Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

          deck

          3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

          Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

          6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

          1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

          Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

          begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

          applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

          slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

          change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

          length increases

          8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

          COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

          UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

          FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

          WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

          WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

          ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

          CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

          CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

          Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

          Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

          Hindi 2ndlang

          ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

          सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

          हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

          शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

          ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

          इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

          यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

          हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

          शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

          ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

          उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

          किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

          फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

          ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

          किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

          ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

          नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

          सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

          বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

          পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

          ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

          -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

          বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

          CHEMISTRY

          Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

          Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

          Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

          change in its chemical properties

          Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

          10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

          11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

          12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

          (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

          13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

          14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

          15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

          16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

          17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

          18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

          GEOGRAPHY

          ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

          evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

          2 The heat waves in summer months

          Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

          evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

          2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

          lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

          3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

          become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

          and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

          7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

          WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

          green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

          By planting more trees to increase forest cover

          The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

          We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

          Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

          We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

          Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

          By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

          of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

          frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

          become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

          etc

          Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

          green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

          bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

          c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

          dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

          eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

          f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

          Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

          1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

          Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

          English Language

          Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

          Kinds of Prepositions

          Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

          Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

          Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

          Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

          Exercise A

          1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

          2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

          3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

          4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

          5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

          6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

          7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

          8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

          9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

          10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

          Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

          All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

          Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

          in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

          Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

          Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

          out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

          Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

          PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

          A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

          The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

          This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

          Question 2

          Fill in the blanks

          (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

          (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

          (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

          (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

          (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

          (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

          (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

          (h) Power P = work donetime taken

          (i) The S I unit of power is watt

          (j) IHP = 746 W

          BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

          Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

          Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

          Endocrine Glands

          Location Hormones secreted

          Functions and Deficiency Diseases

          1Adrenal gland

          2 Pancreas Gland

          On the top of each kidney

          In between stomach and small intestine

          i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

          ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

          i) Insulin

          ii) Glucagon

          It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

          a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

          b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

          a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

          b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

          Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

          Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

          a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

          b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

          History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

          Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

          town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

          EnglishLiterature

          The west wind-John Mansfield

          In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

          Write the synopsis of the following words

          1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

          2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

          3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

          4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

          makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

          while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

          (Write from the book in your copy)

          MAT

          HEM

          ATIC

          S

          Ch 1

          1Al

          gebr

          ic E

          xpre

          ssio

          n

          1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

          2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

          3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

          4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

          5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

          6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

          Exercise ndash 11(A)

          1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

          -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

          8 45y -3x

          Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

          3 yz8

          45y -3x

          2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

          Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

          4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

          Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

          5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

          SolutionCoefficient

          (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

          7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

          8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

          eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

          terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

          6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

          (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

          Solution Coefficient

          (i) 5 17

          xy2z3

          (vii) 5xy2 17z3

          (viii) 17yz

          5xyzsup2

          (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

          7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

          Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

          xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

          -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

          Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

          Bengali (2nd language)

          বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

          অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

          অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

          অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

          অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

          অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

          অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

          আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

          আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

          Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

          2nd language

          परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

          English language

          Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

          Subject complain in brief

          Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

          The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

          1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

          Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

          Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

          L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

          Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

          2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

          1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

          3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

          4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

          5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

          Chemical formula

          A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

          Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

          A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

          Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

          A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

          Joint Stock Company

          Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

          Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

          Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

          QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

          Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

          Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

          Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

          Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

          2 Define the following

          Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

          in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

          Economics

          Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

          Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

          QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

          Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

          The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

          Geography

          Rotationand Revolution

          SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

          Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

          As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

          SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

          December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

          the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

          Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

          Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

          Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

          Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

          Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

          Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

          Q8 Match the column A with BA B

          Summer Solstice 21st March

          Autumn Equinox 23rd

          September

          Winter Solstice 21st June

          (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

          Spring Equinox 22nd

          December

          A8 A B

          Summer Solstice 21st June

          Autumn Equinox 23rd

          September

          Winter Solstice 22nd

          December

          Spring Equinox 21st March

          During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

          Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

          Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

          (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

          From the four corners of the earth they come

          To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

          The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

          inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

          The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

          On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

          For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

          (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

          These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

          (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

          From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

          (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

          The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

          (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

          In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

          (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

          passage

          In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

          paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

          On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

          After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

          IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

          (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

          To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

          Context

          This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

          (2)

          (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

          MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

          Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

          (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

          The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

          (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

          The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

          Explanation

          While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

          (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

          While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

          He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

          (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

          The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

          (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

          In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

          (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

          They have in England

          A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

          Context

          (3)

          (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

          There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

          All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

          This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

          Explanation

          In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

          Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

          (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

          After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

          (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

          After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

          (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

          After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

          (iv) Explain the following lines

          ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

          Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

          monuments

          Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

          Hindi 2ndlang

          नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

          स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

          ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

          ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

          पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

          थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

          थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

          डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

          0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

          अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

          आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

          Commercial Studies

          Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

          There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

          1

          Question

          1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

          Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

          individually

          Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

          funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

          2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

          3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

          2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

          Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

          Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

          weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

          3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

          4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

          5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

          6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

          English Language

          CompositionEssay

          A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

          Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

          Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

          Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

          Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

          Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

          1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

          Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

          Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

          and Antonio arrive

          o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

          o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

          Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

          You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

          [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

          Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

          1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

          2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

          3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

          5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

          6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

          7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

          8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

          9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

          10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

          11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

          Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

          1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

          2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

          ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

          But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

          Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

          P A s1

          B

          s

          X` O s1 X

          q q1

          Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

          Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

          s

          price (Rs)

          C

          p A

          s2

          s

          X` o X

          q2 q

          Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

          Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

          (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

          Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

          Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

          Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

          Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

          substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

          6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

          Chlorophyll

          Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

          process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

          Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

          Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

          absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

          into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

          Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

          End products are H+ and oxygen water

          B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

          Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

          Class XI

          Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

          regimes for sustainable development

          Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

          Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

          considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

          The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

          Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

          [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

          Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

          o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

          o They then moved to another part of the island

          o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

          SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

          (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

          (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

          (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

          (1)

          (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

          Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

          ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

          To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

          ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

          And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

          (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

          Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

          Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

          (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

          (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

          Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

          When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

          (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

          Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

          Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

          Commerce

          Chapter- Management

          Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

          Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

          Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

          Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

          with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

          policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

          of business

          4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

          Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

          Role of functions of the middle level management

          1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

          2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

          3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

          4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

          Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

          Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

          day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

          tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

          4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

          ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

          Business Studies

          Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

          Staff Appraisal

          Meaning of Performance Appraisal

          Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

          Objectives of Performance Appraisal

          Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

          To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

          To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

          To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

          Importance of Performance Appraisal

          Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

          knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

          1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

          2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

          3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

          5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

          6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

          7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

          8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

          Geography

          DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

          The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

          Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

          Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

          East-flowing rivers

          West-flowing rivers

          Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

          The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

          The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

          The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

          Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

          Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

          Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

          Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

          Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

          Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

          Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

          Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

          Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

          Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

          They fall into the Bay of Bengal

          They fall into Arabian Sea

          These rivers form big deltas

          These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

          Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

          Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

          Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

          Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

          LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

          hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

          of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

          COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

          linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

          offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

          linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

          SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

          hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

          Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

          The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

          Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

          o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

          o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

          o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

          Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

          Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

          Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

          of the island and Prospero as a usurper

          o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

          o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

          o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

          Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

          Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

          ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

          o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

          ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

          o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

          ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

          o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

          ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

          o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

          ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

          Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

          ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

          Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

          to Stephano and Trinculo

          ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

          Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

          Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

          savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

          o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

          those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

          materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

          certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

          is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

          ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

          MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

          2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

          3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

          monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

          4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

          5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

          6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

          Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

          Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

          29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

          200000 200000

          On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

          (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

          Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

          Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

          13500

          18000 18000

          Capital Account

          Dr Cr

          Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

          Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

          Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

          81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

          Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

          Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

          Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

          195500 195500

          Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

          The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

          • 1 Static Friction
          • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
            • Static Friction Examples
              • 2 Sliding Friction
                • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                  • 3 Rolling Friction
                    • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                      • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

            MAT

            HEM

            ATIC

            S

            Ch 7

            Frac

            tions

            A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

            Each fraction has two numbers separated by a rule(a) The number above the rule is called numerator(b) The number below the rule is called denominator

            Example 7minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

            13minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

            Notes

            (1) 05 is a fraction in which numerator is 0

            (2) There is no fraction whose denominator is zero

            (3) When the numerator and denominator are equal the fraction represents the whole or 1

            Example 33=1and2

            2 = 1

            Exercise ndash 421 Read the following fractional numbers

            (c) 411 (d)

            815 (e)

            2337

            Solution

            (c) 411

            four by eleven

            (d)8

            15Eight by fifteen

            (e) 2337

            twenty three by thirty seven

            2 Write the following fractional numbers(d) Three over eleven (e) Eighteen by twenty one (f) Four-seventhsSolution

            (d) Three over eleven 311

            (e) Eighteen by twenty one 1821

            (f) Four-sevenths 47

            3 Write the numerator of each of the following

            (e) 09 (f)

            56 (g)

            311 (h)

            617

            Solution (e) 0 (f) 5 (g) 3 (h) 64 Write the denominator of each of the following

            (e) 08 (f)

            813 (g)

            719 (h)

            417

            Solution (e) 8 (f) 13 (g) 19 (h) 17

            5 Write the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below

            (a) Numerator = 4 and Denominator = 13 (b) Numerator = 6 and Denominator = 17(c) Numerator = 11 and Denominator = 16(d) Numerator = 0 and Denominator = 9

            Numerator Denominator

            Fraction

            (a) 4 13 413

            (b) 6 17 617

            (c) 11 16 1116

            (d) 0 9 09

            6 Find the fractions in which the denominator is 3 more than the numerator69

            74

            811

            49

            1113

            711

            1411

            1613

            2023

            Solution 69

            811

            2023

            8 A book seller had 15 books He sold 8 books What fraction of the books did he sell

            Solution Out of 15 books the book seller sold 8 books

            there4 The fraction of the books he sold =8

            15

            10 A class has 35 students On Monday 34 students were present What fraction of the students was absent

            Solution Total number of student = 35On Monday 34 students were presentthere4 The number of student absent on Monday = (35 ndash 34) = 1

            So fraction of the students was = 135

            Class IVSubject Topic Summary Execution English language

            Verbs the -ing form

            Meaning of verb A word used to describe an action is known as verb

            The ndash ing form of a verb is a very important form for it is used in many different waysExampleJack is playing(Present continuous)Jack was playing with his friends yesterday ( Past continuous)Jack will be playing in a match tomorrow ( Future continuous)So we see that the ndash ing form of verb used to form the continuous tenses

            The ndash ing form of verb can also be used as an adjectiveExampleYou should not disturb a sleeping dogThe kettle is full of boiling water

            Say which of the ndash ingforms of verbs in the sentences given below have been used as adjectives and which to form continuous tenses ( solved exercises please follow this)

            3Interesting ndash adjective

            4Was eating ndash past continuous tense

            5terrifying ndashadjective

            6are helping is spreading ndash present continuous tense

            7will be visiting ndashfuture continuous tense

            8twittering ndash adjective

            Social studies

            Map reading A Map helps us to see the whole World continents countries cities and neighborhood They are of different sizes handy and can be rolled up folded or carried easily However the maps do not show the surface accurately This is because the map is flat whereas the Earth is round in shape Cartography or a map making is a study and practice representation of the

            One word answers1 It helps us to see the whole world countries and cities ndash Map

            2 A study and practice representation of the Earth on a flat surface ndash Cartography

            Earth on a flat surface

            Elements of a mapTo be able to read a map we must understand the elements of a map

            DirectionsDirections are the basic guidelines that help us to locate places It is very important for us to know the correct directions East West North and South are the four Cardinal directions These directions help us to locate the places Beside these there are four sub directionsndash Northeast Southeast North West and South West Compass is an instrument that helps to locate the directions

            3 The basic guidelines to help us to locate places ndash directions

            4These four directions help us to locate the places ndash Cardinal directions

            COMPUTER

            Formatting in ms word

            Q3) What do you mean by formattingAns) Formatting is a general arrangement of text in a document We can change the appearance of a document by using the features available in ms word We can use different fonts colours and styles in the textQ4) What is alignmentAns) Alignment of text is the way in which it is placed between the margins of a page Text can be aligned to the left side in the centre or to the right side of a pageQ5) what is fontAns) A font is a style of writing and typing A font provides specific textual appearance to the document You can change the size style or give various effects to a font

            Hindi 2ndlang

            ाला किहरण सभी धमlt ा मल धम ह दया और रणा मरी हर 0ीव अपन ही दकिनया म रहत ह हम

            पराणी कयो उनो परशान रत ह ऐसा हम नही रना चाकिहए

            0ानवरो स हम ए सीख मिमलती ह किस तरह हम एता म रहना चाकिहए

            हर पराणी पयार ी भाा समझता ह अगर हम पयार ी उममीद रत ह तो कया 0त

            0ानवर हमस उममीद नही रत कि हम भी उनह पयार द यह हानी ए ाल किहरण ी ह 0ो अपन

            समह ा नततव रता था हमशा कया उलिचत ह यह सोचता था अचान

            उन पर लिशारिरयो न हमला बोल दिदया जि0सम ाला किहरण परा गया कयोकि वह

            दलभ ह और लिशारिरयो ी न0र उसी पर थी परत 0ानवरो ी एता ो दखर

            रा0मार ो दया आ गई और उसन उनो छोड दिदया 0ानवर भी बईमान नही थी वह उनस अकसर मिमलन उन बाद म 0ाता रहता रा0ा ो धनयवाद रता अबोध म

            पराणिणयो म एता तजञता अभी भी ह

            शबदाथ तराई ndash पहाड आसपास नीच

            ी भमिमवश- ल या परिरवारअदवभत- अनोखाचौननाndash सत सावधानओझलndash गायबकिवपणिRndash मसीबतसगठन- एताउममीदndash आशाातर दमिU ndashकिववशता

            हिहस ndash हानी पहचान वालातवयndash फ0

            दल ndash समहनततवndash सचालन रना

            ओट ndash आडआतमसमपणndash अपन ो सौप दनाम- चप

            हम उनस सीख लनी चाकिहएবইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

            পাঠndash১০লপndashহিবকেবকানকেFর যকেলকেবলাযলখকndashশশী-ষণ াশগNঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

            ৯প পহিরবতG ন ককেরা -শরীর = শারীহিরক -ত = য-ৌহিতক সG ার = সG াহির সথায়ী = সথাহিয়তবহিবশবাস = হিবশবাসী া = যকো১০ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -আডডা = পাার বদধরা াতলায় আডডা যয়হিডবাহিজ = রাম া যকেক হিডবাহিজ যখকেয় পকেলাসG ার = বকেলহিল যকেল যর সG ারবকহিন = অঙক -ল করায় রীনা মাকেয়র কাকে বকহিন যখকেলাবহিদধ = বহিদধ াককেল উপায় য়হিনশহিত = হিনশহিত রাকেত রাজবাহিকেত ডাকাত পকেলা-য়ানক = পাাহি রাসতা বষটির পকের -য়ানক হিবপ জনক য়হিবশবাস = মানকেষর পরহিত হিবশবাস ারাকেনা পাপ

            Science Ch ndash The Food We Eat

            Living things need food to live to grow to stay strong and fit When we need food we feel hungry Food gives us energy to do work It also protects us from diseases and helps us to stay healthy Nutrients in food The food we eat contains many substances that are necessary for our body These substances are called nutrients that help us to grow well and stay healthy

            Nutrients give us energy to study work and play

            They help our body to grow and repair the damaged parts of our body

            They also help our body to fight against diseases and remain healthy

            Write T for True or F for False (pg no- 11)

            1 Food contains nutrients that help us to grow True

            2 Foods rich in carbohydrates are called body-building foods False

            MAT

            HEM

            ATIC

            S

            Ch 9

            Com

            mon

            Fra

            ction

            s

            A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

            Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

            Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

            11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

            Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

            (b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

            numerator

            (c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

            numerator

            Solution

            (b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

            (c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

            3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

            (25) 25

            (311) 311

            (416) 416

            (712) 712

            Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

            Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

            In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

            FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

            Books exercise

            A) Tick the correct answer

            1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

            2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

            3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

            English language

            Sentences phrases and

            Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

            clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

            9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

            10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

            11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

            12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

            13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

            14 However fast ndash phrases

            15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

            Indian Government

            Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

            ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

            1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

            2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

            3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

            4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

            5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

            Book ndash GK

            Ch ndash 1First in space

            1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

            Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

            3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

            Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

            ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

            Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

            MAT

            HEM

            ATIC

            S

            Ch 6

            Com

            mon

            Fra

            ction

            s

            Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

            Exercise ndash 30Multiply

            7 2027

            times 9

            Solution 2027

            times 9 = 203 = 6

            23

            8 611

            times11

            Solution 611

            times11 = 6

            15 71

            20times16

            Solution 71

            20times16 =

            14120

            times16

            = 1415

            times 4 = 141times 4

            5 = 564

            5 = 11245

            B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

            16 2712

            times24

            Solution 2712

            times24 = 3112

            times24

            = 31times2 = 62

            Exercise ndash 31

            11 83

            times 34

            2

            Solution 83

            times 34 = 2

            14 723

            times2 25

            4

            Solution 723

            times2 25 =

            233

            times 125 =

            23times 45

            = 925 = 18

            25

            15 1212

            times1 13

            2

            Solution 1212

            times1 13 =

            252

            times 43 =

            25times 23

            = 503 = 16

            23

            State the following statements are true or false

            17 1912

            times 239 = 1

            Solution LHS = 1912

            times 239

            = 392

            times 239 = 1 = RHS

            [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

            there4 1912

            times 239 = 1 [True]

            21 213

            times2 13 = 4

            19

            Solution LHS = 213

            times2 13 =

            73

            times 73

            = 7times73times3 =

            499 = 5

            49

            there4 LHS ne RHS

            So 213

            times2 13 = 4

            19 [False]

            23 23

            times 45 =

            2times 5+3 times43times 5

            Solution

            LHS = 23

            times 45 =

            2times 43 times5 =

            815 again

            RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

            3times 5 = 10+12

            15 = 2215

            there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

            times 45 =

            2times 5+3times43times 5

            [False]

            25 23 of

            13 =

            29

            Solution

            LHS= 23 of

            13 =

            23 times

            13 =

            29 = RHS]

            there4 23 of

            13 =

            29 [True]

            Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

            24 12 of 4 =

            18

            Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

            HISTORY AND CIVICS

            Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

            DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

            capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

            2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

            3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

            ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

            II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

            was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

            4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

            5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

            Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

            BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

            3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

            III Name the following

            1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

            V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

            BENGALI(2ND

            LANGUAGE)

            পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

            যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

            পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

            ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

            উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

            ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

            ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

            Hindi 2nd

            langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

            ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

            उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

            English literature

            In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

            Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

            Read the poem

            PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

            1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

            Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

            together Table lamp resting on the table

            2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

            Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

            deck

            3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

            Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

            6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

            1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

            Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

            begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

            applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

            slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

            change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

            length increases

            8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

            COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

            UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

            FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

            WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

            WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

            ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

            CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

            CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

            Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

            Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

            Hindi 2ndlang

            ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

            सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

            हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

            शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

            ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

            इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

            यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

            हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

            शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

            ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

            उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

            किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

            फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

            ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

            किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

            ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

            नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

            सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

            বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

            পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

            ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

            -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

            বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

            CHEMISTRY

            Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

            Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

            Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

            change in its chemical properties

            Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

            10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

            11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

            12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

            (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

            13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

            14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

            15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

            16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

            17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

            18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

            GEOGRAPHY

            ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

            evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

            2 The heat waves in summer months

            Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

            evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

            2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

            lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

            3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

            become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

            and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

            7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

            WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

            green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

            By planting more trees to increase forest cover

            The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

            We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

            Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

            We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

            Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

            By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

            of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

            frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

            become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

            etc

            Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

            green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

            bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

            c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

            dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

            eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

            f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

            Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

            1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

            Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

            English Language

            Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

            Kinds of Prepositions

            Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

            Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

            Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

            Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

            Exercise A

            1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

            2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

            3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

            4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

            5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

            6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

            7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

            8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

            9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

            10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

            Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

            All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

            Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

            in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

            Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

            Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

            out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

            Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

            PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

            A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

            The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

            This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

            Question 2

            Fill in the blanks

            (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

            (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

            (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

            (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

            (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

            (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

            (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

            (h) Power P = work donetime taken

            (i) The S I unit of power is watt

            (j) IHP = 746 W

            BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

            Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

            Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

            Endocrine Glands

            Location Hormones secreted

            Functions and Deficiency Diseases

            1Adrenal gland

            2 Pancreas Gland

            On the top of each kidney

            In between stomach and small intestine

            i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

            ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

            i) Insulin

            ii) Glucagon

            It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

            a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

            b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

            a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

            b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

            Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

            Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

            a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

            b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

            History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

            Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

            town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

            EnglishLiterature

            The west wind-John Mansfield

            In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

            Write the synopsis of the following words

            1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

            2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

            3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

            4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

            makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

            while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

            (Write from the book in your copy)

            MAT

            HEM

            ATIC

            S

            Ch 1

            1Al

            gebr

            ic E

            xpre

            ssio

            n

            1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

            2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

            3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

            4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

            5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

            6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

            Exercise ndash 11(A)

            1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

            -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

            8 45y -3x

            Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

            3 yz8

            45y -3x

            2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

            Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

            4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

            Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

            5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

            SolutionCoefficient

            (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

            7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

            8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

            eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

            terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

            6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

            (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

            Solution Coefficient

            (i) 5 17

            xy2z3

            (vii) 5xy2 17z3

            (viii) 17yz

            5xyzsup2

            (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

            7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

            Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

            xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

            -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

            Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

            Bengali (2nd language)

            বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

            অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

            অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

            অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

            অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

            অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

            অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

            আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

            আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

            Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

            2nd language

            परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

            English language

            Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

            Subject complain in brief

            Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

            The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

            1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

            Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

            Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

            L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

            Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

            2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

            1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

            3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

            4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

            5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

            Chemical formula

            A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

            Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

            A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

            Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

            A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

            Joint Stock Company

            Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

            Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

            Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

            QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

            Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

            Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

            Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

            Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

            2 Define the following

            Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

            in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

            Economics

            Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

            Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

            QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

            Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

            The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

            Geography

            Rotationand Revolution

            SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

            Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

            As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

            SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

            December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

            the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

            Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

            Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

            Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

            Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

            Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

            Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

            Q8 Match the column A with BA B

            Summer Solstice 21st March

            Autumn Equinox 23rd

            September

            Winter Solstice 21st June

            (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

            Spring Equinox 22nd

            December

            A8 A B

            Summer Solstice 21st June

            Autumn Equinox 23rd

            September

            Winter Solstice 22nd

            December

            Spring Equinox 21st March

            During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

            Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

            Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

            (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

            From the four corners of the earth they come

            To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

            The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

            inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

            The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

            On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

            For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

            (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

            These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

            (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

            From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

            (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

            The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

            (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

            In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

            (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

            passage

            In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

            paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

            On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

            After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

            IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

            (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

            To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

            Context

            This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

            (2)

            (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

            MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

            Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

            (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

            The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

            (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

            The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

            Explanation

            While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

            (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

            While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

            He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

            (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

            The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

            (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

            In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

            (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

            They have in England

            A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

            Context

            (3)

            (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

            There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

            All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

            This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

            Explanation

            In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

            Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

            (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

            After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

            (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

            After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

            (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

            After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

            (iv) Explain the following lines

            ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

            Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

            monuments

            Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

            Hindi 2ndlang

            नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

            स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

            ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

            ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

            पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

            थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

            थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

            डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

            0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

            अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

            आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

            Commercial Studies

            Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

            There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

            1

            Question

            1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

            Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

            individually

            Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

            funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

            2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

            3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

            2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

            Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

            Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

            weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

            3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

            4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

            5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

            6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

            English Language

            CompositionEssay

            A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

            Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

            Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

            Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

            Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

            Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

            1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

            Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

            Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

            and Antonio arrive

            o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

            o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

            Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

            You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

            [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

            Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

            1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

            2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

            3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

            5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

            6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

            7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

            8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

            9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

            10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

            11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

            Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

            1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

            2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

            ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

            But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

            Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

            P A s1

            B

            s

            X` O s1 X

            q q1

            Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

            Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

            s

            price (Rs)

            C

            p A

            s2

            s

            X` o X

            q2 q

            Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

            Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

            (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

            Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

            Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

            Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

            Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

            substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

            6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

            Chlorophyll

            Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

            process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

            Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

            Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

            absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

            into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

            Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

            End products are H+ and oxygen water

            B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

            Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

            Class XI

            Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

            regimes for sustainable development

            Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

            Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

            considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

            The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

            Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

            [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

            Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

            o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

            o They then moved to another part of the island

            o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

            SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

            (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

            (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

            (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

            (1)

            (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

            Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

            ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

            To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

            ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

            And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

            (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

            Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

            Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

            (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

            (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

            Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

            When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

            (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

            Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

            Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

            Commerce

            Chapter- Management

            Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

            Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

            Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

            Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

            with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

            policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

            of business

            4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

            Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

            Role of functions of the middle level management

            1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

            2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

            3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

            4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

            Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

            Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

            day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

            tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

            4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

            ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

            Business Studies

            Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

            Staff Appraisal

            Meaning of Performance Appraisal

            Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

            Objectives of Performance Appraisal

            Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

            To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

            To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

            To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

            Importance of Performance Appraisal

            Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

            knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

            1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

            2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

            3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

            5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

            6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

            7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

            8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

            Geography

            DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

            The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

            Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

            Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

            East-flowing rivers

            West-flowing rivers

            Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

            The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

            The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

            The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

            Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

            Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

            Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

            Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

            Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

            Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

            Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

            Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

            Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

            Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

            They fall into the Bay of Bengal

            They fall into Arabian Sea

            These rivers form big deltas

            These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

            Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

            Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

            Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

            Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

            LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

            hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

            of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

            COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

            linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

            offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

            linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

            SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

            hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

            Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

            The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

            Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

            o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

            o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

            o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

            Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

            Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

            Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

            of the island and Prospero as a usurper

            o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

            o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

            o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

            Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

            Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

            ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

            o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

            ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

            o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

            ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

            o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

            ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

            o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

            ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

            Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

            ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

            Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

            to Stephano and Trinculo

            ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

            Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

            Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

            savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

            o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

            those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

            materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

            certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

            is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

            ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

            MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

            2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

            3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

            monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

            4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

            5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

            6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

            Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

            Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

            29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

            200000 200000

            On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

            (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

            Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

            Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

            13500

            18000 18000

            Capital Account

            Dr Cr

            Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

            Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

            Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

            81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

            Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

            Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

            Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

            195500 195500

            Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

            The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

            • 1 Static Friction
            • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
              • Static Friction Examples
                • 2 Sliding Friction
                  • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                    • 3 Rolling Friction
                      • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                        • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

              6 Find the fractions in which the denominator is 3 more than the numerator69

              74

              811

              49

              1113

              711

              1411

              1613

              2023

              Solution 69

              811

              2023

              8 A book seller had 15 books He sold 8 books What fraction of the books did he sell

              Solution Out of 15 books the book seller sold 8 books

              there4 The fraction of the books he sold =8

              15

              10 A class has 35 students On Monday 34 students were present What fraction of the students was absent

              Solution Total number of student = 35On Monday 34 students were presentthere4 The number of student absent on Monday = (35 ndash 34) = 1

              So fraction of the students was = 135

              Class IVSubject Topic Summary Execution English language

              Verbs the -ing form

              Meaning of verb A word used to describe an action is known as verb

              The ndash ing form of a verb is a very important form for it is used in many different waysExampleJack is playing(Present continuous)Jack was playing with his friends yesterday ( Past continuous)Jack will be playing in a match tomorrow ( Future continuous)So we see that the ndash ing form of verb used to form the continuous tenses

              The ndash ing form of verb can also be used as an adjectiveExampleYou should not disturb a sleeping dogThe kettle is full of boiling water

              Say which of the ndash ingforms of verbs in the sentences given below have been used as adjectives and which to form continuous tenses ( solved exercises please follow this)

              3Interesting ndash adjective

              4Was eating ndash past continuous tense

              5terrifying ndashadjective

              6are helping is spreading ndash present continuous tense

              7will be visiting ndashfuture continuous tense

              8twittering ndash adjective

              Social studies

              Map reading A Map helps us to see the whole World continents countries cities and neighborhood They are of different sizes handy and can be rolled up folded or carried easily However the maps do not show the surface accurately This is because the map is flat whereas the Earth is round in shape Cartography or a map making is a study and practice representation of the

              One word answers1 It helps us to see the whole world countries and cities ndash Map

              2 A study and practice representation of the Earth on a flat surface ndash Cartography

              Earth on a flat surface

              Elements of a mapTo be able to read a map we must understand the elements of a map

              DirectionsDirections are the basic guidelines that help us to locate places It is very important for us to know the correct directions East West North and South are the four Cardinal directions These directions help us to locate the places Beside these there are four sub directionsndash Northeast Southeast North West and South West Compass is an instrument that helps to locate the directions

              3 The basic guidelines to help us to locate places ndash directions

              4These four directions help us to locate the places ndash Cardinal directions

              COMPUTER

              Formatting in ms word

              Q3) What do you mean by formattingAns) Formatting is a general arrangement of text in a document We can change the appearance of a document by using the features available in ms word We can use different fonts colours and styles in the textQ4) What is alignmentAns) Alignment of text is the way in which it is placed between the margins of a page Text can be aligned to the left side in the centre or to the right side of a pageQ5) what is fontAns) A font is a style of writing and typing A font provides specific textual appearance to the document You can change the size style or give various effects to a font

              Hindi 2ndlang

              ाला किहरण सभी धमlt ा मल धम ह दया और रणा मरी हर 0ीव अपन ही दकिनया म रहत ह हम

              पराणी कयो उनो परशान रत ह ऐसा हम नही रना चाकिहए

              0ानवरो स हम ए सीख मिमलती ह किस तरह हम एता म रहना चाकिहए

              हर पराणी पयार ी भाा समझता ह अगर हम पयार ी उममीद रत ह तो कया 0त

              0ानवर हमस उममीद नही रत कि हम भी उनह पयार द यह हानी ए ाल किहरण ी ह 0ो अपन

              समह ा नततव रता था हमशा कया उलिचत ह यह सोचता था अचान

              उन पर लिशारिरयो न हमला बोल दिदया जि0सम ाला किहरण परा गया कयोकि वह

              दलभ ह और लिशारिरयो ी न0र उसी पर थी परत 0ानवरो ी एता ो दखर

              रा0मार ो दया आ गई और उसन उनो छोड दिदया 0ानवर भी बईमान नही थी वह उनस अकसर मिमलन उन बाद म 0ाता रहता रा0ा ो धनयवाद रता अबोध म

              पराणिणयो म एता तजञता अभी भी ह

              शबदाथ तराई ndash पहाड आसपास नीच

              ी भमिमवश- ल या परिरवारअदवभत- अनोखाचौननाndash सत सावधानओझलndash गायबकिवपणिRndash मसीबतसगठन- एताउममीदndash आशाातर दमिU ndashकिववशता

              हिहस ndash हानी पहचान वालातवयndash फ0

              दल ndash समहनततवndash सचालन रना

              ओट ndash आडआतमसमपणndash अपन ो सौप दनाम- चप

              हम उनस सीख लनी चाकिहएবইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

              পাঠndash১০লপndashহিবকেবকানকেFর যকেলকেবলাযলখকndashশশী-ষণ াশগNঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

              ৯প পহিরবতG ন ককেরা -শরীর = শারীহিরক -ত = য-ৌহিতক সG ার = সG াহির সথায়ী = সথাহিয়তবহিবশবাস = হিবশবাসী া = যকো১০ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -আডডা = পাার বদধরা াতলায় আডডা যয়হিডবাহিজ = রাম া যকেক হিডবাহিজ যখকেয় পকেলাসG ার = বকেলহিল যকেল যর সG ারবকহিন = অঙক -ল করায় রীনা মাকেয়র কাকে বকহিন যখকেলাবহিদধ = বহিদধ াককেল উপায় য়হিনশহিত = হিনশহিত রাকেত রাজবাহিকেত ডাকাত পকেলা-য়ানক = পাাহি রাসতা বষটির পকের -য়ানক হিবপ জনক য়হিবশবাস = মানকেষর পরহিত হিবশবাস ারাকেনা পাপ

              Science Ch ndash The Food We Eat

              Living things need food to live to grow to stay strong and fit When we need food we feel hungry Food gives us energy to do work It also protects us from diseases and helps us to stay healthy Nutrients in food The food we eat contains many substances that are necessary for our body These substances are called nutrients that help us to grow well and stay healthy

              Nutrients give us energy to study work and play

              They help our body to grow and repair the damaged parts of our body

              They also help our body to fight against diseases and remain healthy

              Write T for True or F for False (pg no- 11)

              1 Food contains nutrients that help us to grow True

              2 Foods rich in carbohydrates are called body-building foods False

              MAT

              HEM

              ATIC

              S

              Ch 9

              Com

              mon

              Fra

              ction

              s

              A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

              Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

              Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

              11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

              Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

              (b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

              numerator

              (c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

              numerator

              Solution

              (b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

              (c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

              3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

              (25) 25

              (311) 311

              (416) 416

              (712) 712

              Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

              Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

              In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

              FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

              Books exercise

              A) Tick the correct answer

              1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

              2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

              3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

              English language

              Sentences phrases and

              Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

              clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

              9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

              10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

              11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

              12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

              13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

              14 However fast ndash phrases

              15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

              Indian Government

              Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

              ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

              1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

              2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

              3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

              4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

              5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

              Book ndash GK

              Ch ndash 1First in space

              1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

              Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

              3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

              Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

              ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

              Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

              MAT

              HEM

              ATIC

              S

              Ch 6

              Com

              mon

              Fra

              ction

              s

              Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

              Exercise ndash 30Multiply

              7 2027

              times 9

              Solution 2027

              times 9 = 203 = 6

              23

              8 611

              times11

              Solution 611

              times11 = 6

              15 71

              20times16

              Solution 71

              20times16 =

              14120

              times16

              = 1415

              times 4 = 141times 4

              5 = 564

              5 = 11245

              B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

              16 2712

              times24

              Solution 2712

              times24 = 3112

              times24

              = 31times2 = 62

              Exercise ndash 31

              11 83

              times 34

              2

              Solution 83

              times 34 = 2

              14 723

              times2 25

              4

              Solution 723

              times2 25 =

              233

              times 125 =

              23times 45

              = 925 = 18

              25

              15 1212

              times1 13

              2

              Solution 1212

              times1 13 =

              252

              times 43 =

              25times 23

              = 503 = 16

              23

              State the following statements are true or false

              17 1912

              times 239 = 1

              Solution LHS = 1912

              times 239

              = 392

              times 239 = 1 = RHS

              [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

              there4 1912

              times 239 = 1 [True]

              21 213

              times2 13 = 4

              19

              Solution LHS = 213

              times2 13 =

              73

              times 73

              = 7times73times3 =

              499 = 5

              49

              there4 LHS ne RHS

              So 213

              times2 13 = 4

              19 [False]

              23 23

              times 45 =

              2times 5+3 times43times 5

              Solution

              LHS = 23

              times 45 =

              2times 43 times5 =

              815 again

              RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

              3times 5 = 10+12

              15 = 2215

              there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

              times 45 =

              2times 5+3times43times 5

              [False]

              25 23 of

              13 =

              29

              Solution

              LHS= 23 of

              13 =

              23 times

              13 =

              29 = RHS]

              there4 23 of

              13 =

              29 [True]

              Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

              24 12 of 4 =

              18

              Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

              HISTORY AND CIVICS

              Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

              DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

              capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

              2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

              3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

              ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

              II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

              was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

              4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

              5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

              Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

              BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

              3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

              III Name the following

              1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

              V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

              BENGALI(2ND

              LANGUAGE)

              পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

              যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

              পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

              ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

              উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

              ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

              ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

              Hindi 2nd

              langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

              ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

              उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

              English literature

              In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

              Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

              Read the poem

              PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

              1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

              Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

              together Table lamp resting on the table

              2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

              Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

              deck

              3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

              Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

              6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

              1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

              Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

              begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

              applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

              slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

              change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

              length increases

              8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

              COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

              UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

              FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

              WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

              WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

              ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

              CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

              CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

              Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

              Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

              Hindi 2ndlang

              ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

              सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

              हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

              शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

              ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

              इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

              यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

              हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

              शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

              ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

              उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

              किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

              फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

              ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

              किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

              ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

              नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

              सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

              বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

              পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

              ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

              -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

              বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

              CHEMISTRY

              Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

              Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

              Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

              change in its chemical properties

              Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

              10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

              11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

              12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

              (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

              13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

              14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

              15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

              16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

              17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

              18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

              GEOGRAPHY

              ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

              evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

              2 The heat waves in summer months

              Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

              evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

              2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

              lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

              3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

              become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

              and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

              7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

              WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

              green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

              By planting more trees to increase forest cover

              The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

              We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

              Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

              We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

              Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

              By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

              of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

              frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

              become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

              etc

              Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

              green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

              bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

              c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

              dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

              eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

              f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

              Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

              1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

              Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

              English Language

              Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

              Kinds of Prepositions

              Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

              Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

              Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

              Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

              Exercise A

              1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

              2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

              3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

              4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

              5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

              6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

              7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

              8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

              9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

              10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

              Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

              All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

              Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

              in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

              Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

              Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

              out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

              Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

              PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

              A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

              The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

              This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

              Question 2

              Fill in the blanks

              (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

              (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

              (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

              (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

              (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

              (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

              (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

              (h) Power P = work donetime taken

              (i) The S I unit of power is watt

              (j) IHP = 746 W

              BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

              Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

              Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

              Endocrine Glands

              Location Hormones secreted

              Functions and Deficiency Diseases

              1Adrenal gland

              2 Pancreas Gland

              On the top of each kidney

              In between stomach and small intestine

              i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

              ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

              i) Insulin

              ii) Glucagon

              It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

              a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

              b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

              a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

              b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

              Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

              Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

              a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

              b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

              History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

              Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

              town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

              EnglishLiterature

              The west wind-John Mansfield

              In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

              Write the synopsis of the following words

              1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

              2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

              3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

              4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

              makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

              while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

              (Write from the book in your copy)

              MAT

              HEM

              ATIC

              S

              Ch 1

              1Al

              gebr

              ic E

              xpre

              ssio

              n

              1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

              2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

              3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

              4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

              5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

              6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

              Exercise ndash 11(A)

              1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

              -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

              8 45y -3x

              Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

              3 yz8

              45y -3x

              2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

              Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

              4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

              Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

              5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

              SolutionCoefficient

              (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

              7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

              8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

              eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

              terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

              6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

              (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

              Solution Coefficient

              (i) 5 17

              xy2z3

              (vii) 5xy2 17z3

              (viii) 17yz

              5xyzsup2

              (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

              7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

              Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

              xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

              -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

              Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

              Bengali (2nd language)

              বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

              অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

              অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

              অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

              অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

              অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

              অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

              আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

              আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

              Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

              2nd language

              परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

              English language

              Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

              Subject complain in brief

              Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

              The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

              1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

              Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

              Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

              L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

              Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

              2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

              1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

              3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

              4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

              5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

              Chemical formula

              A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

              Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

              A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

              Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

              A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

              Joint Stock Company

              Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

              Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

              Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

              QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

              Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

              Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

              Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

              Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

              2 Define the following

              Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

              in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

              Economics

              Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

              Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

              QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

              Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

              The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

              Geography

              Rotationand Revolution

              SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

              Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

              As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

              SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

              December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

              the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

              Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

              Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

              Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

              Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

              Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

              Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

              Q8 Match the column A with BA B

              Summer Solstice 21st March

              Autumn Equinox 23rd

              September

              Winter Solstice 21st June

              (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

              Spring Equinox 22nd

              December

              A8 A B

              Summer Solstice 21st June

              Autumn Equinox 23rd

              September

              Winter Solstice 22nd

              December

              Spring Equinox 21st March

              During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

              Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

              Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

              (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

              From the four corners of the earth they come

              To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

              The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

              inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

              The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

              On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

              For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

              (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

              These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

              (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

              From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

              (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

              The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

              (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

              In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

              (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

              passage

              In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

              paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

              On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

              After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

              IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

              (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

              To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

              Context

              This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

              (2)

              (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

              MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

              Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

              (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

              The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

              (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

              The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

              Explanation

              While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

              (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

              While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

              He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

              (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

              The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

              (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

              In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

              (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

              They have in England

              A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

              Context

              (3)

              (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

              There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

              All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

              This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

              Explanation

              In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

              Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

              (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

              After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

              (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

              After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

              (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

              After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

              (iv) Explain the following lines

              ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

              Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

              monuments

              Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

              Hindi 2ndlang

              नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

              स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

              ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

              ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

              पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

              थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

              थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

              डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

              0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

              अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

              आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

              Commercial Studies

              Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

              There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

              1

              Question

              1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

              Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

              individually

              Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

              funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

              2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

              3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

              2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

              Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

              Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

              weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

              3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

              4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

              5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

              6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

              English Language

              CompositionEssay

              A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

              Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

              Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

              Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

              Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

              Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

              1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

              Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

              Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

              and Antonio arrive

              o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

              o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

              Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

              You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

              [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

              Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

              1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

              2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

              3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

              5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

              6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

              7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

              8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

              9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

              10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

              11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

              Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

              1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

              2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

              ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

              But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

              Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

              P A s1

              B

              s

              X` O s1 X

              q q1

              Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

              Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

              s

              price (Rs)

              C

              p A

              s2

              s

              X` o X

              q2 q

              Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

              Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

              (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

              Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

              Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

              Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

              Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

              substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

              6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

              Chlorophyll

              Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

              process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

              Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

              Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

              absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

              into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

              Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

              End products are H+ and oxygen water

              B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

              Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

              Class XI

              Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

              regimes for sustainable development

              Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

              Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

              considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

              The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

              Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

              [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

              Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

              o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

              o They then moved to another part of the island

              o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

              SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

              (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

              (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

              (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

              (1)

              (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

              Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

              ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

              To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

              ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

              And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

              (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

              Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

              Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

              (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

              (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

              Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

              When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

              (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

              Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

              Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

              Commerce

              Chapter- Management

              Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

              Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

              Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

              Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

              with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

              policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

              of business

              4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

              Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

              Role of functions of the middle level management

              1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

              2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

              3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

              4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

              Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

              Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

              day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

              tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

              4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

              ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

              Business Studies

              Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

              Staff Appraisal

              Meaning of Performance Appraisal

              Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

              Objectives of Performance Appraisal

              Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

              To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

              To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

              To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

              Importance of Performance Appraisal

              Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

              knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

              1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

              2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

              3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

              5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

              6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

              7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

              8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

              Geography

              DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

              The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

              Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

              Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

              East-flowing rivers

              West-flowing rivers

              Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

              The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

              The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

              The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

              Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

              Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

              Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

              Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

              Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

              Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

              Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

              Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

              Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

              Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

              They fall into the Bay of Bengal

              They fall into Arabian Sea

              These rivers form big deltas

              These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

              Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

              Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

              Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

              Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

              LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

              hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

              of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

              COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

              linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

              offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

              linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

              SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

              hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

              Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

              The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

              Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

              o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

              o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

              o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

              Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

              Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

              Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

              of the island and Prospero as a usurper

              o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

              o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

              o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

              Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

              Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

              ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

              o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

              ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

              o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

              ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

              o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

              ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

              o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

              ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

              Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

              ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

              Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

              to Stephano and Trinculo

              ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

              Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

              Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

              savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

              o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

              those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

              materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

              certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

              is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

              ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

              MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

              2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

              3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

              monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

              4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

              5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

              6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

              Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

              Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

              29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

              200000 200000

              On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

              (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

              Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

              Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

              13500

              18000 18000

              Capital Account

              Dr Cr

              Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

              Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

              Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

              81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

              Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

              Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

              Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

              195500 195500

              Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

              The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

              • 1 Static Friction
              • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                • Static Friction Examples
                  • 2 Sliding Friction
                    • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                      • 3 Rolling Friction
                        • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                          • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                Earth on a flat surface

                Elements of a mapTo be able to read a map we must understand the elements of a map

                DirectionsDirections are the basic guidelines that help us to locate places It is very important for us to know the correct directions East West North and South are the four Cardinal directions These directions help us to locate the places Beside these there are four sub directionsndash Northeast Southeast North West and South West Compass is an instrument that helps to locate the directions

                3 The basic guidelines to help us to locate places ndash directions

                4These four directions help us to locate the places ndash Cardinal directions

                COMPUTER

                Formatting in ms word

                Q3) What do you mean by formattingAns) Formatting is a general arrangement of text in a document We can change the appearance of a document by using the features available in ms word We can use different fonts colours and styles in the textQ4) What is alignmentAns) Alignment of text is the way in which it is placed between the margins of a page Text can be aligned to the left side in the centre or to the right side of a pageQ5) what is fontAns) A font is a style of writing and typing A font provides specific textual appearance to the document You can change the size style or give various effects to a font

                Hindi 2ndlang

                ाला किहरण सभी धमlt ा मल धम ह दया और रणा मरी हर 0ीव अपन ही दकिनया म रहत ह हम

                पराणी कयो उनो परशान रत ह ऐसा हम नही रना चाकिहए

                0ानवरो स हम ए सीख मिमलती ह किस तरह हम एता म रहना चाकिहए

                हर पराणी पयार ी भाा समझता ह अगर हम पयार ी उममीद रत ह तो कया 0त

                0ानवर हमस उममीद नही रत कि हम भी उनह पयार द यह हानी ए ाल किहरण ी ह 0ो अपन

                समह ा नततव रता था हमशा कया उलिचत ह यह सोचता था अचान

                उन पर लिशारिरयो न हमला बोल दिदया जि0सम ाला किहरण परा गया कयोकि वह

                दलभ ह और लिशारिरयो ी न0र उसी पर थी परत 0ानवरो ी एता ो दखर

                रा0मार ो दया आ गई और उसन उनो छोड दिदया 0ानवर भी बईमान नही थी वह उनस अकसर मिमलन उन बाद म 0ाता रहता रा0ा ो धनयवाद रता अबोध म

                पराणिणयो म एता तजञता अभी भी ह

                शबदाथ तराई ndash पहाड आसपास नीच

                ी भमिमवश- ल या परिरवारअदवभत- अनोखाचौननाndash सत सावधानओझलndash गायबकिवपणिRndash मसीबतसगठन- एताउममीदndash आशाातर दमिU ndashकिववशता

                हिहस ndash हानी पहचान वालातवयndash फ0

                दल ndash समहनततवndash सचालन रना

                ओट ndash आडआतमसमपणndash अपन ो सौप दनाम- चप

                हम उनस सीख लनी चाकिहएবইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                পাঠndash১০লপndashহিবকেবকানকেFর যকেলকেবলাযলখকndashশশী-ষণ াশগNঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                ৯প পহিরবতG ন ককেরা -শরীর = শারীহিরক -ত = য-ৌহিতক সG ার = সG াহির সথায়ী = সথাহিয়তবহিবশবাস = হিবশবাসী া = যকো১০ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -আডডা = পাার বদধরা াতলায় আডডা যয়হিডবাহিজ = রাম া যকেক হিডবাহিজ যখকেয় পকেলাসG ার = বকেলহিল যকেল যর সG ারবকহিন = অঙক -ল করায় রীনা মাকেয়র কাকে বকহিন যখকেলাবহিদধ = বহিদধ াককেল উপায় য়হিনশহিত = হিনশহিত রাকেত রাজবাহিকেত ডাকাত পকেলা-য়ানক = পাাহি রাসতা বষটির পকের -য়ানক হিবপ জনক য়হিবশবাস = মানকেষর পরহিত হিবশবাস ারাকেনা পাপ

                Science Ch ndash The Food We Eat

                Living things need food to live to grow to stay strong and fit When we need food we feel hungry Food gives us energy to do work It also protects us from diseases and helps us to stay healthy Nutrients in food The food we eat contains many substances that are necessary for our body These substances are called nutrients that help us to grow well and stay healthy

                Nutrients give us energy to study work and play

                They help our body to grow and repair the damaged parts of our body

                They also help our body to fight against diseases and remain healthy

                Write T for True or F for False (pg no- 11)

                1 Food contains nutrients that help us to grow True

                2 Foods rich in carbohydrates are called body-building foods False

                MAT

                HEM

                ATIC

                S

                Ch 9

                Com

                mon

                Fra

                ction

                s

                A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

                Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

                Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

                11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

                Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

                (b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

                numerator

                (c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

                numerator

                Solution

                (b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

                (c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

                3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

                (25) 25

                (311) 311

                (416) 416

                (712) 712

                Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

                Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

                In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

                FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

                Books exercise

                A) Tick the correct answer

                1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

                2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

                3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

                English language

                Sentences phrases and

                Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

                clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

                9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

                10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

                11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

                12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

                13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

                14 However fast ndash phrases

                15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

                Indian Government

                Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

                ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

                1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

                2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

                3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

                4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

                5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

                Book ndash GK

                Ch ndash 1First in space

                1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

                Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

                3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

                Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

                ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

                Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

                MAT

                HEM

                ATIC

                S

                Ch 6

                Com

                mon

                Fra

                ction

                s

                Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                Exercise ndash 30Multiply

                7 2027

                times 9

                Solution 2027

                times 9 = 203 = 6

                23

                8 611

                times11

                Solution 611

                times11 = 6

                15 71

                20times16

                Solution 71

                20times16 =

                14120

                times16

                = 1415

                times 4 = 141times 4

                5 = 564

                5 = 11245

                B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                16 2712

                times24

                Solution 2712

                times24 = 3112

                times24

                = 31times2 = 62

                Exercise ndash 31

                11 83

                times 34

                2

                Solution 83

                times 34 = 2

                14 723

                times2 25

                4

                Solution 723

                times2 25 =

                233

                times 125 =

                23times 45

                = 925 = 18

                25

                15 1212

                times1 13

                2

                Solution 1212

                times1 13 =

                252

                times 43 =

                25times 23

                = 503 = 16

                23

                State the following statements are true or false

                17 1912

                times 239 = 1

                Solution LHS = 1912

                times 239

                = 392

                times 239 = 1 = RHS

                [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

                there4 1912

                times 239 = 1 [True]

                21 213

                times2 13 = 4

                19

                Solution LHS = 213

                times2 13 =

                73

                times 73

                = 7times73times3 =

                499 = 5

                49

                there4 LHS ne RHS

                So 213

                times2 13 = 4

                19 [False]

                23 23

                times 45 =

                2times 5+3 times43times 5

                Solution

                LHS = 23

                times 45 =

                2times 43 times5 =

                815 again

                RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

                3times 5 = 10+12

                15 = 2215

                there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

                times 45 =

                2times 5+3times43times 5

                [False]

                25 23 of

                13 =

                29

                Solution

                LHS= 23 of

                13 =

                23 times

                13 =

                29 = RHS]

                there4 23 of

                13 =

                29 [True]

                Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

                24 12 of 4 =

                18

                Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

                HISTORY AND CIVICS

                Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

                DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

                capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

                2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

                3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

                ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

                II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

                was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

                4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

                5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

                Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

                BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

                3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

                III Name the following

                1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

                V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

                BENGALI(2ND

                LANGUAGE)

                পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

                যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

                পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

                ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

                উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

                ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

                ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

                Hindi 2nd

                langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

                ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

                उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

                English literature

                In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

                Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

                Read the poem

                PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

                1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

                Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

                together Table lamp resting on the table

                2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

                Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

                deck

                3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

                Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

                6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

                1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

                Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

                begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

                applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

                slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

                change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

                length increases

                8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

                COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

                UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

                FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                Hindi 2ndlang

                ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                CHEMISTRY

                Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                change in its chemical properties

                Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                GEOGRAPHY

                ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                2 The heat waves in summer months

                Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                etc

                Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                English Language

                Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                Kinds of Prepositions

                Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                Exercise A

                1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                Question 2

                Fill in the blanks

                (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                (j) IHP = 746 W

                BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                Endocrine Glands

                Location Hormones secreted

                Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                1Adrenal gland

                2 Pancreas Gland

                On the top of each kidney

                In between stomach and small intestine

                i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                i) Insulin

                ii) Glucagon

                It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                EnglishLiterature

                The west wind-John Mansfield

                In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                Write the synopsis of the following words

                1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                (Write from the book in your copy)

                MAT

                HEM

                ATIC

                S

                Ch 1

                1Al

                gebr

                ic E

                xpre

                ssio

                n

                1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                Exercise ndash 11(A)

                1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                8 45y -3x

                Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                3 yz8

                45y -3x

                2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                SolutionCoefficient

                (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                Solution Coefficient

                (i) 5 17

                xy2z3

                (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                (viii) 17yz

                5xyzsup2

                (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                Bengali (2nd language)

                বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                2nd language

                परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                English language

                Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                Subject complain in brief

                Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                Chemical formula

                A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                Joint Stock Company

                Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                2 Define the following

                Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                Economics

                Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                Geography

                Rotationand Revolution

                SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                Summer Solstice 21st March

                Autumn Equinox 23rd

                September

                Winter Solstice 21st June

                (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                Spring Equinox 22nd

                December

                A8 A B

                Summer Solstice 21st June

                Autumn Equinox 23rd

                September

                Winter Solstice 22nd

                December

                Spring Equinox 21st March

                During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                From the four corners of the earth they come

                To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                passage

                In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                Context

                This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                (2)

                (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                Explanation

                While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                They have in England

                A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                Context

                (3)

                (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                Explanation

                In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                (iv) Explain the following lines

                ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                monuments

                Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                Hindi 2ndlang

                नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                Commercial Studies

                Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                1

                Question

                1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                individually

                Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                English Language

                CompositionEssay

                A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                and Antonio arrive

                o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                P A s1

                B

                s

                X` O s1 X

                q q1

                Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                s

                price (Rs)

                C

                p A

                s2

                s

                X` o X

                q2 q

                Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                Chlorophyll

                Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                End products are H+ and oxygen water

                B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                Class XI

                Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                regimes for sustainable development

                Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                o They then moved to another part of the island

                o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                (1)

                (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                Commerce

                Chapter- Management

                Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                of business

                4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                Role of functions of the middle level management

                1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                Business Studies

                Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                Staff Appraisal

                Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                Importance of Performance Appraisal

                Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                Geography

                DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                East-flowing rivers

                West-flowing rivers

                Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                They fall into Arabian Sea

                These rivers form big deltas

                These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                to Stephano and Trinculo

                ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                200000 200000

                On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                13500

                18000 18000

                Capital Account

                Dr Cr

                Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                195500 195500

                Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                • 1 Static Friction
                • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                  • Static Friction Examples
                    • 2 Sliding Friction
                      • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                        • 3 Rolling Friction
                          • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                            • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                  हम उनस सीख लनी चाकिहएবইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                  পাঠndash১০লপndashহিবকেবকানকেFর যকেলকেবলাযলখকndashশশী-ষণ াশগNঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                  ৯প পহিরবতG ন ককেরা -শরীর = শারীহিরক -ত = য-ৌহিতক সG ার = সG াহির সথায়ী = সথাহিয়তবহিবশবাস = হিবশবাসী া = যকো১০ বাকয রচনা ককেরা -আডডা = পাার বদধরা াতলায় আডডা যয়হিডবাহিজ = রাম া যকেক হিডবাহিজ যখকেয় পকেলাসG ার = বকেলহিল যকেল যর সG ারবকহিন = অঙক -ল করায় রীনা মাকেয়র কাকে বকহিন যখকেলাবহিদধ = বহিদধ াককেল উপায় য়হিনশহিত = হিনশহিত রাকেত রাজবাহিকেত ডাকাত পকেলা-য়ানক = পাাহি রাসতা বষটির পকের -য়ানক হিবপ জনক য়হিবশবাস = মানকেষর পরহিত হিবশবাস ারাকেনা পাপ

                  Science Ch ndash The Food We Eat

                  Living things need food to live to grow to stay strong and fit When we need food we feel hungry Food gives us energy to do work It also protects us from diseases and helps us to stay healthy Nutrients in food The food we eat contains many substances that are necessary for our body These substances are called nutrients that help us to grow well and stay healthy

                  Nutrients give us energy to study work and play

                  They help our body to grow and repair the damaged parts of our body

                  They also help our body to fight against diseases and remain healthy

                  Write T for True or F for False (pg no- 11)

                  1 Food contains nutrients that help us to grow True

                  2 Foods rich in carbohydrates are called body-building foods False

                  MAT

                  HEM

                  ATIC

                  S

                  Ch 9

                  Com

                  mon

                  Fra

                  ction

                  s

                  A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

                  Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

                  Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

                  11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

                  Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

                  (b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

                  numerator

                  (c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

                  numerator

                  Solution

                  (b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

                  (c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

                  3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

                  (25) 25

                  (311) 311

                  (416) 416

                  (712) 712

                  Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

                  Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

                  In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

                  FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

                  Books exercise

                  A) Tick the correct answer

                  1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

                  2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

                  3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

                  English language

                  Sentences phrases and

                  Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

                  clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

                  9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

                  10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

                  11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

                  12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

                  13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

                  14 However fast ndash phrases

                  15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

                  Indian Government

                  Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

                  ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

                  1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

                  2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

                  3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

                  4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

                  5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

                  Book ndash GK

                  Ch ndash 1First in space

                  1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

                  Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

                  3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

                  Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

                  ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

                  Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

                  MAT

                  HEM

                  ATIC

                  S

                  Ch 6

                  Com

                  mon

                  Fra

                  ction

                  s

                  Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                  Exercise ndash 30Multiply

                  7 2027

                  times 9

                  Solution 2027

                  times 9 = 203 = 6

                  23

                  8 611

                  times11

                  Solution 611

                  times11 = 6

                  15 71

                  20times16

                  Solution 71

                  20times16 =

                  14120

                  times16

                  = 1415

                  times 4 = 141times 4

                  5 = 564

                  5 = 11245

                  B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                  16 2712

                  times24

                  Solution 2712

                  times24 = 3112

                  times24

                  = 31times2 = 62

                  Exercise ndash 31

                  11 83

                  times 34

                  2

                  Solution 83

                  times 34 = 2

                  14 723

                  times2 25

                  4

                  Solution 723

                  times2 25 =

                  233

                  times 125 =

                  23times 45

                  = 925 = 18

                  25

                  15 1212

                  times1 13

                  2

                  Solution 1212

                  times1 13 =

                  252

                  times 43 =

                  25times 23

                  = 503 = 16

                  23

                  State the following statements are true or false

                  17 1912

                  times 239 = 1

                  Solution LHS = 1912

                  times 239

                  = 392

                  times 239 = 1 = RHS

                  [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

                  there4 1912

                  times 239 = 1 [True]

                  21 213

                  times2 13 = 4

                  19

                  Solution LHS = 213

                  times2 13 =

                  73

                  times 73

                  = 7times73times3 =

                  499 = 5

                  49

                  there4 LHS ne RHS

                  So 213

                  times2 13 = 4

                  19 [False]

                  23 23

                  times 45 =

                  2times 5+3 times43times 5

                  Solution

                  LHS = 23

                  times 45 =

                  2times 43 times5 =

                  815 again

                  RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

                  3times 5 = 10+12

                  15 = 2215

                  there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

                  times 45 =

                  2times 5+3times43times 5

                  [False]

                  25 23 of

                  13 =

                  29

                  Solution

                  LHS= 23 of

                  13 =

                  23 times

                  13 =

                  29 = RHS]

                  there4 23 of

                  13 =

                  29 [True]

                  Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

                  24 12 of 4 =

                  18

                  Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

                  HISTORY AND CIVICS

                  Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

                  DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

                  capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

                  2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

                  3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

                  ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

                  II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

                  was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

                  4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

                  5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

                  Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

                  BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

                  3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

                  III Name the following

                  1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

                  V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

                  BENGALI(2ND

                  LANGUAGE)

                  পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

                  যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

                  পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

                  ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

                  উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

                  ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

                  ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

                  Hindi 2nd

                  langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

                  ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

                  उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

                  English literature

                  In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

                  Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

                  Read the poem

                  PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

                  1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

                  Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

                  together Table lamp resting on the table

                  2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

                  Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

                  deck

                  3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

                  Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

                  6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

                  1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

                  Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

                  begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

                  applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

                  slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

                  change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

                  length increases

                  8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

                  COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

                  UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

                  FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                  WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                  WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                  ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                  CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                  CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                  Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                  Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                  Hindi 2ndlang

                  ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                  सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                  हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                  शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                  ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                  इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                  यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                  हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                  शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                  ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                  उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                  किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                  फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                  ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                  किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                  ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                  नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                  सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                  বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                  পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                  ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                  -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                  বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                  CHEMISTRY

                  Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                  Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                  Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                  change in its chemical properties

                  Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                  10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                  11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                  12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                  (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                  13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                  14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                  15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                  16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                  17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                  18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                  GEOGRAPHY

                  ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                  evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                  2 The heat waves in summer months

                  Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                  evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                  2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                  lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                  3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                  become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                  and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                  7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                  WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                  green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                  By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                  The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                  We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                  Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                  We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                  Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                  By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                  of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                  frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                  become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                  etc

                  Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                  green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                  bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                  c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                  dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                  eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                  f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                  Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                  1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                  Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                  English Language

                  Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                  Kinds of Prepositions

                  Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                  Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                  Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                  Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                  Exercise A

                  1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                  2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                  3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                  4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                  5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                  6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                  7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                  8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                  9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                  10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                  Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                  All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                  Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                  in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                  Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                  Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                  out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                  Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                  PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                  A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                  The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                  This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                  Question 2

                  Fill in the blanks

                  (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                  (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                  (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                  (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                  (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                  (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                  (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                  (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                  (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                  (j) IHP = 746 W

                  BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                  Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                  Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                  Endocrine Glands

                  Location Hormones secreted

                  Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                  1Adrenal gland

                  2 Pancreas Gland

                  On the top of each kidney

                  In between stomach and small intestine

                  i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                  ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                  i) Insulin

                  ii) Glucagon

                  It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                  a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                  b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                  a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                  b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                  Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                  Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                  a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                  b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                  History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                  Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                  town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                  EnglishLiterature

                  The west wind-John Mansfield

                  In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                  Write the synopsis of the following words

                  1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                  2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                  3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                  4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                  makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                  while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                  (Write from the book in your copy)

                  MAT

                  HEM

                  ATIC

                  S

                  Ch 1

                  1Al

                  gebr

                  ic E

                  xpre

                  ssio

                  n

                  1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                  2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                  3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                  4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                  5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                  6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                  Exercise ndash 11(A)

                  1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                  -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                  8 45y -3x

                  Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                  3 yz8

                  45y -3x

                  2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                  Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                  4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                  Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                  5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                  SolutionCoefficient

                  (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                  7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                  8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                  eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                  terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                  6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                  (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                  Solution Coefficient

                  (i) 5 17

                  xy2z3

                  (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                  (viii) 17yz

                  5xyzsup2

                  (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                  7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                  Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                  xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                  -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                  Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                  Bengali (2nd language)

                  বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                  অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                  অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                  অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                  অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                  অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                  অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                  আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                  আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                  Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                  2nd language

                  परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                  English language

                  Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                  Subject complain in brief

                  Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                  The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                  1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                  Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                  Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                  L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                  Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                  2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                  1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                  3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                  4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                  5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                  Chemical formula

                  A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                  Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                  A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                  Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                  A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                  Joint Stock Company

                  Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                  Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                  Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                  QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                  Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                  Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                  Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                  Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                  2 Define the following

                  Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                  in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                  Economics

                  Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                  Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                  QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                  Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                  The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                  Geography

                  Rotationand Revolution

                  SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                  Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                  As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                  SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                  December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                  the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                  Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                  Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                  Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                  Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                  Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                  Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                  Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                  Summer Solstice 21st March

                  Autumn Equinox 23rd

                  September

                  Winter Solstice 21st June

                  (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                  Spring Equinox 22nd

                  December

                  A8 A B

                  Summer Solstice 21st June

                  Autumn Equinox 23rd

                  September

                  Winter Solstice 22nd

                  December

                  Spring Equinox 21st March

                  During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                  Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                  Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                  (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                  From the four corners of the earth they come

                  To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                  The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                  inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                  The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                  On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                  For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                  (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                  These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                  (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                  From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                  (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                  The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                  (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                  In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                  (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                  passage

                  In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                  paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                  On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                  After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                  IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                  (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                  To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                  Context

                  This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                  (2)

                  (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                  MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                  Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                  (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                  The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                  (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                  The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                  Explanation

                  While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                  (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                  While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                  He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                  (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                  The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                  (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                  In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                  (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                  They have in England

                  A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                  Context

                  (3)

                  (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                  There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                  All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                  This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                  Explanation

                  In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                  Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                  (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                  After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                  (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                  After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                  (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                  After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                  (iv) Explain the following lines

                  ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                  Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                  monuments

                  Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                  Hindi 2ndlang

                  नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                  स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                  ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                  ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                  पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                  थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                  थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                  डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                  0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                  अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                  आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                  Commercial Studies

                  Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                  There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                  1

                  Question

                  1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                  Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                  individually

                  Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                  funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                  2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                  3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                  2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                  Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                  Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                  weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                  3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                  4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                  5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                  6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                  English Language

                  CompositionEssay

                  A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                  Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                  Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                  Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                  Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                  Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                  1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                  Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                  Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                  and Antonio arrive

                  o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                  o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                  Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                  You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                  [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                  Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                  1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                  2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                  3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                  5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                  6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                  7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                  8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                  9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                  10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                  11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                  Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                  1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                  2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                  ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                  But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                  Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                  P A s1

                  B

                  s

                  X` O s1 X

                  q q1

                  Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                  Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                  s

                  price (Rs)

                  C

                  p A

                  s2

                  s

                  X` o X

                  q2 q

                  Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                  Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                  (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                  Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                  Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                  Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                  Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                  substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                  6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                  Chlorophyll

                  Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                  process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                  Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                  Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                  absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                  into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                  Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                  End products are H+ and oxygen water

                  B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                  Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                  Class XI

                  Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                  regimes for sustainable development

                  Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                  Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                  considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                  The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                  Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                  [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                  Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                  o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                  o They then moved to another part of the island

                  o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                  SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                  (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                  (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                  (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                  (1)

                  (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                  Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                  ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                  To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                  ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                  And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                  (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                  Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                  Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                  (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                  (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                  Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                  When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                  (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                  Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                  Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                  Commerce

                  Chapter- Management

                  Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                  Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                  Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                  Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                  with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                  policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                  of business

                  4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                  Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                  Role of functions of the middle level management

                  1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                  2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                  3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                  4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                  Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                  Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                  day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                  tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                  4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                  ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                  Business Studies

                  Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                  Staff Appraisal

                  Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                  Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                  Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                  Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                  To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                  To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                  To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                  Importance of Performance Appraisal

                  Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                  knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                  1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                  2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                  3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                  5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                  6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                  7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                  8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                  Geography

                  DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                  The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                  Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                  Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                  East-flowing rivers

                  West-flowing rivers

                  Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                  The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                  The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                  The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                  Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                  Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                  Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                  Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                  Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                  Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                  Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                  Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                  Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                  Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                  They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                  They fall into Arabian Sea

                  These rivers form big deltas

                  These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                  Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                  Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                  Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                  Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                  LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                  hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                  of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                  COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                  linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                  offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                  linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                  SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                  hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                  Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                  The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                  Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                  o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                  o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                  o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                  Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                  Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                  Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                  of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                  o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                  o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                  o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                  Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                  Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                  ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                  o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                  ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                  o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                  ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                  o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                  ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                  o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                  ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                  Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                  ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                  Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                  to Stephano and Trinculo

                  ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                  Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                  Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                  savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                  o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                  those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                  materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                  certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                  is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                  ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                  MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                  2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                  3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                  monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                  4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                  5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                  6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                  Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                  Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                  29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                  200000 200000

                  On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                  (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                  Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                  Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                  13500

                  18000 18000

                  Capital Account

                  Dr Cr

                  Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                  Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                  Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                  81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                  Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                  Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                  Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                  195500 195500

                  Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                  The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                  • 1 Static Friction
                  • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                    • Static Friction Examples
                      • 2 Sliding Friction
                        • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                          • 3 Rolling Friction
                            • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                              • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                    MAT

                    HEM

                    ATIC

                    S

                    Ch 9

                    Com

                    mon

                    Fra

                    ction

                    s

                    A fraction is a number that stands for parts of a whole object or a collection of objects

                    Each fraction has two numbers One is written above the other separated by a line The one above the line is called numerator and the one below the line is called denominator

                    Example 5minusminusminusminusrarr Numerator

                    11minusminusminusminusrarr Denominator

                    Exercise ndash 362 In following fill in the blanks

                    (b) 37 ___ is denominator ___ is

                    numerator

                    (c) 89 ___ is denominator ___ is

                    numerator

                    Solution

                    (b) 37 7 is denominator 3 is numerator

                    (c) 89 9 is denominator 8 is numerator

                    3 Write down the fractions whose numerators and denominators are given below in the bracket The first number stands for numerator and the second number standing for denominator

                    (25) 25

                    (311) 311

                    (416) 416

                    (712) 712

                    Class VSubject Topic Summary Execution

                    Science Ch ndash PlantReproduction

                    In pollination chapter we have learnt that the flowers change into fruits and the fruits bear seeds Now we are going to learn how this process takes place

                    FertilizationThe process of fusion of the male reproductive cell (male gamete) and female reproductive cell (female gamete) is known as fertilizationWhen a pollen grain reaches from the anther to a stigma it begins to grow and forms apollentube The Pollen tube then travels down through the style to enter an ovule inside the ovary On reaching the ovule male reproductive cell in the pollen grain unites with the egg cell present in the ovule

                    Books exercise

                    A) Tick the correct answer

                    1Which of the following do ovules change into after fertilization ndashseeds

                    2Which of the following is not a part of the seed ndash flower

                    3Which of the following condition is needed for germination of a seed ndash all ofthese

                    English language

                    Sentences phrases and

                    Solved exercisesSay which of the underlined groups of words are phrases and which clauses

                    clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

                    9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

                    10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

                    11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

                    12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

                    13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

                    14 However fast ndash phrases

                    15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

                    Indian Government

                    Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

                    ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

                    1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

                    2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

                    3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

                    4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

                    5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

                    Book ndash GK

                    Ch ndash 1First in space

                    1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

                    Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

                    3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

                    Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

                    ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

                    Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

                    MAT

                    HEM

                    ATIC

                    S

                    Ch 6

                    Com

                    mon

                    Fra

                    ction

                    s

                    Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                    Exercise ndash 30Multiply

                    7 2027

                    times 9

                    Solution 2027

                    times 9 = 203 = 6

                    23

                    8 611

                    times11

                    Solution 611

                    times11 = 6

                    15 71

                    20times16

                    Solution 71

                    20times16 =

                    14120

                    times16

                    = 1415

                    times 4 = 141times 4

                    5 = 564

                    5 = 11245

                    B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                    16 2712

                    times24

                    Solution 2712

                    times24 = 3112

                    times24

                    = 31times2 = 62

                    Exercise ndash 31

                    11 83

                    times 34

                    2

                    Solution 83

                    times 34 = 2

                    14 723

                    times2 25

                    4

                    Solution 723

                    times2 25 =

                    233

                    times 125 =

                    23times 45

                    = 925 = 18

                    25

                    15 1212

                    times1 13

                    2

                    Solution 1212

                    times1 13 =

                    252

                    times 43 =

                    25times 23

                    = 503 = 16

                    23

                    State the following statements are true or false

                    17 1912

                    times 239 = 1

                    Solution LHS = 1912

                    times 239

                    = 392

                    times 239 = 1 = RHS

                    [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

                    there4 1912

                    times 239 = 1 [True]

                    21 213

                    times2 13 = 4

                    19

                    Solution LHS = 213

                    times2 13 =

                    73

                    times 73

                    = 7times73times3 =

                    499 = 5

                    49

                    there4 LHS ne RHS

                    So 213

                    times2 13 = 4

                    19 [False]

                    23 23

                    times 45 =

                    2times 5+3 times43times 5

                    Solution

                    LHS = 23

                    times 45 =

                    2times 43 times5 =

                    815 again

                    RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

                    3times 5 = 10+12

                    15 = 2215

                    there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

                    times 45 =

                    2times 5+3times43times 5

                    [False]

                    25 23 of

                    13 =

                    29

                    Solution

                    LHS= 23 of

                    13 =

                    23 times

                    13 =

                    29 = RHS]

                    there4 23 of

                    13 =

                    29 [True]

                    Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

                    24 12 of 4 =

                    18

                    Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

                    HISTORY AND CIVICS

                    Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

                    DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

                    capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

                    2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

                    3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

                    ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

                    II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

                    was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

                    4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

                    5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

                    Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

                    BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

                    3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

                    III Name the following

                    1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

                    V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

                    BENGALI(2ND

                    LANGUAGE)

                    পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

                    যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

                    পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

                    ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

                    উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

                    ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

                    ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

                    Hindi 2nd

                    langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

                    ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

                    उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

                    English literature

                    In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

                    Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

                    Read the poem

                    PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

                    1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

                    Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

                    together Table lamp resting on the table

                    2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

                    Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

                    deck

                    3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

                    Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

                    6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

                    1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

                    Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

                    begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

                    applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

                    slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

                    change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

                    length increases

                    8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

                    COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

                    UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

                    FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                    WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                    WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                    ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                    CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                    CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                    Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                    Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                    Hindi 2ndlang

                    ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                    सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                    हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                    शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                    ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                    इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                    यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                    हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                    शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                    ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                    उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                    किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                    फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                    ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                    किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                    ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                    नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                    सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                    বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                    পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                    ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                    -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                    বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                    CHEMISTRY

                    Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                    Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                    Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                    change in its chemical properties

                    Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                    10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                    11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                    12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                    (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                    13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                    14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                    15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                    16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                    17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                    18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                    GEOGRAPHY

                    ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                    evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                    2 The heat waves in summer months

                    Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                    evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                    2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                    lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                    3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                    become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                    and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                    7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                    WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                    green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                    By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                    The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                    We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                    Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                    We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                    Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                    By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                    of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                    frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                    become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                    etc

                    Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                    green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                    bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                    c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                    dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                    eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                    f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                    Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                    1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                    Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                    English Language

                    Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                    Kinds of Prepositions

                    Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                    Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                    Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                    Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                    Exercise A

                    1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                    2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                    3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                    4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                    5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                    6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                    7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                    8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                    9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                    10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                    Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                    All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                    Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                    in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                    Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                    Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                    out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                    Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                    PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                    A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                    The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                    This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                    Question 2

                    Fill in the blanks

                    (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                    (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                    (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                    (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                    (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                    (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                    (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                    (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                    (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                    (j) IHP = 746 W

                    BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                    Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                    Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                    Endocrine Glands

                    Location Hormones secreted

                    Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                    1Adrenal gland

                    2 Pancreas Gland

                    On the top of each kidney

                    In between stomach and small intestine

                    i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                    ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                    i) Insulin

                    ii) Glucagon

                    It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                    a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                    b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                    a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                    b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                    Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                    Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                    a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                    b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                    History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                    Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                    town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                    EnglishLiterature

                    The west wind-John Mansfield

                    In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                    Write the synopsis of the following words

                    1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                    2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                    3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                    4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                    makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                    while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                    (Write from the book in your copy)

                    MAT

                    HEM

                    ATIC

                    S

                    Ch 1

                    1Al

                    gebr

                    ic E

                    xpre

                    ssio

                    n

                    1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                    2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                    3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                    4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                    5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                    6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                    Exercise ndash 11(A)

                    1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                    -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                    8 45y -3x

                    Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                    3 yz8

                    45y -3x

                    2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                    Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                    4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                    Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                    5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                    SolutionCoefficient

                    (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                    7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                    8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                    eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                    terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                    6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                    (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                    Solution Coefficient

                    (i) 5 17

                    xy2z3

                    (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                    (viii) 17yz

                    5xyzsup2

                    (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                    7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                    Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                    xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                    -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                    Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                    Bengali (2nd language)

                    বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                    অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                    অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                    অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                    অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                    অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                    অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                    আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                    আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                    Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                    2nd language

                    परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                    English language

                    Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                    Subject complain in brief

                    Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                    The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                    1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                    Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                    Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                    L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                    Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                    2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                    1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                    3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                    4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                    5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                    Chemical formula

                    A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                    Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                    A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                    Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                    A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                    Joint Stock Company

                    Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                    Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                    Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                    QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                    Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                    Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                    Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                    Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                    2 Define the following

                    Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                    in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                    Economics

                    Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                    Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                    QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                    Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                    The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                    Geography

                    Rotationand Revolution

                    SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                    Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                    As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                    SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                    December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                    the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                    Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                    Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                    Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                    Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                    Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                    Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                    Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                    Summer Solstice 21st March

                    Autumn Equinox 23rd

                    September

                    Winter Solstice 21st June

                    (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                    Spring Equinox 22nd

                    December

                    A8 A B

                    Summer Solstice 21st June

                    Autumn Equinox 23rd

                    September

                    Winter Solstice 22nd

                    December

                    Spring Equinox 21st March

                    During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                    Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                    Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                    (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                    From the four corners of the earth they come

                    To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                    The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                    inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                    The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                    On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                    For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                    (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                    These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                    (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                    From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                    (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                    The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                    (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                    In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                    (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                    passage

                    In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                    paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                    On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                    After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                    IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                    (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                    To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                    Context

                    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                    (2)

                    (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                    MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                    Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                    (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                    The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                    (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                    The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                    Explanation

                    While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                    (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                    While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                    He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                    (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                    The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                    (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                    In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                    (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                    They have in England

                    A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                    Context

                    (3)

                    (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                    There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                    All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                    Explanation

                    In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                    Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                    (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                    After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                    (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                    After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                    (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                    After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                    (iv) Explain the following lines

                    ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                    Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                    monuments

                    Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                    Hindi 2ndlang

                    नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                    स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                    ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                    ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                    पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                    थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                    थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                    डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                    0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                    अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                    आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                    Commercial Studies

                    Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                    There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                    1

                    Question

                    1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                    Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                    individually

                    Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                    funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                    2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                    3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                    2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                    Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                    Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                    weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                    3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                    4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                    5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                    6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                    English Language

                    CompositionEssay

                    A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                    Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                    Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                    Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                    Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                    Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                    1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                    Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                    Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                    and Antonio arrive

                    o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                    o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                    Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                    You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                    [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                    Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                    1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                    2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                    3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                    5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                    6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                    7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                    8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                    9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                    10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                    11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                    Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                    1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                    2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                    ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                    But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                    Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                    P A s1

                    B

                    s

                    X` O s1 X

                    q q1

                    Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                    Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                    s

                    price (Rs)

                    C

                    p A

                    s2

                    s

                    X` o X

                    q2 q

                    Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                    Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                    (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                    Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                    Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                    Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                    Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                    substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                    6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                    Chlorophyll

                    Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                    process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                    Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                    Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                    absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                    into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                    Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                    End products are H+ and oxygen water

                    B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                    Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                    Class XI

                    Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                    regimes for sustainable development

                    Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                    Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                    considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                    The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                    Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                    [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                    Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                    o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                    o They then moved to another part of the island

                    o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                    SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                    (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                    (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                    (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                    (1)

                    (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                    Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                    ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                    To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                    ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                    And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                    (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                    Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                    Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                    (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                    (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                    Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                    When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                    (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                    Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                    Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                    Commerce

                    Chapter- Management

                    Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                    Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                    Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                    Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                    with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                    policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                    of business

                    4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                    Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                    Role of functions of the middle level management

                    1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                    2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                    3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                    4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                    Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                    Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                    day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                    tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                    4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                    ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                    Business Studies

                    Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                    Staff Appraisal

                    Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                    Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                    Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                    Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                    To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                    To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                    To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                    Importance of Performance Appraisal

                    Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                    knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                    1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                    2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                    3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                    5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                    6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                    7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                    8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                    Geography

                    DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                    The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                    Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                    Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                    East-flowing rivers

                    West-flowing rivers

                    Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                    The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                    The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                    The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                    Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                    Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                    Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                    Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                    Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                    Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                    Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                    Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                    Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                    Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                    They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                    They fall into Arabian Sea

                    These rivers form big deltas

                    These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                    Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                    Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                    Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                    Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                    LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                    hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                    of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                    COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                    linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                    offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                    linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                    SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                    hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                    Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                    The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                    Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                    o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                    o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                    o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                    Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                    Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                    Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                    of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                    o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                    o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                    o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                    Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                    Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                    ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                    o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                    ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                    o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                    ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                    o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                    ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                    o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                    ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                    Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                    ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                    Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                    to Stephano and Trinculo

                    ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                    Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                    Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                    savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                    o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                    those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                    materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                    certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                    is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                    ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                    MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                    2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                    3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                    monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                    4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                    5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                    6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                    Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                    Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                    29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                    200000 200000

                    On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                    (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                    Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                    Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                    13500

                    18000 18000

                    Capital Account

                    Dr Cr

                    Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                    Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                    Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                    81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                    Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                    Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                    Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                    195500 195500

                    Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                    The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                    • 1 Static Friction
                    • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                      • Static Friction Examples
                        • 2 Sliding Friction
                          • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                            • 3 Rolling Friction
                              • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                      clauses8 In her new clothes ndashphrasesAs pretty as a doll ndash phrases

                      9 looking sad and upset ndash phrasesHe had lost all the tickets for the Test Match ndash clauses

                      10 During the vacation now only a month away ndashphrases

                      11 too sweet and too hot ndashphrases

                      12 At the Olympic Games ndashPhrasesOf Laurel leaves ndash phrases

                      13 Who played the role of Hamlet ndashclauses

                      14 However fast ndash phrases

                      15 When the men fell asleep ndash clausesSocial studies

                      Indian Government

                      Lok Sabha (lower house) ndash It has 552 members Of these 530 membersrepresent States 20 members represent the union territories and two members represent the Anglo- Indian community All except the representatives of the Anglo-Indian community are elected by Indian citizens A person above the age of 25 can contest in the elections for Lok Sabha One term of Lok Sabha is for 5 yearsRajya Sabha (upper house) ndash Its members are elected by the MLAs or members of the legislative Assembly There are 250 members in the Rajya Sabha of which 12 are nominated by the President One term of Rajya Sabha is for 6 years Anyone above the age of 30 can be elected as a member of Rajya Sabha

                      ExecutivePresidentThe President is the head of the country in India He is elected by the MPs and the MLAs for a tenure of 5 years He appoints the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers Prime MinisterThe party which wins the election forms the government and its leader is elected as the Prime Minister He is the chief advisor to the President The Council of Ministers assists the Prime Minister and is accountable for their roles For example the Education minister is responsible for the education system in our country

                      1 How many members are there in Lok SabhaAns 552 members

                      2 What is the term for Lok SabhaAns 5 years

                      3 How many members are there in the Rajya SabhaAns 250 members

                      4 Who is the head of our countryAns President

                      5 Who is the chief advisor to the PresidentAns Prime Minister

                      Book ndash GK

                      Ch ndash 1First in space

                      1 First living being into space in 1957 Ans Laika

                      Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

                      3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

                      Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

                      ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

                      Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

                      MAT

                      HEM

                      ATIC

                      S

                      Ch 6

                      Com

                      mon

                      Fra

                      ction

                      s

                      Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                      Exercise ndash 30Multiply

                      7 2027

                      times 9

                      Solution 2027

                      times 9 = 203 = 6

                      23

                      8 611

                      times11

                      Solution 611

                      times11 = 6

                      15 71

                      20times16

                      Solution 71

                      20times16 =

                      14120

                      times16

                      = 1415

                      times 4 = 141times 4

                      5 = 564

                      5 = 11245

                      B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                      16 2712

                      times24

                      Solution 2712

                      times24 = 3112

                      times24

                      = 31times2 = 62

                      Exercise ndash 31

                      11 83

                      times 34

                      2

                      Solution 83

                      times 34 = 2

                      14 723

                      times2 25

                      4

                      Solution 723

                      times2 25 =

                      233

                      times 125 =

                      23times 45

                      = 925 = 18

                      25

                      15 1212

                      times1 13

                      2

                      Solution 1212

                      times1 13 =

                      252

                      times 43 =

                      25times 23

                      = 503 = 16

                      23

                      State the following statements are true or false

                      17 1912

                      times 239 = 1

                      Solution LHS = 1912

                      times 239

                      = 392

                      times 239 = 1 = RHS

                      [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

                      there4 1912

                      times 239 = 1 [True]

                      21 213

                      times2 13 = 4

                      19

                      Solution LHS = 213

                      times2 13 =

                      73

                      times 73

                      = 7times73times3 =

                      499 = 5

                      49

                      there4 LHS ne RHS

                      So 213

                      times2 13 = 4

                      19 [False]

                      23 23

                      times 45 =

                      2times 5+3 times43times 5

                      Solution

                      LHS = 23

                      times 45 =

                      2times 43 times5 =

                      815 again

                      RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

                      3times 5 = 10+12

                      15 = 2215

                      there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

                      times 45 =

                      2times 5+3times43times 5

                      [False]

                      25 23 of

                      13 =

                      29

                      Solution

                      LHS= 23 of

                      13 =

                      23 times

                      13 =

                      29 = RHS]

                      there4 23 of

                      13 =

                      29 [True]

                      Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

                      24 12 of 4 =

                      18

                      Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

                      HISTORY AND CIVICS

                      Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

                      DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

                      capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

                      2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

                      3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

                      ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

                      II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

                      was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

                      4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

                      5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

                      Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

                      BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

                      3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

                      III Name the following

                      1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

                      V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

                      BENGALI(2ND

                      LANGUAGE)

                      পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

                      যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

                      পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

                      ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

                      উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

                      ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

                      ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

                      Hindi 2nd

                      langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

                      ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

                      उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

                      English literature

                      In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

                      Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

                      Read the poem

                      PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

                      1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

                      Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

                      together Table lamp resting on the table

                      2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

                      Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

                      deck

                      3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

                      Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

                      6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

                      1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

                      Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

                      begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

                      applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

                      slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

                      change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

                      length increases

                      8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

                      COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

                      UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

                      FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                      WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                      WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                      ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                      CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                      CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                      Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                      Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                      Hindi 2ndlang

                      ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                      सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                      हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                      शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                      ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                      इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                      यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                      हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                      शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                      ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                      उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                      किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                      फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                      ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                      किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                      ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                      नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                      सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                      বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                      পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                      ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                      -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                      বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                      CHEMISTRY

                      Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                      Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                      Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                      change in its chemical properties

                      Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                      10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                      11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                      12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                      (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                      13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                      14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                      15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                      16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                      17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                      18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                      GEOGRAPHY

                      ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                      evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                      2 The heat waves in summer months

                      Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                      evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                      2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                      lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                      3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                      become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                      and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                      7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                      WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                      green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                      By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                      The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                      We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                      Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                      We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                      Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                      By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                      of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                      frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                      become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                      etc

                      Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                      green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                      bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                      c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                      dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                      eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                      f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                      Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                      1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                      Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                      English Language

                      Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                      Kinds of Prepositions

                      Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                      Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                      Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                      Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                      Exercise A

                      1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                      2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                      3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                      4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                      5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                      6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                      7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                      8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                      9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                      10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                      Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                      All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                      Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                      in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                      Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                      Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                      out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                      Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                      PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                      A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                      The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                      This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                      Question 2

                      Fill in the blanks

                      (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                      (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                      (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                      (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                      (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                      (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                      (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                      (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                      (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                      (j) IHP = 746 W

                      BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                      Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                      Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                      Endocrine Glands

                      Location Hormones secreted

                      Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                      1Adrenal gland

                      2 Pancreas Gland

                      On the top of each kidney

                      In between stomach and small intestine

                      i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                      ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                      i) Insulin

                      ii) Glucagon

                      It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                      a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                      b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                      a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                      b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                      Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                      Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                      a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                      b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                      History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                      Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                      town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                      EnglishLiterature

                      The west wind-John Mansfield

                      In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                      Write the synopsis of the following words

                      1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                      2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                      3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                      4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                      makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                      while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                      (Write from the book in your copy)

                      MAT

                      HEM

                      ATIC

                      S

                      Ch 1

                      1Al

                      gebr

                      ic E

                      xpre

                      ssio

                      n

                      1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                      2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                      3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                      4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                      5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                      6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                      Exercise ndash 11(A)

                      1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                      -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                      8 45y -3x

                      Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                      3 yz8

                      45y -3x

                      2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                      Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                      4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                      Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                      5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                      SolutionCoefficient

                      (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                      7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                      8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                      eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                      terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                      6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                      (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                      Solution Coefficient

                      (i) 5 17

                      xy2z3

                      (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                      (viii) 17yz

                      5xyzsup2

                      (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                      7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                      Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                      xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                      -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                      Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                      Bengali (2nd language)

                      বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                      অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                      অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                      অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                      অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                      অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                      অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                      আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                      আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                      Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                      2nd language

                      परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                      English language

                      Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                      Subject complain in brief

                      Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                      The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                      1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                      Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                      Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                      L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                      Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                      2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                      1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                      3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                      4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                      5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                      Chemical formula

                      A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                      Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                      A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                      Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                      A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                      Joint Stock Company

                      Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                      Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                      Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                      QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                      Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                      Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                      Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                      Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                      2 Define the following

                      Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                      in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                      Economics

                      Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                      Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                      QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                      Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                      The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                      Geography

                      Rotationand Revolution

                      SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                      Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                      As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                      SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                      December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                      the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                      Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                      Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                      Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                      Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                      Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                      Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                      Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                      Summer Solstice 21st March

                      Autumn Equinox 23rd

                      September

                      Winter Solstice 21st June

                      (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                      Spring Equinox 22nd

                      December

                      A8 A B

                      Summer Solstice 21st June

                      Autumn Equinox 23rd

                      September

                      Winter Solstice 22nd

                      December

                      Spring Equinox 21st March

                      During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                      Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                      Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                      (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                      From the four corners of the earth they come

                      To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                      The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                      inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                      The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                      On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                      For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                      (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                      These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                      (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                      From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                      (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                      The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                      (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                      In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                      (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                      passage

                      In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                      paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                      On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                      After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                      IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                      (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                      To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                      Context

                      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                      (2)

                      (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                      MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                      Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                      (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                      The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                      (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                      The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                      Explanation

                      While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                      (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                      While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                      He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                      (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                      The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                      (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                      In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                      (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                      They have in England

                      A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                      Context

                      (3)

                      (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                      There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                      All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                      Explanation

                      In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                      Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                      (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                      After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                      (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                      After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                      (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                      After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                      (iv) Explain the following lines

                      ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                      Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                      monuments

                      Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                      Hindi 2ndlang

                      नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                      स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                      ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                      ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                      पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                      थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                      थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                      डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                      0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                      अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                      आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                      Commercial Studies

                      Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                      There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                      1

                      Question

                      1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                      Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                      individually

                      Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                      funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                      2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                      3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                      2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                      Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                      Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                      weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                      3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                      4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                      5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                      6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                      English Language

                      CompositionEssay

                      A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                      Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                      Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                      Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                      Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                      Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                      1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                      Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                      Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                      and Antonio arrive

                      o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                      o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                      Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                      You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                      [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                      Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                      1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                      2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                      3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                      5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                      6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                      7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                      8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                      9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                      10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                      11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                      Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                      1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                      2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                      ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                      But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                      Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                      P A s1

                      B

                      s

                      X` O s1 X

                      q q1

                      Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                      Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                      s

                      price (Rs)

                      C

                      p A

                      s2

                      s

                      X` o X

                      q2 q

                      Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                      Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                      (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                      Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                      Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                      Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                      Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                      substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                      6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                      Chlorophyll

                      Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                      process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                      Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                      Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                      absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                      into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                      Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                      End products are H+ and oxygen water

                      B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                      Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                      Class XI

                      Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                      regimes for sustainable development

                      Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                      Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                      considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                      The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                      Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                      [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                      Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                      o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                      o They then moved to another part of the island

                      o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                      SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                      (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                      (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                      (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                      (1)

                      (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                      Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                      ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                      To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                      ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                      And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                      (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                      Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                      Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                      (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                      (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                      Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                      When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                      (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                      Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                      Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                      Commerce

                      Chapter- Management

                      Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                      Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                      Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                      Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                      with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                      policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                      of business

                      4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                      Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                      Role of functions of the middle level management

                      1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                      2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                      3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                      4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                      Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                      Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                      day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                      tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                      4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                      ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                      Business Studies

                      Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                      Staff Appraisal

                      Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                      Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                      Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                      Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                      To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                      To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                      To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                      Importance of Performance Appraisal

                      Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                      knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                      1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                      2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                      3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                      5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                      6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                      7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                      8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                      Geography

                      DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                      The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                      Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                      Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                      East-flowing rivers

                      West-flowing rivers

                      Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                      The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                      The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                      The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                      Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                      Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                      Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                      Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                      Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                      Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                      Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                      Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                      Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                      Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                      They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                      They fall into Arabian Sea

                      These rivers form big deltas

                      These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                      Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                      Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                      Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                      Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                      LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                      hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                      of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                      COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                      linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                      offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                      linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                      SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                      hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                      Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                      The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                      Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                      o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                      o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                      o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                      Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                      Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                      Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                      of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                      o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                      o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                      o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                      Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                      Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                      ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                      o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                      ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                      o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                      ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                      o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                      ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                      o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                      ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                      Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                      ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                      Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                      to Stephano and Trinculo

                      ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                      Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                      Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                      savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                      o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                      those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                      materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                      certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                      is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                      ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                      MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                      2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                      3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                      monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                      4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                      5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                      6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                      Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                      Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                      29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                      200000 200000

                      On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                      (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                      Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                      Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                      13500

                      18000 18000

                      Capital Account

                      Dr Cr

                      Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                      Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                      Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                      81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                      Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                      Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                      Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                      195500 195500

                      Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                      The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                      • 1 Static Friction
                      • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                        • Static Friction Examples
                          • 2 Sliding Friction
                            • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                              • 3 Rolling Friction
                                • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                  • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                        Times 2 First person to go into space in 1961 Ans Yuri Gagarin

                        3 First woman to go into space in 1963 Ans ValentinaTereshkova4 First person ever to walk in space in 1965Ans alexei Leonov5 First person to land on the moon in 1959 Ans Neil Armstrong6 First Indian to go into space in 1984 Ans Rakesh Sharma 7 First Indian woman to go into space in 19978 Ans Kalpana Chawla9 First woman tourist in space in 2006

                        Ans Anusheh AnsariCOMPUTER

                        ALGORITHM AND FLOWCHART

                        Q) DRAW THE SYMBOLS USED IN A FLOWCHART WITH THEIR DESCRIPTIONS(IN EXAM IT CAN COME AS SHORT QUESTIONS ASKING INDIVIDUAL SYMBOLS FUNCTION)ANS)

                        MAT

                        HEM

                        ATIC

                        S

                        Ch 6

                        Com

                        mon

                        Fra

                        ction

                        s

                        Multiplication of FractionsA Multiply a fractional number by whole numberTo multiply a fractional number by whole number we multiply the numerator of the fractional number by the whole number and denominator of the fractional number by 1 The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                        Exercise ndash 30Multiply

                        7 2027

                        times 9

                        Solution 2027

                        times 9 = 203 = 6

                        23

                        8 611

                        times11

                        Solution 611

                        times11 = 6

                        15 71

                        20times16

                        Solution 71

                        20times16 =

                        14120

                        times16

                        = 1415

                        times 4 = 141times 4

                        5 = 564

                        5 = 11245

                        B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                        16 2712

                        times24

                        Solution 2712

                        times24 = 3112

                        times24

                        = 31times2 = 62

                        Exercise ndash 31

                        11 83

                        times 34

                        2

                        Solution 83

                        times 34 = 2

                        14 723

                        times2 25

                        4

                        Solution 723

                        times2 25 =

                        233

                        times 125 =

                        23times 45

                        = 925 = 18

                        25

                        15 1212

                        times1 13

                        2

                        Solution 1212

                        times1 13 =

                        252

                        times 43 =

                        25times 23

                        = 503 = 16

                        23

                        State the following statements are true or false

                        17 1912

                        times 239 = 1

                        Solution LHS = 1912

                        times 239

                        = 392

                        times 239 = 1 = RHS

                        [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

                        there4 1912

                        times 239 = 1 [True]

                        21 213

                        times2 13 = 4

                        19

                        Solution LHS = 213

                        times2 13 =

                        73

                        times 73

                        = 7times73times3 =

                        499 = 5

                        49

                        there4 LHS ne RHS

                        So 213

                        times2 13 = 4

                        19 [False]

                        23 23

                        times 45 =

                        2times 5+3 times43times 5

                        Solution

                        LHS = 23

                        times 45 =

                        2times 43 times5 =

                        815 again

                        RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

                        3times 5 = 10+12

                        15 = 2215

                        there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

                        times 45 =

                        2times 5+3times43times 5

                        [False]

                        25 23 of

                        13 =

                        29

                        Solution

                        LHS= 23 of

                        13 =

                        23 times

                        13 =

                        29 = RHS]

                        there4 23 of

                        13 =

                        29 [True]

                        Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

                        24 12 of 4 =

                        18

                        Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

                        HISTORY AND CIVICS

                        Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

                        DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

                        capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

                        2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

                        3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

                        ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

                        II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

                        was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

                        4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

                        5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

                        Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

                        BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

                        3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

                        III Name the following

                        1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

                        V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

                        BENGALI(2ND

                        LANGUAGE)

                        পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

                        যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

                        পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

                        ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

                        উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

                        ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

                        ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

                        Hindi 2nd

                        langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

                        ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

                        उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

                        English literature

                        In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

                        Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

                        Read the poem

                        PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

                        1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

                        Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

                        together Table lamp resting on the table

                        2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

                        Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

                        deck

                        3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

                        Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

                        6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

                        1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

                        Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

                        begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

                        applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

                        slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

                        change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

                        length increases

                        8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

                        COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

                        UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

                        FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                        WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                        WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                        ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                        CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                        CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                        Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                        Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                        Hindi 2ndlang

                        ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                        सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                        हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                        शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                        ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                        इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                        यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                        हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                        शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                        ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                        उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                        किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                        फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                        ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                        किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                        ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                        नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                        सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                        বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                        পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                        ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                        -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                        বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                        CHEMISTRY

                        Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                        Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                        Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                        change in its chemical properties

                        Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                        10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                        11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                        12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                        (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                        13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                        14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                        15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                        16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                        17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                        18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                        GEOGRAPHY

                        ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                        evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                        2 The heat waves in summer months

                        Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                        evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                        2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                        lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                        3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                        become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                        and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                        7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                        WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                        green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                        By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                        The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                        We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                        Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                        We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                        Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                        By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                        of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                        frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                        become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                        etc

                        Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                        green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                        bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                        c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                        dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                        eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                        f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                        Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                        1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                        Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                        English Language

                        Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                        Kinds of Prepositions

                        Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                        Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                        Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                        Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                        Exercise A

                        1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                        2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                        3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                        4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                        5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                        6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                        7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                        8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                        9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                        10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                        Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                        All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                        Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                        in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                        Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                        Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                        out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                        Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                        PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                        A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                        The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                        This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                        Question 2

                        Fill in the blanks

                        (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                        (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                        (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                        (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                        (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                        (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                        (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                        (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                        (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                        (j) IHP = 746 W

                        BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                        Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                        Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                        Endocrine Glands

                        Location Hormones secreted

                        Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                        1Adrenal gland

                        2 Pancreas Gland

                        On the top of each kidney

                        In between stomach and small intestine

                        i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                        ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                        i) Insulin

                        ii) Glucagon

                        It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                        a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                        b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                        a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                        b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                        Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                        Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                        a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                        b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                        History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                        Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                        town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                        EnglishLiterature

                        The west wind-John Mansfield

                        In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                        Write the synopsis of the following words

                        1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                        2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                        3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                        4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                        makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                        while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                        (Write from the book in your copy)

                        MAT

                        HEM

                        ATIC

                        S

                        Ch 1

                        1Al

                        gebr

                        ic E

                        xpre

                        ssio

                        n

                        1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                        2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                        3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                        4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                        5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                        6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                        Exercise ndash 11(A)

                        1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                        -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                        8 45y -3x

                        Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                        3 yz8

                        45y -3x

                        2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                        Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                        4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                        Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                        5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                        SolutionCoefficient

                        (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                        7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                        8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                        eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                        terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                        6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                        (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                        Solution Coefficient

                        (i) 5 17

                        xy2z3

                        (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                        (viii) 17yz

                        5xyzsup2

                        (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                        7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                        Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                        xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                        -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                        Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                        Bengali (2nd language)

                        বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                        অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                        অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                        অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                        অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                        অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                        অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                        আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                        আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                        Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                        2nd language

                        परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                        English language

                        Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                        Subject complain in brief

                        Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                        The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                        1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                        Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                        Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                        L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                        Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                        2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                        1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                        3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                        4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                        5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                        Chemical formula

                        A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                        Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                        A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                        Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                        A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                        Joint Stock Company

                        Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                        Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                        Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                        QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                        Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                        Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                        Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                        Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                        2 Define the following

                        Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                        in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                        Economics

                        Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                        Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                        QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                        Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                        The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                        Geography

                        Rotationand Revolution

                        SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                        Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                        As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                        SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                        December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                        the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                        Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                        Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                        Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                        Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                        Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                        Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                        Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                        Summer Solstice 21st March

                        Autumn Equinox 23rd

                        September

                        Winter Solstice 21st June

                        (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                        Spring Equinox 22nd

                        December

                        A8 A B

                        Summer Solstice 21st June

                        Autumn Equinox 23rd

                        September

                        Winter Solstice 22nd

                        December

                        Spring Equinox 21st March

                        During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                        Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                        Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                        (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                        From the four corners of the earth they come

                        To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                        The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                        inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                        The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                        On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                        For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                        (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                        These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                        (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                        From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                        (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                        The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                        (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                        In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                        (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                        passage

                        In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                        paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                        On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                        After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                        IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                        (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                        To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                        Context

                        This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                        (2)

                        (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                        MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                        Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                        (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                        The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                        (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                        The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                        Explanation

                        While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                        (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                        While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                        He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                        (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                        The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                        (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                        In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                        (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                        They have in England

                        A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                        Context

                        (3)

                        (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                        There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                        All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                        This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                        Explanation

                        In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                        Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                        (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                        After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                        (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                        After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                        (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                        After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                        (iv) Explain the following lines

                        ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                        Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                        monuments

                        Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                        Hindi 2ndlang

                        नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                        स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                        ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                        ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                        पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                        थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                        थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                        डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                        0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                        अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                        आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                        Commercial Studies

                        Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                        There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                        1

                        Question

                        1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                        Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                        individually

                        Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                        funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                        2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                        3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                        2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                        Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                        Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                        weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                        3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                        4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                        5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                        6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                        English Language

                        CompositionEssay

                        A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                        Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                        Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                        Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                        Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                        Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                        1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                        Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                        Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                        and Antonio arrive

                        o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                        o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                        Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                        You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                        [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                        Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                        1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                        2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                        3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                        5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                        6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                        7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                        8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                        9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                        10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                        11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                        Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                        1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                        2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                        ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                        But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                        Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                        P A s1

                        B

                        s

                        X` O s1 X

                        q q1

                        Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                        Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                        s

                        price (Rs)

                        C

                        p A

                        s2

                        s

                        X` o X

                        q2 q

                        Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                        Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                        (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                        Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                        Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                        Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                        Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                        substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                        6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                        Chlorophyll

                        Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                        process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                        Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                        Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                        absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                        into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                        Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                        End products are H+ and oxygen water

                        B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                        Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                        Class XI

                        Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                        regimes for sustainable development

                        Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                        Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                        considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                        The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                        Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                        [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                        Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                        o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                        o They then moved to another part of the island

                        o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                        SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                        (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                        (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                        (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                        (1)

                        (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                        Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                        ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                        To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                        ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                        And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                        (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                        Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                        Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                        (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                        (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                        Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                        When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                        (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                        Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                        Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                        Commerce

                        Chapter- Management

                        Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                        Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                        Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                        Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                        with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                        policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                        of business

                        4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                        Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                        Role of functions of the middle level management

                        1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                        2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                        3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                        4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                        Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                        Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                        day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                        tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                        4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                        ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                        Business Studies

                        Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                        Staff Appraisal

                        Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                        Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                        Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                        Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                        To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                        To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                        To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                        Importance of Performance Appraisal

                        Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                        knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                        1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                        2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                        3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                        5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                        6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                        7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                        8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                        Geography

                        DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                        The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                        Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                        Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                        East-flowing rivers

                        West-flowing rivers

                        Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                        The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                        The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                        The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                        Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                        Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                        Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                        Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                        Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                        Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                        Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                        Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                        Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                        Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                        They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                        They fall into Arabian Sea

                        These rivers form big deltas

                        These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                        Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                        Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                        Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                        Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                        LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                        hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                        of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                        COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                        linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                        offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                        linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                        SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                        hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                        Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                        The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                        Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                        o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                        o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                        o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                        Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                        Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                        Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                        of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                        o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                        o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                        o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                        Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                        Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                        ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                        o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                        ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                        o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                        ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                        o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                        ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                        o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                        ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                        Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                        ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                        Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                        to Stephano and Trinculo

                        ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                        Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                        Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                        savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                        o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                        those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                        materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                        certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                        is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                        ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                        MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                        2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                        3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                        monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                        4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                        5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                        6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                        Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                        Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                        29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                        200000 200000

                        On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                        (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                        Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                        Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                        13500

                        18000 18000

                        Capital Account

                        Dr Cr

                        Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                        Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                        Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                        81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                        Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                        Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                        Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                        195500 195500

                        Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                        The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                        • 1 Static Friction
                        • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                          • Static Friction Examples
                            • 2 Sliding Friction
                              • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                • 3 Rolling Friction
                                  • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                    • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                          B Multiplication of a fractional number by a fractional number To multiply a fractional number by a fractional number we multiply the numerator of the first fractional number by the numerator of the second fractional number and the denominator of the first fractional number by the denominator of the second fractional number The first product thus obtained is the numerator and the second product is the denominator of the required product

                          16 2712

                          times24

                          Solution 2712

                          times24 = 3112

                          times24

                          = 31times2 = 62

                          Exercise ndash 31

                          11 83

                          times 34

                          2

                          Solution 83

                          times 34 = 2

                          14 723

                          times2 25

                          4

                          Solution 723

                          times2 25 =

                          233

                          times 125 =

                          23times 45

                          = 925 = 18

                          25

                          15 1212

                          times1 13

                          2

                          Solution 1212

                          times1 13 =

                          252

                          times 43 =

                          25times 23

                          = 503 = 16

                          23

                          State the following statements are true or false

                          17 1912

                          times 239 = 1

                          Solution LHS = 1912

                          times 239

                          = 392

                          times 239 = 1 = RHS

                          [LHS = Left hand side amp RHS = Right hand side]

                          there4 1912

                          times 239 = 1 [True]

                          21 213

                          times2 13 = 4

                          19

                          Solution LHS = 213

                          times2 13 =

                          73

                          times 73

                          = 7times73times3 =

                          499 = 5

                          49

                          there4 LHS ne RHS

                          So 213

                          times2 13 = 4

                          19 [False]

                          23 23

                          times 45 =

                          2times 5+3 times43times 5

                          Solution

                          LHS = 23

                          times 45 =

                          2times 43 times5 =

                          815 again

                          RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

                          3times 5 = 10+12

                          15 = 2215

                          there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

                          times 45 =

                          2times 5+3times43times 5

                          [False]

                          25 23 of

                          13 =

                          29

                          Solution

                          LHS= 23 of

                          13 =

                          23 times

                          13 =

                          29 = RHS]

                          there4 23 of

                          13 =

                          29 [True]

                          Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

                          24 12 of 4 =

                          18

                          Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

                          HISTORY AND CIVICS

                          Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

                          DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

                          capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

                          2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

                          3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

                          ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

                          II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

                          was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

                          4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

                          5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

                          Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

                          BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

                          3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

                          III Name the following

                          1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

                          V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

                          BENGALI(2ND

                          LANGUAGE)

                          পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

                          যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

                          পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

                          ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

                          উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

                          ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

                          ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

                          Hindi 2nd

                          langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

                          ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

                          उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

                          English literature

                          In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

                          Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

                          Read the poem

                          PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

                          1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

                          Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

                          together Table lamp resting on the table

                          2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

                          Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

                          deck

                          3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

                          Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

                          6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

                          1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

                          Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

                          begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

                          applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

                          slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

                          change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

                          length increases

                          8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

                          COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

                          UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

                          FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                          WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                          WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                          ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                          CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                          CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                          Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                          Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                          Hindi 2ndlang

                          ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                          सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                          हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                          शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                          ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                          इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                          यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                          हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                          शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                          ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                          उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                          किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                          फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                          ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                          किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                          ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                          नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                          सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                          বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                          পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                          ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                          -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                          বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                          CHEMISTRY

                          Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                          Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                          Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                          change in its chemical properties

                          Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                          10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                          11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                          12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                          (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                          13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                          14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                          15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                          16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                          17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                          18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                          GEOGRAPHY

                          ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                          evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                          2 The heat waves in summer months

                          Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                          evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                          2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                          lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                          3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                          become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                          and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                          7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                          WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                          green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                          By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                          The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                          We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                          Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                          We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                          Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                          By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                          of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                          frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                          become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                          etc

                          Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                          green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                          bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                          c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                          dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                          eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                          f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                          Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                          1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                          Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                          English Language

                          Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                          Kinds of Prepositions

                          Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                          Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                          Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                          Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                          Exercise A

                          1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                          2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                          3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                          4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                          5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                          6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                          7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                          8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                          9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                          10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                          Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                          All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                          Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                          in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                          Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                          Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                          out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                          Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                          PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                          A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                          The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                          This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                          Question 2

                          Fill in the blanks

                          (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                          (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                          (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                          (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                          (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                          (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                          (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                          (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                          (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                          (j) IHP = 746 W

                          BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                          Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                          Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                          Endocrine Glands

                          Location Hormones secreted

                          Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                          1Adrenal gland

                          2 Pancreas Gland

                          On the top of each kidney

                          In between stomach and small intestine

                          i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                          ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                          i) Insulin

                          ii) Glucagon

                          It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                          a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                          b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                          a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                          b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                          Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                          Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                          a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                          b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                          History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                          Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                          town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                          EnglishLiterature

                          The west wind-John Mansfield

                          In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                          Write the synopsis of the following words

                          1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                          2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                          3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                          4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                          makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                          while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                          (Write from the book in your copy)

                          MAT

                          HEM

                          ATIC

                          S

                          Ch 1

                          1Al

                          gebr

                          ic E

                          xpre

                          ssio

                          n

                          1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                          2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                          3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                          4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                          5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                          6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                          Exercise ndash 11(A)

                          1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                          -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                          8 45y -3x

                          Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                          3 yz8

                          45y -3x

                          2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                          Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                          4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                          Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                          5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                          SolutionCoefficient

                          (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                          7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                          8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                          eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                          terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                          6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                          (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                          Solution Coefficient

                          (i) 5 17

                          xy2z3

                          (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                          (viii) 17yz

                          5xyzsup2

                          (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                          7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                          Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                          xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                          -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                          Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                          Bengali (2nd language)

                          বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                          অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                          অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                          অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                          অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                          অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                          অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                          আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                          আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                          Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                          2nd language

                          परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                          English language

                          Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                          Subject complain in brief

                          Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                          The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                          1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                          Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                          Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                          L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                          Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                          2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                          1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                          3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                          4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                          5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                          Chemical formula

                          A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                          Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                          A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                          Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                          A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                          Joint Stock Company

                          Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                          Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                          Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                          QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                          Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                          Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                          Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                          Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                          2 Define the following

                          Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                          in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                          Economics

                          Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                          Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                          QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                          Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                          The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                          Geography

                          Rotationand Revolution

                          SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                          Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                          As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                          SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                          December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                          the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                          Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                          Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                          Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                          Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                          Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                          Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                          Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                          Summer Solstice 21st March

                          Autumn Equinox 23rd

                          September

                          Winter Solstice 21st June

                          (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                          Spring Equinox 22nd

                          December

                          A8 A B

                          Summer Solstice 21st June

                          Autumn Equinox 23rd

                          September

                          Winter Solstice 22nd

                          December

                          Spring Equinox 21st March

                          During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                          Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                          Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                          (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                          From the four corners of the earth they come

                          To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                          The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                          inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                          The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                          On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                          For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                          (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                          These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                          (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                          From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                          (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                          The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                          (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                          In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                          (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                          passage

                          In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                          paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                          On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                          After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                          IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                          (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                          To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                          Context

                          This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                          (2)

                          (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                          MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                          Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                          (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                          The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                          (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                          The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                          Explanation

                          While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                          (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                          While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                          He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                          (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                          The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                          (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                          In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                          (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                          They have in England

                          A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                          Context

                          (3)

                          (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                          There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                          All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                          This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                          Explanation

                          In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                          Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                          (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                          After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                          (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                          After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                          (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                          After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                          (iv) Explain the following lines

                          ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                          Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                          monuments

                          Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                          Hindi 2ndlang

                          नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                          स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                          ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                          ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                          पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                          थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                          थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                          डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                          0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                          अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                          आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                          Commercial Studies

                          Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                          There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                          1

                          Question

                          1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                          Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                          individually

                          Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                          funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                          2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                          3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                          2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                          Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                          Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                          weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                          3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                          4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                          5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                          6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                          English Language

                          CompositionEssay

                          A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                          Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                          Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                          Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                          Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                          Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                          1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                          Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                          Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                          and Antonio arrive

                          o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                          o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                          Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                          You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                          [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                          Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                          1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                          2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                          3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                          5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                          6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                          7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                          8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                          9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                          10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                          11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                          Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                          1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                          2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                          ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                          But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                          Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                          P A s1

                          B

                          s

                          X` O s1 X

                          q q1

                          Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                          Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                          s

                          price (Rs)

                          C

                          p A

                          s2

                          s

                          X` o X

                          q2 q

                          Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                          Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                          (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                          Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                          Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                          Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                          Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                          substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                          6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                          Chlorophyll

                          Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                          process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                          Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                          Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                          absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                          into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                          Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                          End products are H+ and oxygen water

                          B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                          Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                          Class XI

                          Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                          regimes for sustainable development

                          Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                          Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                          considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                          The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                          Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                          [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                          Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                          o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                          o They then moved to another part of the island

                          o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                          SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                          (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                          (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                          (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                          (1)

                          (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                          Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                          ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                          To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                          ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                          And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                          (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                          Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                          Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                          (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                          (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                          Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                          When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                          (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                          Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                          Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                          Commerce

                          Chapter- Management

                          Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                          Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                          Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                          Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                          with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                          policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                          of business

                          4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                          Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                          Role of functions of the middle level management

                          1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                          2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                          3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                          4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                          Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                          Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                          day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                          tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                          4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                          ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                          Business Studies

                          Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                          Staff Appraisal

                          Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                          Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                          Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                          Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                          To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                          To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                          To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                          Importance of Performance Appraisal

                          Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                          knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                          1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                          2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                          3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                          5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                          6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                          7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                          8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                          Geography

                          DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                          The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                          Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                          Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                          East-flowing rivers

                          West-flowing rivers

                          Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                          The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                          The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                          The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                          Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                          Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                          Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                          Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                          Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                          Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                          Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                          Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                          Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                          Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                          They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                          They fall into Arabian Sea

                          These rivers form big deltas

                          These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                          Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                          Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                          Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                          Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                          LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                          hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                          of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                          COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                          linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                          offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                          linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                          SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                          hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                          Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                          The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                          Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                          o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                          o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                          o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                          Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                          Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                          Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                          of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                          o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                          o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                          o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                          Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                          Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                          ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                          o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                          ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                          o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                          ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                          o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                          ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                          o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                          ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                          Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                          ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                          Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                          to Stephano and Trinculo

                          ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                          Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                          Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                          savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                          o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                          those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                          materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                          certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                          is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                          ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                          MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                          2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                          3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                          monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                          4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                          5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                          6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                          Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                          Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                          29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                          200000 200000

                          On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                          (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                          Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                          Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                          13500

                          18000 18000

                          Capital Account

                          Dr Cr

                          Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                          Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                          Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                          81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                          Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                          Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                          Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                          195500 195500

                          Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                          The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                          • 1 Static Friction
                          • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                            • Static Friction Examples
                              • 2 Sliding Friction
                                • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                  • 3 Rolling Friction
                                    • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                      • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                            21 213

                            times2 13 = 4

                            19

                            Solution LHS = 213

                            times2 13 =

                            73

                            times 73

                            = 7times73times3 =

                            499 = 5

                            49

                            there4 LHS ne RHS

                            So 213

                            times2 13 = 4

                            19 [False]

                            23 23

                            times 45 =

                            2times 5+3 times43times 5

                            Solution

                            LHS = 23

                            times 45 =

                            2times 43 times5 =

                            815 again

                            RHS = 2times 5+3 times4

                            3times 5 = 10+12

                            15 = 2215

                            there4 LHS ne RHS So 23

                            times 45 =

                            2times 5+3times43times 5

                            [False]

                            25 23 of

                            13 =

                            29

                            Solution

                            LHS= 23 of

                            13 =

                            23 times

                            13 =

                            29 = RHS]

                            there4 23 of

                            13 =

                            29 [True]

                            Practice at HomeExercise ndash 31State the following statements are true or false

                            24 12 of 4 =

                            18

                            Class VISubject Topic Summary Execution

                            HISTORY AND CIVICS

                            Chapter 5The Mauryan Empire

                            DECLINE OF MAURYAN EMPIREDecline of Mauryan empire started after the death of Ashoka at around 232 BCThere are several reasons for break up of the empire1 Weak successor Emperors after Ashoka were

                            capable of handling vast and mighty Mauryan empire In 185BC the last Mauryan ruler Bri-hadrath was murdered by his Commander-in-Chief Pushyamitra Sunga

                            2 Provincial Revolts Due to weak central author-ity provincial chiefs of Kalinga and southern provinces revolted against emperor and freed themselves from Mauryan empire

                            3 Weakness of Economy Prosperity of Mauryan was based on solid economic activities which

                            ExercisesI Multiple choice questions-1 Chandragupta defeated Seleucus in the year ndashc) 305 BC2 Who killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath b) Pushyamitra3 Which of the following was not a reason for the decline of the Mauryan empirec) Chandraguptarsquos weakness4 Ashoka invaded Kalinga in the year c) 261 BC

                            II Fill in the blanks1Chandragupta ascended the throne in 324

                            was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

                            4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

                            5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

                            Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

                            BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

                            3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

                            III Name the following

                            1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

                            V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

                            BENGALI(2ND

                            LANGUAGE)

                            পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

                            যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

                            পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

                            ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

                            উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

                            ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

                            ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

                            Hindi 2nd

                            langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

                            ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

                            उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

                            English literature

                            In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

                            Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

                            Read the poem

                            PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

                            1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

                            Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

                            together Table lamp resting on the table

                            2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

                            Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

                            deck

                            3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

                            Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

                            6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

                            1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

                            Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

                            begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

                            applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

                            slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

                            change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

                            length increases

                            8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

                            COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

                            UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

                            FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                            WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                            WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                            ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                            CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                            CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                            Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                            Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                            Hindi 2ndlang

                            ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                            सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                            हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                            शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                            ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                            इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                            यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                            हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                            शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                            ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                            उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                            किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                            फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                            ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                            किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                            ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                            नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                            सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                            বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                            পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                            ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                            -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                            বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                            CHEMISTRY

                            Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                            Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                            Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                            change in its chemical properties

                            Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                            10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                            11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                            12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                            (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                            13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                            14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                            15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                            16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                            17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                            18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                            GEOGRAPHY

                            ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                            evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                            2 The heat waves in summer months

                            Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                            evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                            2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                            lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                            3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                            become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                            and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                            7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                            WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                            green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                            By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                            The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                            We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                            Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                            We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                            Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                            By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                            of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                            frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                            become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                            etc

                            Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                            green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                            bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                            c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                            dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                            eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                            f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                            Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                            1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                            Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                            English Language

                            Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                            Kinds of Prepositions

                            Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                            Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                            Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                            Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                            Exercise A

                            1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                            2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                            3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                            4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                            5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                            6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                            7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                            8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                            9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                            10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                            Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                            All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                            Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                            in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                            Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                            Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                            out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                            Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                            PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                            A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                            The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                            This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                            Question 2

                            Fill in the blanks

                            (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                            (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                            (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                            (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                            (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                            (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                            (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                            (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                            (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                            (j) IHP = 746 W

                            BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                            Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                            Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                            Endocrine Glands

                            Location Hormones secreted

                            Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                            1Adrenal gland

                            2 Pancreas Gland

                            On the top of each kidney

                            In between stomach and small intestine

                            i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                            ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                            i) Insulin

                            ii) Glucagon

                            It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                            a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                            b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                            a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                            b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                            Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                            Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                            a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                            b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                            History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                            Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                            town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                            EnglishLiterature

                            The west wind-John Mansfield

                            In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                            Write the synopsis of the following words

                            1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                            2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                            3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                            4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                            makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                            while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                            (Write from the book in your copy)

                            MAT

                            HEM

                            ATIC

                            S

                            Ch 1

                            1Al

                            gebr

                            ic E

                            xpre

                            ssio

                            n

                            1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                            2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                            3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                            4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                            5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                            6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                            Exercise ndash 11(A)

                            1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                            -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                            8 45y -3x

                            Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                            3 yz8

                            45y -3x

                            2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                            Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                            4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                            Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                            5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                            SolutionCoefficient

                            (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                            7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                            8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                            eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                            terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                            6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                            (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                            Solution Coefficient

                            (i) 5 17

                            xy2z3

                            (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                            (viii) 17yz

                            5xyzsup2

                            (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                            7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                            Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                            xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                            -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                            Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                            Bengali (2nd language)

                            বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                            অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                            অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                            অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                            অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                            অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                            অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                            আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                            আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                            Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                            2nd language

                            परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                            English language

                            Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                            Subject complain in brief

                            Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                            The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                            1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                            Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                            Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                            L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                            Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                            2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                            1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                            3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                            4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                            5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                            Chemical formula

                            A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                            Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                            A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                            Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                            A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                            Joint Stock Company

                            Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                            Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                            Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                            QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                            Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                            Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                            Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                            Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                            2 Define the following

                            Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                            in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                            Economics

                            Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                            Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                            QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                            Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                            The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                            Geography

                            Rotationand Revolution

                            SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                            Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                            As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                            SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                            December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                            the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                            Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                            Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                            Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                            Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                            Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                            Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                            Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                            Summer Solstice 21st March

                            Autumn Equinox 23rd

                            September

                            Winter Solstice 21st June

                            (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                            Spring Equinox 22nd

                            December

                            A8 A B

                            Summer Solstice 21st June

                            Autumn Equinox 23rd

                            September

                            Winter Solstice 22nd

                            December

                            Spring Equinox 21st March

                            During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                            Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                            Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                            (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                            From the four corners of the earth they come

                            To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                            The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                            inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                            The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                            On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                            For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                            (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                            These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                            (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                            From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                            (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                            The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                            (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                            In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                            (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                            passage

                            In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                            paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                            On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                            After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                            IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                            (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                            To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                            Context

                            This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                            (2)

                            (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                            MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                            Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                            (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                            The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                            (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                            The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                            Explanation

                            While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                            (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                            While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                            He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                            (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                            The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                            (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                            In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                            (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                            They have in England

                            A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                            Context

                            (3)

                            (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                            There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                            All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                            This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                            Explanation

                            In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                            Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                            (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                            After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                            (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                            After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                            (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                            After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                            (iv) Explain the following lines

                            ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                            Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                            monuments

                            Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                            Hindi 2ndlang

                            नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                            स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                            ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                            ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                            पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                            थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                            थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                            डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                            0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                            अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                            आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                            Commercial Studies

                            Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                            There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                            1

                            Question

                            1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                            Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                            individually

                            Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                            funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                            2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                            3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                            2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                            Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                            Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                            weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                            3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                            4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                            5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                            6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                            English Language

                            CompositionEssay

                            A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                            Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                            Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                            Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                            Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                            Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                            1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                            Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                            Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                            and Antonio arrive

                            o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                            o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                            Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                            You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                            [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                            Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                            1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                            2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                            3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                            5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                            6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                            7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                            8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                            9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                            10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                            11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                            Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                            1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                            2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                            ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                            But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                            Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                            P A s1

                            B

                            s

                            X` O s1 X

                            q q1

                            Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                            Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                            s

                            price (Rs)

                            C

                            p A

                            s2

                            s

                            X` o X

                            q2 q

                            Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                            Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                            (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                            Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                            Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                            Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                            Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                            substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                            6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                            Chlorophyll

                            Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                            process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                            Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                            Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                            absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                            into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                            Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                            End products are H+ and oxygen water

                            B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                            Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                            Class XI

                            Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                            regimes for sustainable development

                            Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                            Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                            considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                            The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                            Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                            [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                            Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                            o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                            o They then moved to another part of the island

                            o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                            SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                            (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                            (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                            (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                            (1)

                            (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                            Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                            ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                            To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                            ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                            And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                            (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                            Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                            Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                            (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                            (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                            Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                            When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                            (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                            Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                            Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                            Commerce

                            Chapter- Management

                            Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                            Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                            Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                            Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                            with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                            policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                            of business

                            4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                            Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                            Role of functions of the middle level management

                            1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                            2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                            3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                            4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                            Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                            Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                            day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                            tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                            4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                            ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                            Business Studies

                            Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                            Staff Appraisal

                            Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                            Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                            Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                            Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                            To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                            To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                            To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                            Importance of Performance Appraisal

                            Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                            knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                            1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                            2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                            3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                            5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                            6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                            7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                            8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                            Geography

                            DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                            The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                            Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                            Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                            East-flowing rivers

                            West-flowing rivers

                            Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                            The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                            The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                            The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                            Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                            Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                            Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                            Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                            Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                            Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                            Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                            Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                            Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                            Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                            They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                            They fall into Arabian Sea

                            These rivers form big deltas

                            These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                            Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                            Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                            Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                            Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                            LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                            hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                            of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                            COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                            linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                            offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                            linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                            SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                            hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                            Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                            The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                            Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                            o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                            o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                            o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                            Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                            Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                            Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                            of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                            o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                            o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                            o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                            Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                            Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                            ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                            o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                            ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                            o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                            ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                            o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                            ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                            o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                            ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                            Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                            ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                            Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                            to Stephano and Trinculo

                            ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                            Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                            Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                            savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                            o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                            those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                            materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                            certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                            is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                            ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                            MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                            2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                            3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                            monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                            4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                            5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                            6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                            Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                            Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                            29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                            200000 200000

                            On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                            (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                            Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                            Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                            13500

                            18000 18000

                            Capital Account

                            Dr Cr

                            Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                            Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                            Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                            81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                            Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                            Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                            Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                            195500 195500

                            Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                            The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                            • 1 Static Friction
                            • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                              • Static Friction Examples
                                • 2 Sliding Friction
                                  • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                    • 3 Rolling Friction
                                      • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                        • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                              was taken care by early monarchs Later kings had neither ability nor interest in economic af-fairs That led to failure in tax collection As a result they failed to maintain a large army that were essential to keep empire intact

                              4 Greek Invasion Greeks freed north-western provinces from weak Mauryan monarchs and reestablished their authority

                              5 Ashokarsquos Policy some scholar opined that after Kalinga war Ashoka embraced Buddhism re-nounced the policy of war and disbanded the Army But this is partially true as there is no proper evidence of disbanding the army

                              Based on above points we can conclude that main reason for decline of Mauryan empire is weakness of Ashokarsquos successors Kunal Samprati Dasharath Salisuk all were weak kingsAt last in 185 BCPushyamitra Sunga killed king Brihadrath and established the Sunga dynasty

                              BC2 Bindusara was the son of Chandragupta and father of Ashoka

                              3 Pataliputra was administered by City Magistrate committess of 5 members each4 The Greek General Seleucus sent his ambassador Megasthenes to Chandraguptarsquos court5 Ashoka sent his son Prince Mahendra and daughter Sanghamitra to spread his Dhamma6 The Indian Rebublic has adopted the Lion Capital of Saranath Pillar as its national emblem 7 Pushyamitra killed the last Mauryan ruler Brihadrath and founded the Sunga dynasty

                              III Name the following

                              1The author of Arthashastra-Kautilya2 The ruler who founded the Mauryan dynasty-Chandragupta3 The author of Indika-Megasthenes 4 The officers who were appointed by Ashoka to spread Dhamma-Dhamma Mahamatras5 The general of Alexander whom Chandragupta defeated-Seleucus

                              V Match the columns1 Kautilya (c)2 Megasthenes (d)3 Pushyamitra (e)4 Brihadrath (b)5 Bindusara (a)

                              BENGALI(2ND

                              LANGUAGE)

                              পশপাহিখর -াষাসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী

                              যলখক পহিরহিচহিত- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo

                              পরম হিকেনর পাঠ- lsquoপশপাহিখর হিক -াষাhelliphellip helliphelliphelliphellipপরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায়ও পশপাহিখরা যবশ জাকেনrsquoপরকেমই আমারা জাহিন -াষা হিক -াষা ল আমাকের মকেনর -াব পরকাশ করার জনয আমরা নানান ধরকেনর -হিb বা হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর আওয়াজ মকেখর মাধযকেম কহির অনযকেক যবাঝাকেনার জনয তাকেল এবার আমরা জাহিন পশপাহিখর -াষা হিক পশ পাহিখরা হিক কা বকেল যা পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিক বহিদধ মান জীব ndashককর হিবাল বন মানষ যঘাা পর-হিত এরা মানকেষর যওয়া নাম শনকেল কান খাা ককের ndash নাম ধকের ডাককেল কাকে আকেস যমন - মরহিরা lsquoহিত ndashহিতrsquo ডাক শকেন আকেস াল lsquoঅ ndashর -র ডাক শকেন কাকে আকেস াহিত মাহকেতর কা শকেন চকেল ককররা মাহিলকেকর হকম পালন ককের সবসময় তাইকেতা ককরকেক পর- -কত পরানী বলা য় ককর আর হিবাল একের আওয়াজ তহিম লকষয করকেল বঝকেব ককররা যরকে যকেল lsquoযঘউ যঘউrsquo করকেত াকেক আবার কাকেল lsquoযকউ যকউrsquo ককের হিবাল সাধারণ lsquoমযাওrsquo বা lsquoহিমউrsquo ককের রা কেল lsquoওয়াওrsquo আওয়াকেজর মাধযকেম মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের একেতা যল পশকের কা পাহিখরাও -য় রা পরকাশ করার জনয হিবকেশষ ধরকেনর শবদ ককের হিবপকের সময় পশ পাহিখরা সবার আকে পরসপরকেক জানাবার উপায় তারা জাকেন বহকাল

                              ১) পশপাহিখর -াষা কেলপর যলখক সমপকেকG হিক জাকেনা

                              উঃ- পরখযাত সাহিহিতযক উকেপনদরহিককেশার রায়কেচৌধরীর পতর সহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরী lsquoসকেFশrsquo পহিতরকার সকেb হিতহিন কত হিকেলন তার উকেdখকোয বই lsquoসহিবনয় রায়কেচৌধরীর রচনা সংগরrsquo হিতহিন ারকেমাহিনয়াম এসরাজ পর-হিত বাযনতর বাজাকেত পারকেতন ানও জানকেতন হিতহিন যাকেIাকের জনয মজাার লপ কহিবতা হিলখকেতন

                              ২) পশপাহিখ কেলপর মল-াব হিকউঃ- পশপাহিখকেরও -াষা আকে তারা তাকের হিনজসব -াষায় কা বকেল মকেনর -াব পরকাশ ককের পশ পাহিখরা মানকেষর হিক হিক -াষা যবাকেঝ হিকনত তারা বলকেত পাকেরনা পরসপরকেক বহিঝকেয় যবার উপায় তারা জাকেননা তকেব তারা হিবকেশষ ককেয়কটি শকেবদর মাধযকেম তাকের মকেনর -াব বহিঝকেয় যয় হিরউকেবন কযাসটং সাকেব হিতহিন চহিdশ বর বনযজনত যর সকেb যকেককেন হিতহিন বকেলকেন আমরা হি তাকের -াষা তাকের আব কায়া যমকেন চহিল তাকেল আর -কেয়র যকান কারণ াকেকনা আমরা একI -াকেলাকেবকেস যচষটা করকেল পশপাহিখকের সকেb -াব পাতাকেত পাহির

                              ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

                              Hindi 2nd

                              langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

                              ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

                              उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

                              English literature

                              In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

                              Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

                              Read the poem

                              PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

                              1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

                              Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

                              together Table lamp resting on the table

                              2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

                              Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

                              deck

                              3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

                              Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

                              6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

                              1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

                              Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

                              begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

                              applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

                              slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

                              change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

                              length increases

                              8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

                              COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

                              UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

                              FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                              WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                              WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                              ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                              CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                              CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                              Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                              Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                              Hindi 2ndlang

                              ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                              सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                              हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                              शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                              ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                              इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                              यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                              हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                              शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                              ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                              उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                              किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                              फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                              ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                              किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                              ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                              नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                              सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                              বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                              পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                              ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                              -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                              বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                              CHEMISTRY

                              Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                              Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                              Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                              change in its chemical properties

                              Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                              10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                              11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                              12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                              (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                              13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                              14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                              15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                              16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                              17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                              18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                              GEOGRAPHY

                              ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                              evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                              2 The heat waves in summer months

                              Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                              evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                              2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                              lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                              3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                              become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                              and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                              7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                              WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                              green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                              By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                              The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                              We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                              Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                              We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                              Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                              By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                              of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                              frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                              become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                              etc

                              Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                              green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                              bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                              c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                              dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                              eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                              f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                              Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                              1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                              Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                              English Language

                              Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                              Kinds of Prepositions

                              Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                              Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                              Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                              Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                              Exercise A

                              1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                              2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                              3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                              4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                              5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                              6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                              7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                              8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                              9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                              10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                              Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                              All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                              Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                              in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                              Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                              Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                              out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                              Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                              PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                              A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                              The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                              This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                              Question 2

                              Fill in the blanks

                              (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                              (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                              (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                              (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                              (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                              (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                              (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                              (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                              (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                              (j) IHP = 746 W

                              BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                              Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                              Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                              Endocrine Glands

                              Location Hormones secreted

                              Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                              1Adrenal gland

                              2 Pancreas Gland

                              On the top of each kidney

                              In between stomach and small intestine

                              i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                              ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                              i) Insulin

                              ii) Glucagon

                              It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                              a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                              b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                              a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                              b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                              Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                              Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                              a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                              b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                              History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                              Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                              town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                              EnglishLiterature

                              The west wind-John Mansfield

                              In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                              Write the synopsis of the following words

                              1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                              2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                              3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                              4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                              makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                              while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                              (Write from the book in your copy)

                              MAT

                              HEM

                              ATIC

                              S

                              Ch 1

                              1Al

                              gebr

                              ic E

                              xpre

                              ssio

                              n

                              1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                              2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                              3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                              4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                              5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                              6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                              Exercise ndash 11(A)

                              1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                              -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                              8 45y -3x

                              Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                              3 yz8

                              45y -3x

                              2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                              Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                              4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                              Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                              5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                              SolutionCoefficient

                              (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                              7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                              8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                              eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                              terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                              6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                              (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                              Solution Coefficient

                              (i) 5 17

                              xy2z3

                              (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                              (viii) 17yz

                              5xyzsup2

                              (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                              7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                              Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                              xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                              -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                              Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                              Bengali (2nd language)

                              বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                              অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                              অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                              অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                              অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                              অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                              অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                              আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                              আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                              Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                              2nd language

                              परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                              English language

                              Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                              Subject complain in brief

                              Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                              The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                              1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                              Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                              Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                              L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                              Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                              2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                              1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                              3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                              4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                              5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                              Chemical formula

                              A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                              Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                              A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                              Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                              A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                              Joint Stock Company

                              Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                              Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                              Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                              QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                              Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                              Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                              Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                              Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                              2 Define the following

                              Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                              in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                              Economics

                              Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                              Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                              QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                              Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                              The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                              Geography

                              Rotationand Revolution

                              SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                              Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                              As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                              SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                              December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                              the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                              Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                              Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                              Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                              Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                              Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                              Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                              Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                              Summer Solstice 21st March

                              Autumn Equinox 23rd

                              September

                              Winter Solstice 21st June

                              (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                              Spring Equinox 22nd

                              December

                              A8 A B

                              Summer Solstice 21st June

                              Autumn Equinox 23rd

                              September

                              Winter Solstice 22nd

                              December

                              Spring Equinox 21st March

                              During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                              Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                              Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                              (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                              From the four corners of the earth they come

                              To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                              The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                              inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                              The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                              On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                              For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                              (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                              These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                              (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                              From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                              (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                              The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                              (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                              In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                              (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                              passage

                              In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                              paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                              On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                              After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                              IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                              (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                              To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                              Context

                              This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                              (2)

                              (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                              MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                              Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                              (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                              The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                              (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                              The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                              Explanation

                              While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                              (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                              While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                              He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                              (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                              The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                              (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                              In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                              (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                              They have in England

                              A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                              Context

                              (3)

                              (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                              There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                              All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                              This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                              Explanation

                              In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                              Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                              (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                              After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                              (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                              After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                              (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                              After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                              (iv) Explain the following lines

                              ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                              Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                              monuments

                              Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                              Hindi 2ndlang

                              नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                              स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                              ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                              ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                              पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                              थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                              थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                              डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                              0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                              अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                              आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                              Commercial Studies

                              Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                              There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                              1

                              Question

                              1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                              Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                              individually

                              Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                              funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                              2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                              3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                              2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                              Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                              Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                              weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                              3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                              4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                              5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                              6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                              English Language

                              CompositionEssay

                              A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                              Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                              Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                              Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                              Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                              Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                              1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                              Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                              Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                              and Antonio arrive

                              o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                              o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                              Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                              You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                              [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                              Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                              1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                              2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                              3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                              5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                              6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                              7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                              8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                              9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                              10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                              11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                              Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                              1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                              2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                              ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                              But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                              Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                              P A s1

                              B

                              s

                              X` O s1 X

                              q q1

                              Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                              Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                              s

                              price (Rs)

                              C

                              p A

                              s2

                              s

                              X` o X

                              q2 q

                              Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                              Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                              (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                              Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                              Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                              Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                              Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                              substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                              6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                              Chlorophyll

                              Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                              process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                              Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                              Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                              absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                              into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                              Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                              End products are H+ and oxygen water

                              B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                              Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                              Class XI

                              Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                              regimes for sustainable development

                              Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                              Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                              considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                              The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                              Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                              [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                              Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                              o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                              o They then moved to another part of the island

                              o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                              SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                              (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                              (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                              (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                              (1)

                              (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                              Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                              ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                              To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                              ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                              And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                              (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                              Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                              Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                              (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                              (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                              Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                              When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                              (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                              Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                              Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                              Commerce

                              Chapter- Management

                              Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                              Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                              Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                              Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                              with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                              policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                              of business

                              4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                              Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                              Role of functions of the middle level management

                              1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                              2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                              3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                              4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                              Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                              Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                              day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                              tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                              4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                              ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                              Business Studies

                              Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                              Staff Appraisal

                              Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                              Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                              Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                              Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                              To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                              To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                              To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                              Importance of Performance Appraisal

                              Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                              knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                              1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                              2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                              3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                              5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                              6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                              7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                              8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                              Geography

                              DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                              The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                              Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                              Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                              East-flowing rivers

                              West-flowing rivers

                              Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                              The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                              The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                              The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                              Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                              Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                              Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                              Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                              Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                              Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                              Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                              Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                              Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                              Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                              They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                              They fall into Arabian Sea

                              These rivers form big deltas

                              These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                              Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                              Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                              Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                              Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                              LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                              hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                              of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                              COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                              linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                              offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                              linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                              SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                              hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                              Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                              The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                              Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                              o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                              o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                              o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                              Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                              Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                              Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                              of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                              o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                              o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                              o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                              Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                              Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                              ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                              o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                              ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                              o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                              ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                              o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                              ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                              o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                              ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                              Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                              ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                              Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                              to Stephano and Trinculo

                              ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                              Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                              Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                              savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                              o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                              those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                              materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                              certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                              is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                              ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                              MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                              2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                              3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                              monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                              4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                              5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                              6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                              Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                              Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                              29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                              200000 200000

                              On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                              (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                              Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                              Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                              13500

                              18000 18000

                              Capital Account

                              Dr Cr

                              Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                              Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                              Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                              81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                              Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                              Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                              Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                              195500 195500

                              Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                              The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                              • 1 Static Friction
                              • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                • Static Friction Examples
                                  • 2 Sliding Friction
                                    • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                      • 3 Rolling Friction
                                        • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                          • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                ধকের মানষ এই পশ পাহিখর -াষা হিনকেয় নানা রককেমর পরীকষা ককের আসকে এইরকম একজন হিরউকেবন কযাসটাং সাকেকেবর কা আমরা জানকেবাhelliphellip

                                Hindi 2nd

                                langमतर किनमनलिलखिखतपरशनोउRरदीजि0ए

                                ) बढ वयलि` बचच ो कया हआ था ख) डॉकटर साहबन पाटc किस उददशय स रखी थी ग) ाल साप ो हाथ म लर लाश न कया किया घ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ पतरो दखन स कयो मना र दिदया था ङ) भगत न लाश ो दखर कया हा

                                उRर ndash) उस बहत बखार थी और 4 दिदनो स आख भी नही खोला थाख) उन बट ी सालकिगरह थीग) ाल सापो हाथ म लर लाश न उसी गदन 0ोर स दबार पडी थीघ) डॉकटर चडढा न बढ वयलि` पतरो दखन स मना र दिदया कयोकि उनह गोलफ खलन 0ाना थाङ) लाश ो दखर हा कि नारायण चाहग तो आध घट म भया उठ 0ाएग

                                English literature

                                In the bazaars of Hyderabad- Sarojini Naidu

                                Through the poem In The Bazaars of Hyderabad Sarojini wanted to convey the message that India is rich in tradition and they donrsquot need the foreign products So she goes on to give a picture of a bazaar where traditional Indian products are rulingThe poem is in the form of questions and answers The poet asks the questions and the merchants answer them Through this technique she make the picture of the bazaar visible to us

                                Read the poem

                                PHYSICS FORCE Types of FrictionThere are three types of friction static sliding rolling Static sliding and rolling friction occur between solid surfaces

                                1 Static Friction The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static FrictionStatic Friction Examples

                                Skiing against the snow Creating heat by rubbing both the hands

                                together Table lamp resting on the table

                                2 Sliding Friction The resistance that is created between any two objects when they are sliding against each other is called Sliding FrictionExamples Of Sliding Friction

                                Sliding of the block across the floor Two cards sliding against each other in a

                                deck

                                3 Rolling Friction The force which resists the motion of a ball or wheel is called Rolling Friction Is the weakest types of frictionExamples Of Rolling Friction

                                Rolling of the log on the ground Wheels of the moving vehicles

                                6What effect can a force produce on a body which is not allowed to move Ans - When a force is applied on a body which is not free to move it gets deformed i e the shape or size of the body changes7Give one example each to indicate that the application of a force

                                1 produces motion2 stops motion3 slows down motion4 changes the direction of motion5 deforms a body

                                Ans- 1 A car originally at rest when pushed

                                begins to move2 A moving bicycle is stopped by

                                applying the brakes3 The speed of a moving vehicle is

                                slowed down by applying the brakes4 A player kicks a moving football to

                                change its direction of motion5 On stretching a rubber string its

                                length increases

                                8State the effect produced by a force in the following cases (a) The sling of a rubber catapult is stretched(b) A man pushes a heavy cart(c) A player uses his stick to deflect the ball (d) A cyclist applies brakes(e) A spring is compressedAns- (a) The shape and size of catapult changes ie its length increases(b) The heavy cart begins to move(c) The direction of the ball changes(d) The speed of the moving cycle is slowed down(e) There is change in size and shape of spring

                                COMPUTER MS EXCEL 2013 -INTRODUCTION

                                UNDERSTANDING EXCEL STRUCTUREA SPREADSHEET IS A FILE THAT EXISTS OF CELLS IN ROWS AND COLUMNS AND CAN HELP ARRANGE CALCULATE AND SORT DATA DATA IN A SPREADSHEET CAN BE NUMERIC VALUES AS WELL AS TEXT

                                FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                                WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                                WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                                ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                                CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                                CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                                Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                                Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                Hindi 2ndlang

                                ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                                सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                                हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                                शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                                ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                                इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                                यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                                हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                                शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                                ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                                उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                                किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                                फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                                ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                                किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                                ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                                नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                                सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                                বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                                পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                                ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                                -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                                বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                                CHEMISTRY

                                Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                                Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                                Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                                change in its chemical properties

                                Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                                10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                                11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                                12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                                (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                                13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                                14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                                15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                                16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                                17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                                18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                                GEOGRAPHY

                                ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                                evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                                2 The heat waves in summer months

                                Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                                evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                                2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                                lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                                3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                                and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                                7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                                WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                                green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                                By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                                frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                                etc

                                Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                                green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                                1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                                Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                English Language

                                Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                                Kinds of Prepositions

                                Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                                Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                                Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                                Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                                Exercise A

                                1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                                2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                                3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                                4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                                5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                                6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                                7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                                8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                                9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                                10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                                Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                                All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                                Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                                in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                                Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                                Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                                out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                                Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                                A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                                The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                                This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                                Question 2

                                Fill in the blanks

                                (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                                (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                                (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                                (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                                (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                                (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                                (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                                (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                                (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                                (j) IHP = 746 W

                                BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                                Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                                Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                                Endocrine Glands

                                Location Hormones secreted

                                Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                                1Adrenal gland

                                2 Pancreas Gland

                                On the top of each kidney

                                In between stomach and small intestine

                                i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                                ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                                i) Insulin

                                ii) Glucagon

                                It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                                a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                                b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                                a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                                b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                                Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                                Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                                a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                                b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                                History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                                Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                                town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                                EnglishLiterature

                                The west wind-John Mansfield

                                In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                                Write the synopsis of the following words

                                1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                                2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                                3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                                4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                                makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                                while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                                (Write from the book in your copy)

                                MAT

                                HEM

                                ATIC

                                S

                                Ch 1

                                1Al

                                gebr

                                ic E

                                xpre

                                ssio

                                n

                                1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                8 45y -3x

                                Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                3 yz8

                                45y -3x

                                2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                SolutionCoefficient

                                (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                Solution Coefficient

                                (i) 5 17

                                xy2z3

                                (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                (viii) 17yz

                                5xyzsup2

                                (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                Bengali (2nd language)

                                বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                2nd language

                                परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                English language

                                Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                Subject complain in brief

                                Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                Chemical formula

                                A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                Joint Stock Company

                                Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                2 Define the following

                                Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                Economics

                                Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                Geography

                                Rotationand Revolution

                                SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                Summer Solstice 21st March

                                Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                September

                                Winter Solstice 21st June

                                (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                Spring Equinox 22nd

                                December

                                A8 A B

                                Summer Solstice 21st June

                                Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                September

                                Winter Solstice 22nd

                                December

                                Spring Equinox 21st March

                                During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                From the four corners of the earth they come

                                To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                passage

                                In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                Context

                                This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                (2)

                                (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                Explanation

                                While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                They have in England

                                A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                Context

                                (3)

                                (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                Explanation

                                In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                (iv) Explain the following lines

                                ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                monuments

                                Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                Hindi 2ndlang

                                नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                Commercial Studies

                                Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                1

                                Question

                                1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                individually

                                Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                English Language

                                CompositionEssay

                                A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                and Antonio arrive

                                o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                P A s1

                                B

                                s

                                X` O s1 X

                                q q1

                                Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                s

                                price (Rs)

                                C

                                p A

                                s2

                                s

                                X` o X

                                q2 q

                                Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                Chlorophyll

                                Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                Class XI

                                Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                regimes for sustainable development

                                Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                o They then moved to another part of the island

                                o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                (1)

                                (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                Commerce

                                Chapter- Management

                                Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                of business

                                4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                Role of functions of the middle level management

                                1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                Business Studies

                                Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                Staff Appraisal

                                Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                Geography

                                DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                East-flowing rivers

                                West-flowing rivers

                                Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                They fall into Arabian Sea

                                These rivers form big deltas

                                These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                to Stephano and Trinculo

                                ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                200000 200000

                                On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                13500

                                18000 18000

                                Capital Account

                                Dr Cr

                                Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                195500 195500

                                Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                • 1 Static Friction
                                • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                  • Static Friction Examples
                                    • 2 Sliding Friction
                                      • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                        • 3 Rolling Friction
                                          • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                            • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                  FORMULAS REFERENCES AND FUNCTIONS

                                  WORKSHEETA WORKSHEET IS ALSO KNOWN AS SPREADSHEETIT IS A COLLECTION OF CELLS ON A SINGLE SHEET WHERE YOU KEEP AND CHANGE DATA

                                  WORKBOOKWORKBOOK IS PMS EXCEL FILE IN WHICH THE DATA CAN BE STORED EACH WORKBOOK CAN CONTAIN MANY WORKSHEETS

                                  ROWS AND COLUMNSIN MS EXCEL A ROW IS A GROUP OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT OF A PAGEA COLUMN IS A GROUPING OF CELLS THAT RUN FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF A PAGE

                                  CELLTHE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN A ROW AND THE COLUMN IS CALLED A CELL WHICH IS THE BASIC STORAGE UNIT FOR DATA IN A SPREADSHEET EACH CELL HAS SPECIFIC ADDRESS WHICH IS THE COMBINATION OF THE COLUMN NAME FOLLOWED BY THE ROW NUMBER

                                  CHEMISTRY Chapter ndash Common Laboratory Apparatus and equipments

                                  Objective type questionFill in the blanks (a) Experiment and observation are the two important basics of chemistry(b) A porcelain dish is used for evaporation(c) A test tube holder is used to hold the test tube while-it is heated(d) Mortar and pestle is used for grinding and crushing solid substances into a powder(e) Glass apparatus is made of Pyrex or borosil glass

                                  Class VIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                  Hindi 2ndlang

                                  ए था राम( डॉ शरी परसाद)

                                  सगकित ा परभाव मानव 0ीवन पर अवशय पडता ह

                                  हमशा मनषय ो अचछो ी सगकित म रहना चाकिहए

                                  शरषठ परो सग स मनषय चरिरतर ा शीघर ही उदय और किवास हो 0ाता

                                  ह इसलिलए वयलि` ो सदा शरषठ परो ा ही सग रना चाकिहए

                                  इसान अगर चाह वह सवय ो बदल भी सता ह

                                  यह हानी राम ए बचच ी हवह गणिणत ी परीकषा म नल रत हए पडा 0ाता ह और उस अधयाप पडत ह और पछत ह यह कया र रह

                                  हो तभी राम न उनी बइजजती ी

                                  शबदाथब ndashहावा भलावाायवाहीndash ाम किनयम व ानन

                                  ो दिदखानापरिरलिचतndash 0ाना पहचानाघटनाndashघबराहट

                                  उलटा चोर ोतवाल ो डाटndashकिववndash भल बर ा जञानतवयndash म 0ो रना चाकिहएसगकितndash बरी सगत

                                  किबलख नाndashरोना किनशचय रनाndash तय रना

                                  फलndashपरिरणामकिनषालिसतndash बाहर किया हआपशचातापndashदख सपननndashधनी

                                  ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                                  किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                                  ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                                  नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                                  सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                                  বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                                  পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                                  ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                                  -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                                  বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                                  CHEMISTRY

                                  Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                                  Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                                  Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                                  change in its chemical properties

                                  Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                                  10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                                  11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                                  12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                                  (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                                  13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                                  14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                                  15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                                  16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                                  17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                                  18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                                  GEOGRAPHY

                                  ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                                  evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                                  2 The heat waves in summer months

                                  Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                                  evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                                  2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                                  lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                                  3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                  become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                                  and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                                  7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                                  WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                                  green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                  By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                  The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                  We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                  Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                  We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                  Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                                  By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                  of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                                  frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                  become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                                  etc

                                  Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                                  green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                  bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                  c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                  dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                  eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                  f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                  Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                                  1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                                  Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                  English Language

                                  Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                                  Kinds of Prepositions

                                  Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                                  Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                                  Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                                  Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                                  Exercise A

                                  1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                                  2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                                  3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                                  4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                                  5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                                  6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                                  7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                                  8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                                  9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                                  10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                                  Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                                  All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                                  Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                                  in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                                  Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                                  Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                                  out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                                  Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                  PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                                  A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                                  The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                                  This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                                  Question 2

                                  Fill in the blanks

                                  (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                                  (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                                  (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                                  (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                                  (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                                  (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                                  (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                                  (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                                  (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                                  (j) IHP = 746 W

                                  BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                                  Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                                  Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                                  Endocrine Glands

                                  Location Hormones secreted

                                  Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                                  1Adrenal gland

                                  2 Pancreas Gland

                                  On the top of each kidney

                                  In between stomach and small intestine

                                  i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                                  ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                                  i) Insulin

                                  ii) Glucagon

                                  It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                                  a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                                  b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                                  a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                                  b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                                  Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                                  Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                                  a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                                  b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                                  History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                                  Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                                  town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                                  EnglishLiterature

                                  The west wind-John Mansfield

                                  In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                                  Write the synopsis of the following words

                                  1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                                  2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                                  3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                                  4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                                  makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                                  while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                                  (Write from the book in your copy)

                                  MAT

                                  HEM

                                  ATIC

                                  S

                                  Ch 1

                                  1Al

                                  gebr

                                  ic E

                                  xpre

                                  ssio

                                  n

                                  1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                  2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                  3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                  4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                  5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                  6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                  Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                  1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                  -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                  8 45y -3x

                                  Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                  3 yz8

                                  45y -3x

                                  2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                  Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                  4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                  Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                  5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                  SolutionCoefficient

                                  (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                  7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                  8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                  eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                  terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                  6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                  (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                  Solution Coefficient

                                  (i) 5 17

                                  xy2z3

                                  (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                  (viii) 17yz

                                  5xyzsup2

                                  (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                  7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                  Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                  xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                  -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                  Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                  Bengali (2nd language)

                                  বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                  অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                  অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                  অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                  অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                  অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                  অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                  আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                  আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                  Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                  2nd language

                                  परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                  English language

                                  Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                  Subject complain in brief

                                  Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                  The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                  1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                  Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                  Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                  L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                  Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                  2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                  1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                  3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                  4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                  5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                  Chemical formula

                                  A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                  Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                  A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                  Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                  A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                  Joint Stock Company

                                  Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                  Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                  Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                  QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                  Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                  Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                  Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                  Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                  2 Define the following

                                  Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                  in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                  Economics

                                  Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                  Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                  QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                  Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                  The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                  Geography

                                  Rotationand Revolution

                                  SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                  Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                  As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                  SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                  December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                  the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                  Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                  Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                  Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                  Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                  Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                  Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                  Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                  Summer Solstice 21st March

                                  Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                  September

                                  Winter Solstice 21st June

                                  (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                  Spring Equinox 22nd

                                  December

                                  A8 A B

                                  Summer Solstice 21st June

                                  Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                  September

                                  Winter Solstice 22nd

                                  December

                                  Spring Equinox 21st March

                                  During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                  Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                  (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                  From the four corners of the earth they come

                                  To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                  The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                  inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                  The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                  On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                  For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                  (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                  These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                  (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                  From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                  (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                  The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                  (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                  In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                  (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                  passage

                                  In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                  paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                  On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                  After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                  IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                  To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                  Context

                                  This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                  (2)

                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                  MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                  Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                  (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                  The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                  (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                  The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                  Explanation

                                  While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                  (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                  While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                  He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                  (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                  The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                  (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                  In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                  They have in England

                                  A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                  Context

                                  (3)

                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                  There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                  All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                  This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                  Explanation

                                  In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                  Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                  (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                  After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                  (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                  After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                  (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                  After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                  (iv) Explain the following lines

                                  ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                  Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                  monuments

                                  Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                  Hindi 2ndlang

                                  नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                  स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                  ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                  ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                  पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                  थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                  थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                  डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                  0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                  अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                  आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                  Commercial Studies

                                  Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                  There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                  1

                                  Question

                                  1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                  Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                  individually

                                  Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                  funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                  2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                  3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                  2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                  Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                  Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                  weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                  3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                  4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                  5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                  6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                  English Language

                                  CompositionEssay

                                  A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                  Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                  Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                  Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                  Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                  Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                  1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                  Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                  and Antonio arrive

                                  o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                  o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                  Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                  You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                  [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                  Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                  1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                  2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                  3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                  5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                  6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                  7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                  8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                  9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                  10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                  11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                  Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                  1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                  2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                  ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                  But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                  Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                  P A s1

                                  B

                                  s

                                  X` O s1 X

                                  q q1

                                  Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                  Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                  s

                                  price (Rs)

                                  C

                                  p A

                                  s2

                                  s

                                  X` o X

                                  q2 q

                                  Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                  Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                  (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                  Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                  Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                  Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                  Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                  substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                  6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                  Chlorophyll

                                  Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                  process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                  Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                  Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                  absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                  into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                  Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                  End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                  B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                  Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                  Class XI

                                  Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                  regimes for sustainable development

                                  Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                  Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                  considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                  The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                  Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                  [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                  Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                  o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                  o They then moved to another part of the island

                                  o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                  SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                  (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                  (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                  (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                  (1)

                                  (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                  Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                  ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                  To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                  ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                  And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                  (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                  Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                  Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                  (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                  (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                  Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                  When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                  (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                  Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                  Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                  Commerce

                                  Chapter- Management

                                  Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                  Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                  Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                  Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                  with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                  policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                  of business

                                  4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                  Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                  Role of functions of the middle level management

                                  1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                  2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                  3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                  4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                  Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                  Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                  day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                  tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                  4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                  ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                  Business Studies

                                  Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                  Staff Appraisal

                                  Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                  Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                  Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                  Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                  To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                  To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                  To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                  Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                  Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                  knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                  1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                  2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                  3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                  5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                  6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                  7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                  8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                  Geography

                                  DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                  The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                  Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                  Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                  East-flowing rivers

                                  West-flowing rivers

                                  Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                  The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                  The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                  The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                  Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                  Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                  Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                  Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                  Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                  Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                  Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                  Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                  Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                  Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                  They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                  They fall into Arabian Sea

                                  These rivers form big deltas

                                  These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                  Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                  Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                  Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                  Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                  LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                  hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                  of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                  COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                  linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                  offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                  linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                  SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                  hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                  Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                  The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                  Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                  o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                  o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                  o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                  Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                  Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                  Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                  of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                  o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                  o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                  o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                  Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                  Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                  ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                  o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                  ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                  o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                  ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                  o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                  ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                  o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                  ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                  Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                  ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                  Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                  to Stephano and Trinculo

                                  ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                  Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                  Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                  savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                  o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                  those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                  materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                  certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                  is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                  ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                  MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                  2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                  3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                  monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                  4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                  5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                  6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                  Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                  Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                  29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                  200000 200000

                                  On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                  (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                  Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                  Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                  13500

                                  18000 18000

                                  Capital Account

                                  Dr Cr

                                  Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                  Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                  Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                  81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                  Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                  Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                  Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                  195500 195500

                                  Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                  The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                  • 1 Static Friction
                                  • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                    • Static Friction Examples
                                      • 2 Sliding Friction
                                        • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                          • 3 Rolling Friction
                                            • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                              • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                    ldquo हा आपी किहममत स हई नल रत पडन ीrdquo ऐसी बात ही किफर

                                    किपता0ी न भी उस डाटा वह ाफी पशचाताप रन लगा बोला गलत दोसतो

                                    ी सगकित म आ0 कितना अनथ र दिदया किफर उसन अधयाप स माफी मागन ी सची और किफर भी ऐसा

                                    नही रगा यह परण भी लिलया

                                    सोचndashकिहच एात-अला

                                    বইndashবাংলা সাহিতয পহিরচয়

                                    পাঠndash১৬লপndashস-য ও অস-যযলখকndashঈশবরচনদর হিবযাসারঅনশীলনীর পরকে4াততর

                                    ৬ অGকেলকেখা -ময়া = পশ হিশকার সহিtহিত = হিনকIবতu সbভরষট = লI হিনরীকষণ =

                                    -াকেলা-াকেব যখাকতাঞজহিলপকেI = যজাাকেত৭ হিবপরীতশবদ -ঈষৎ times পরচর উৎকষট times হিনকষট তাশ times উৎফd তবহিদধ times

                                    বহিদধীNপাহিপষঠ times পণযবান৮ পপহিরবতG ন ককেরা -পশ = পাশহিবক যকাপ = যকাহিপতহিসথর = হিসথরতাএকানত = ঐকাহিনতক পর-াত times পর-াতী

                                    CHEMISTRY

                                    Chapter ndashPhysical and Chemical Changes

                                    Chemical ChangeA chemical change involves a change in chemical composition

                                    Characteristics of Chemical changes 1 They are permanent changes2 They are irreversible changes 3 New substance formed4 A Chemical change involves a

                                    change in its chemical properties

                                    Pg-25Question 8What do you observe when1 water is boiled2 a piece of paper is burnt3 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumbler4 solid ammonium chloride is heated5 an iron nail is kept in tap water for few days6 a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan7 lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gas8 quick lime is dissolved in water9 little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours

                                    10 Water is boiledOn boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                                    11 A piece of paper is burnton burning piece of paper produces carbon dioxide and ash is left behind Is a chemical change

                                    12 some ice cubes are kept in a glass tumblerIce cubes (solid) turn into water

                                    (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                                    13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                                    14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                                    15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                                    16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                                    17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                                    18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                                    GEOGRAPHY

                                    ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                                    evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                                    2 The heat waves in summer months

                                    Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                                    evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                                    2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                                    lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                                    3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                    become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                                    and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                                    7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                                    WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                                    green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                    By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                    The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                    We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                    Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                    We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                    Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                                    By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                    of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                                    frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                    become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                                    etc

                                    Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                                    green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                    bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                    c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                    dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                    eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                    f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                    Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                                    1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                                    Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                    English Language

                                    Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                                    Kinds of Prepositions

                                    Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                                    Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                                    Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                                    Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                                    Exercise A

                                    1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                                    2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                                    3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                                    4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                                    5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                                    6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                                    7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                                    8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                                    9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                                    10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                                    Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                                    All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                                    Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                                    in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                                    Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                                    Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                                    out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                                    Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                    PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                                    A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                                    The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                                    This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                                    Question 2

                                    Fill in the blanks

                                    (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                                    (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                                    (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                                    (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                                    (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                                    (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                                    (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                                    (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                                    (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                                    (j) IHP = 746 W

                                    BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                                    Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                                    Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                                    Endocrine Glands

                                    Location Hormones secreted

                                    Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                                    1Adrenal gland

                                    2 Pancreas Gland

                                    On the top of each kidney

                                    In between stomach and small intestine

                                    i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                                    ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                                    i) Insulin

                                    ii) Glucagon

                                    It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                                    a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                                    b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                                    a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                                    b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                                    Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                                    Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                                    a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                                    b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                                    History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                                    Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                                    town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                                    EnglishLiterature

                                    The west wind-John Mansfield

                                    In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                                    Write the synopsis of the following words

                                    1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                                    2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                                    3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                                    4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                                    makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                                    while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                                    (Write from the book in your copy)

                                    MAT

                                    HEM

                                    ATIC

                                    S

                                    Ch 1

                                    1Al

                                    gebr

                                    ic E

                                    xpre

                                    ssio

                                    n

                                    1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                    2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                    3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                    4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                    5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                    6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                    Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                    1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                    -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                    8 45y -3x

                                    Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                    3 yz8

                                    45y -3x

                                    2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                    Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                    4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                    Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                    5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                    SolutionCoefficient

                                    (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                    7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                    8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                    eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                    terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                    6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                    (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                    Solution Coefficient

                                    (i) 5 17

                                    xy2z3

                                    (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                    (viii) 17yz

                                    5xyzsup2

                                    (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                    7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                    Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                    xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                    -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                    Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                    Bengali (2nd language)

                                    বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                    অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                    অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                    অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                    অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                    অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                    অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                    আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                    আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                    Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                    2nd language

                                    परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                    English language

                                    Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                    Subject complain in brief

                                    Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                    The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                    1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                    Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                    Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                    L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                    Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                    2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                    1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                    3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                    4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                    5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                    Chemical formula

                                    A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                    Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                    A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                    Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                    A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                    Joint Stock Company

                                    Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                    Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                    Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                    QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                    Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                    Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                    Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                    Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                    2 Define the following

                                    Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                    in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                    Economics

                                    Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                    Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                    QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                    Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                    The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                    Geography

                                    Rotationand Revolution

                                    SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                    Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                    As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                    SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                    December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                    the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                    Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                    Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                    Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                    Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                    Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                    Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                    Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                    Summer Solstice 21st March

                                    Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                    September

                                    Winter Solstice 21st June

                                    (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                    Spring Equinox 22nd

                                    December

                                    A8 A B

                                    Summer Solstice 21st June

                                    Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                    September

                                    Winter Solstice 22nd

                                    December

                                    Spring Equinox 21st March

                                    During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                    Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                    (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                    From the four corners of the earth they come

                                    To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                    The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                    inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                    The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                    On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                    For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                    (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                    These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                    (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                    From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                    (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                    The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                    (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                    In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                    (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                    passage

                                    In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                    paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                    On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                    After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                    IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                    To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                    Context

                                    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                    (2)

                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                    MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                    Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                    (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                    The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                    (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                    The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                    Explanation

                                    While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                    (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                    While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                    He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                    (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                    The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                    (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                    In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                    They have in England

                                    A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                    Context

                                    (3)

                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                    There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                    All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                    Explanation

                                    In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                    Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                    (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                    After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                    (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                    After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                    (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                    After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                    (iv) Explain the following lines

                                    ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                    Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                    monuments

                                    Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                    Hindi 2ndlang

                                    नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                    स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                    ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                    ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                    पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                    थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                    थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                    डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                    0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                    अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                    आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                    Commercial Studies

                                    Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                    There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                    1

                                    Question

                                    1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                    Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                    individually

                                    Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                    funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                    2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                    3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                    2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                    Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                    Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                    weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                    3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                    4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                    5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                    6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                    English Language

                                    CompositionEssay

                                    A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                    Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                    Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                    Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                    Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                    Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                    1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                    Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                    and Antonio arrive

                                    o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                    o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                    Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                    You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                    [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                    Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                    1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                    2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                    3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                    5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                    6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                    7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                    8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                    9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                    10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                    11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                    Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                    1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                    2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                    ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                    But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                    Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                    P A s1

                                    B

                                    s

                                    X` O s1 X

                                    q q1

                                    Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                    Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                    s

                                    price (Rs)

                                    C

                                    p A

                                    s2

                                    s

                                    X` o X

                                    q2 q

                                    Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                    Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                    (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                    Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                    Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                    Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                    Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                    substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                    6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                    Chlorophyll

                                    Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                    process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                    Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                    Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                    absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                    into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                    Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                    End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                    B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                    Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                    Class XI

                                    Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                    regimes for sustainable development

                                    Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                    Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                    considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                    The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                    Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                    [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                    Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                    o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                    o They then moved to another part of the island

                                    o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                    SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                    (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                    (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                    (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                    (1)

                                    (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                    Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                    ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                    To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                    ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                    And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                    (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                    Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                    Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                    (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                    (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                    Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                    When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                    (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                    Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                    Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                    Commerce

                                    Chapter- Management

                                    Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                    Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                    Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                    Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                    with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                    policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                    of business

                                    4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                    Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                    Role of functions of the middle level management

                                    1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                    2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                    3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                    4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                    Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                    Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                    day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                    tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                    4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                    ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                    Business Studies

                                    Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                    Staff Appraisal

                                    Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                    Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                    Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                    Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                    To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                    To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                    To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                    Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                    Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                    knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                    1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                    2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                    3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                    5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                    6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                    7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                    8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                    Geography

                                    DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                    The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                    Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                    Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                    East-flowing rivers

                                    West-flowing rivers

                                    Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                    The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                    The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                    The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                    Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                    Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                    Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                    Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                    Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                    Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                    Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                    Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                    Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                    Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                    They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                    They fall into Arabian Sea

                                    These rivers form big deltas

                                    These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                    Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                    Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                    Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                    Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                    LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                    hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                    of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                    COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                    linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                    offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                    linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                    SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                    hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                    Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                    The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                    Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                    o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                    o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                    o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                    Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                    Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                    Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                    of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                    o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                    o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                    o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                    Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                    Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                    ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                    o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                    ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                    o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                    ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                    o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                    ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                    o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                    ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                    Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                    ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                    Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                    to Stephano and Trinculo

                                    ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                    Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                    Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                    savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                    o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                    those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                    materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                    certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                    is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                    ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                    MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                    2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                    3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                    monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                    4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                    5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                    6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                    Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                    Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                    29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                    200000 200000

                                    On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                    (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                    Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                    Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                    13500

                                    18000 18000

                                    Capital Account

                                    Dr Cr

                                    Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                    Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                    Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                    81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                    Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                    Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                    Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                    195500 195500

                                    Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                    The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                    • 1 Static Friction
                                    • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                      • Static Friction Examples
                                        • 2 Sliding Friction
                                          • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                            • 3 Rolling Friction
                                              • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                      (liquid) only state changes (physical change)

                                      13 Solid ammonium chloride is heatedSolid ammonium chloride on heating changes into vapors (change of state) is physical change

                                      14 An iron nail is kept in tap water for few dayswe observe reddish brown coating on the nail called rust (entirely new substance) is chemical change

                                      15 A spoon of sugar is heated in a panWhen a spoon of sugar is heated in a pan black (charred sugar) (carbon) is seen Is a chemical change

                                      16 Lighted match stick is brought near the mouth of the test tube containing hydrogen gasWe observe that hydrogen bums at the mouth of test tube with blue flame and pop sound is heard It is chemical change

                                      17 Quick lime is dissolved in waterThe following two observations will be observed (i) A hissing sound is observed(ii) The mixture starts boiling and lime water is obtained

                                      18 Little amount of curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hoursWhen a little amount curd is added to a bowl containing warm milk and kept for five hours a permanent change occurredThe milk will change to curd On boiling water changes into steam (gas) physical change

                                      GEOGRAPHY

                                      ATMOSPHERE IMPACT OF GLOBAL WARMING The destructive impart of global warming is observed in various spheres of life and the environment Some of the points are outlined below1 High temperatures lead to high

                                      evaporation rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                                      2 The heat waves in summer months

                                      Q1 Write some impact of global warmingA1 The impacts of global warming are as follows1 High temperatures lead to high

                                      evaporate ion rate and drying up of the soil and surface water This affects crop production The occurrence of droughts is aggravating the problem even further

                                      2 The heat waves in summer months lead to a greater number

                                      lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                                      3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                      become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                                      and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                                      7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                                      WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                                      green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                      By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                      The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                      We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                      Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                      We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                      Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                                      By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                      of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                                      frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                      become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                                      etc

                                      Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                                      green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                      bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                      c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                      dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                      eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                      f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                      Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                                      1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                                      Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                      English Language

                                      Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                                      Kinds of Prepositions

                                      Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                                      Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                                      Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                                      Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                                      Exercise A

                                      1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                                      2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                                      3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                                      4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                                      5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                                      6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                                      7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                                      8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                                      9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                                      10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                                      Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                                      All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                                      Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                                      in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                                      Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                                      Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                                      out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                                      Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                      PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                                      A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                                      The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                                      This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                                      Question 2

                                      Fill in the blanks

                                      (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                                      (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                                      (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                                      (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                                      (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                                      (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                                      (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                                      (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                                      (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                                      (j) IHP = 746 W

                                      BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                                      Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                                      Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                                      Endocrine Glands

                                      Location Hormones secreted

                                      Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                                      1Adrenal gland

                                      2 Pancreas Gland

                                      On the top of each kidney

                                      In between stomach and small intestine

                                      i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                                      ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                                      i) Insulin

                                      ii) Glucagon

                                      It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                                      a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                                      b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                                      a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                                      b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                                      Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                                      Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                                      a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                                      b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                                      History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                                      Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                                      town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                                      EnglishLiterature

                                      The west wind-John Mansfield

                                      In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                                      Write the synopsis of the following words

                                      1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                                      2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                                      3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                                      4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                                      makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                                      while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                                      (Write from the book in your copy)

                                      MAT

                                      HEM

                                      ATIC

                                      S

                                      Ch 1

                                      1Al

                                      gebr

                                      ic E

                                      xpre

                                      ssio

                                      n

                                      1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                      2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                      3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                      4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                      5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                      6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                      Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                      1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                      -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                      8 45y -3x

                                      Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                      3 yz8

                                      45y -3x

                                      2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                      Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                      4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                      Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                      5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                      SolutionCoefficient

                                      (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                      7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                      8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                      eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                      terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                      6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                      (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                      Solution Coefficient

                                      (i) 5 17

                                      xy2z3

                                      (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                      (viii) 17yz

                                      5xyzsup2

                                      (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                      7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                      Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                      xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                      -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                      Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                      Bengali (2nd language)

                                      বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                      অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                      অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                      অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                      অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                      অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                      অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                      আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                      আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                      Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                      2nd language

                                      परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                      English language

                                      Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                      Subject complain in brief

                                      Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                      The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                      1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                      Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                      Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                      L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                      Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                      2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                      1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                      3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                      4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                      5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                      Chemical formula

                                      A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                      Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                      A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                      Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                      A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                      Joint Stock Company

                                      Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                      Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                      Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                      QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                      Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                      Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                      Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                      Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                      2 Define the following

                                      Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                      in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                      Economics

                                      Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                      Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                      QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                      Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                      The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                      Geography

                                      Rotationand Revolution

                                      SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                      Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                      As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                      SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                      December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                      the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                      Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                      Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                      Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                      Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                      Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                      Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                      Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                      Summer Solstice 21st March

                                      Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                      September

                                      Winter Solstice 21st June

                                      (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                      Spring Equinox 22nd

                                      December

                                      A8 A B

                                      Summer Solstice 21st June

                                      Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                      September

                                      Winter Solstice 22nd

                                      December

                                      Spring Equinox 21st March

                                      During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                      Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                      (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                      From the four corners of the earth they come

                                      To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                      The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                      inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                      The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                      On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                      For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                      (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                      These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                      (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                      From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                      (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                      The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                      (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                      In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                      (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                      passage

                                      In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                      paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                      On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                      After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                      IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                      To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                      Context

                                      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                      (2)

                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                      MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                      Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                      (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                      The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                      (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                      The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                      Explanation

                                      While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                      (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                      While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                      He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                      (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                      The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                      (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                      In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                      They have in England

                                      A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                      Context

                                      (3)

                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                      There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                      All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                      Explanation

                                      In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                      Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                      (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                      After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                      (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                      After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                      (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                      After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                      (iv) Explain the following lines

                                      ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                      Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                      monuments

                                      Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                      Hindi 2ndlang

                                      नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                      स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                      ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                      ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                      पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                      थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                      थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                      डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                      0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                      अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                      आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                      Commercial Studies

                                      Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                      There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                      1

                                      Question

                                      1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                      Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                      individually

                                      Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                      funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                      2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                      3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                      2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                      Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                      Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                      weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                      3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                      4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                      5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                      6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                      English Language

                                      CompositionEssay

                                      A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                      Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                      Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                      Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                      Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                      Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                      1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                      Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                      and Antonio arrive

                                      o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                      o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                      Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                      You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                      [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                      Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                      1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                      2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                      3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                      5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                      6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                      7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                      8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                      9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                      10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                      11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                      Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                      1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                      2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                      ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                      But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                      Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                      P A s1

                                      B

                                      s

                                      X` O s1 X

                                      q q1

                                      Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                      Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                      s

                                      price (Rs)

                                      C

                                      p A

                                      s2

                                      s

                                      X` o X

                                      q2 q

                                      Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                      Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                      (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                      Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                      Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                      Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                      Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                      substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                      6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                      Chlorophyll

                                      Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                      process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                      Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                      Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                      absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                      into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                      Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                      End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                      B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                      Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                      Class XI

                                      Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                      regimes for sustainable development

                                      Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                      Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                      considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                      The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                      Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                      [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                      Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                      o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                      o They then moved to another part of the island

                                      o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                      SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                      (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                      (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                      (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                      (1)

                                      (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                      Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                      ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                      To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                      ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                      And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                      (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                      Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                      Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                      (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                      (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                      Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                      When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                      (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                      Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                      Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                      Commerce

                                      Chapter- Management

                                      Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                      Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                      Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                      Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                      with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                      policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                      of business

                                      4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                      Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                      Role of functions of the middle level management

                                      1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                      2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                      3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                      4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                      Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                      Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                      day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                      tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                      4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                      ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                      Business Studies

                                      Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                      Staff Appraisal

                                      Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                      Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                      Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                      Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                      To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                      To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                      To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                      Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                      Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                      knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                      1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                      2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                      3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                      5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                      6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                      7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                      8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                      Geography

                                      DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                      The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                      Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                      Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                      East-flowing rivers

                                      West-flowing rivers

                                      Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                      The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                      The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                      The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                      Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                      Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                      Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                      Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                      Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                      Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                      Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                      Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                      Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                      Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                      They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                      They fall into Arabian Sea

                                      These rivers form big deltas

                                      These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                      Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                      Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                      Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                      Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                      LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                      hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                      of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                      COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                      linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                      offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                      linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                      SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                      hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                      Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                      The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                      Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                      o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                      o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                      o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                      Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                      Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                      Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                      of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                      o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                      o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                      o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                      Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                      Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                      ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                      o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                      ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                      o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                      ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                      o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                      ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                      o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                      ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                      Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                      ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                      Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                      to Stephano and Trinculo

                                      ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                      Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                      Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                      savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                      o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                      those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                      materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                      certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                      is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                      ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                      MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                      2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                      3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                      monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                      4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                      5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                      6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                      Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                      Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                      29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                      200000 200000

                                      On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                      (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                      Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                      Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                      13500

                                      18000 18000

                                      Capital Account

                                      Dr Cr

                                      Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                      Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                      Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                      81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                      Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                      Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                      Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                      195500 195500

                                      Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                      The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                      • 1 Static Friction
                                      • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                        • Static Friction Examples
                                          • 2 Sliding Friction
                                            • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                              • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                  • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                        lead to a greater number of deaths due to heat strokes

                                        3 Forest fires become more frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                        become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place6 Polar ice caps are becoming thinner

                                        and melting at an alarming rate due to global warming The loss of sea ice

                                        7 Due to increase in sea surface temperature sea levels rise in coastal areas and cause submergence of several islands

                                        WAYS TO REDUCE GLOBAL WARMINGFollowing steps can be taken We need to decrease emission of

                                        green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                        By planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                        The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                        We should switch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                        Incandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                        We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                        Efforts should be made to hasten the development of green cities oreco cities These cities are urban areas around the world striving to lessen the environment a impacts of urbanization

                                        By following the 3Rs-Reduce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                        of deaths due to heat strokes3 Forest fires become more

                                        frequent4 Tropical cyclones and hurricanes

                                        become common5 Melting of glaciers takes place

                                        etc

                                        Q2 How to reduce global warmingA2 Following steps can be taken to reduce global warmingaWe need to decrease emission of

                                        green house gases by reducing the burning of fossil fuel such as coal and petroleum

                                        bBy planting more trees to increase forest cover

                                        c The government should also distributes free saplings and organize afforestation programmes to spread awareness regarding the beneficial effects of trees

                                        dWe should witch to eco-friendly cars and gadgets

                                        eIncandescent light bulbs should be replaced by CFL bulbs

                                        f We can save electricity and reduce global warming by turning off electrical gadgets such as lights fans air-conditioners television and computer when we do not to use them

                                        Q3 What do you mean by 3Rrsquos of resource planningA3 The 3Rs are

                                        1 Reduce 2 Recycle and3 Reuse

                                        Q4 What is Sustainable developmentA4 By following the 3Rs-Reluce Recycle and Reuse strategy we can use natural resources for our growth as well as save them for the need of the future generations This is called sustainable development

                                        English Language

                                        Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                                        Kinds of Prepositions

                                        Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                                        Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                                        Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                                        Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                                        Exercise A

                                        1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                                        2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                                        3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                                        4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                                        5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                                        6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                                        7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                                        8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                                        9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                                        10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                                        Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                                        All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                                        Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                                        in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                                        Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                                        Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                                        out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                                        Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                        PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                                        A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                                        The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                                        This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                                        Question 2

                                        Fill in the blanks

                                        (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                                        (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                                        (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                                        (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                                        (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                                        (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                                        (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                                        (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                                        (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                                        (j) IHP = 746 W

                                        BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                                        Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                                        Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                                        Endocrine Glands

                                        Location Hormones secreted

                                        Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                                        1Adrenal gland

                                        2 Pancreas Gland

                                        On the top of each kidney

                                        In between stomach and small intestine

                                        i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                                        ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                                        i) Insulin

                                        ii) Glucagon

                                        It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                                        a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                                        b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                                        a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                                        b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                                        Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                                        Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                                        a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                                        b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                                        History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                                        Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                                        town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                                        EnglishLiterature

                                        The west wind-John Mansfield

                                        In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                                        Write the synopsis of the following words

                                        1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                                        2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                                        3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                                        4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                                        makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                                        while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                                        (Write from the book in your copy)

                                        MAT

                                        HEM

                                        ATIC

                                        S

                                        Ch 1

                                        1Al

                                        gebr

                                        ic E

                                        xpre

                                        ssio

                                        n

                                        1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                        2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                        3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                        4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                        5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                        6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                        Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                        1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                        -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                        8 45y -3x

                                        Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                        3 yz8

                                        45y -3x

                                        2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                        Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                        4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                        Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                        5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                        SolutionCoefficient

                                        (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                        7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                        8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                        eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                        terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                        6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                        (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                        Solution Coefficient

                                        (i) 5 17

                                        xy2z3

                                        (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                        (viii) 17yz

                                        5xyzsup2

                                        (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                        7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                        Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                        xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                        -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                        Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                        Bengali (2nd language)

                                        বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                        অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                        অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                        অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                        অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                        অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                        অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                        আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                        আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                        Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                        2nd language

                                        परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                        English language

                                        Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                        Subject complain in brief

                                        Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                        The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                        1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                        Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                        Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                        L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                        Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                        2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                        1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                        3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                        4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                        5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                        Chemical formula

                                        A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                        Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                        A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                        Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                        A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                        Joint Stock Company

                                        Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                        Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                        Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                        QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                        Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                        Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                        Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                        Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                        2 Define the following

                                        Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                        in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                        Economics

                                        Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                        Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                        QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                        Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                        The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                        Geography

                                        Rotationand Revolution

                                        SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                        Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                        As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                        SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                        December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                        the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                        Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                        Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                        Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                        Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                        Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                        Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                        Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                        Summer Solstice 21st March

                                        Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                        September

                                        Winter Solstice 21st June

                                        (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                        Spring Equinox 22nd

                                        December

                                        A8 A B

                                        Summer Solstice 21st June

                                        Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                        September

                                        Winter Solstice 22nd

                                        December

                                        Spring Equinox 21st March

                                        During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                        Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                        (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                        From the four corners of the earth they come

                                        To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                        The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                        inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                        The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                        On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                        For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                        (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                        These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                        (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                        From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                        (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                        The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                        (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                        In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                        (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                        passage

                                        In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                        paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                        On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                        After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                        IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                        To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                        Context

                                        This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                        (2)

                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                        MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                        Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                        (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                        The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                        (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                        The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                        Explanation

                                        While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                        (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                        While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                        He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                        (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                        The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                        (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                        In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                        They have in England

                                        A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                        Context

                                        (3)

                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                        There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                        All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                        This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                        Explanation

                                        In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                        Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                        (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                        After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                        (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                        After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                        (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                        After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                        (iv) Explain the following lines

                                        ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                        Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                        monuments

                                        Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                        Hindi 2ndlang

                                        नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                        स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                        ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                        ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                        पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                        थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                        थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                        डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                        0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                        अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                        आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                        Commercial Studies

                                        Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                        There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                        1

                                        Question

                                        1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                        Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                        individually

                                        Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                        funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                        2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                        3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                        2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                        Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                        Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                        weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                        3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                        4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                        5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                        6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                        English Language

                                        CompositionEssay

                                        A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                        Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                        Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                        Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                        Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                        Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                        1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                        Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                        and Antonio arrive

                                        o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                        o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                        Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                        You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                        [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                        Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                        1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                        2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                        3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                        5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                        6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                        7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                        8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                        9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                        10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                        11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                        Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                        1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                        2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                        ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                        But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                        Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                        P A s1

                                        B

                                        s

                                        X` O s1 X

                                        q q1

                                        Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                        Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                        s

                                        price (Rs)

                                        C

                                        p A

                                        s2

                                        s

                                        X` o X

                                        q2 q

                                        Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                        Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                        (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                        Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                        Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                        Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                        Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                        substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                        6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                        Chlorophyll

                                        Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                        process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                        Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                        Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                        absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                        into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                        Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                        End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                        B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                        Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                        Class XI

                                        Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                        regimes for sustainable development

                                        Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                        Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                        considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                        The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                        Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                        [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                        Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                        o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                        o They then moved to another part of the island

                                        o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                        SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                        (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                        (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                        (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                        (1)

                                        (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                        Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                        ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                        To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                        ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                        And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                        (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                        Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                        Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                        (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                        (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                        Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                        When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                        (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                        Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                        Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                        Commerce

                                        Chapter- Management

                                        Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                        Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                        Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                        Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                        with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                        policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                        of business

                                        4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                        Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                        Role of functions of the middle level management

                                        1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                        2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                        3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                        4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                        Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                        Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                        day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                        tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                        4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                        ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                        Business Studies

                                        Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                        Staff Appraisal

                                        Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                        Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                        Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                        Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                        To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                        To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                        To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                        Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                        Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                        knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                        1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                        2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                        3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                        5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                        6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                        7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                        8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                        Geography

                                        DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                        The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                        Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                        Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                        East-flowing rivers

                                        West-flowing rivers

                                        Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                        The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                        The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                        The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                        Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                        Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                        Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                        Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                        Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                        Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                        Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                        Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                        Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                        Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                        They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                        They fall into Arabian Sea

                                        These rivers form big deltas

                                        These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                        Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                        Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                        Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                        Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                        LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                        hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                        of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                        COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                        linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                        offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                        linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                        SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                        hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                        Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                        The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                        Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                        o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                        o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                        o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                        Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                        Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                        Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                        of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                        o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                        o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                        o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                        Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                        Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                        ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                        o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                        ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                        o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                        ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                        o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                        ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                        o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                        ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                        Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                        ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                        Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                        to Stephano and Trinculo

                                        ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                        Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                        Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                        savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                        o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                        those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                        materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                        certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                        is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                        ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                        MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                        2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                        3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                        monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                        4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                        5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                        6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                        Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                        Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                        29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                        200000 200000

                                        On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                        (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                        Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                        Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                        13500

                                        18000 18000

                                        Capital Account

                                        Dr Cr

                                        Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                        Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                        Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                        81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                        Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                        Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                        Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                        195500 195500

                                        Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                        The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                        • 1 Static Friction
                                        • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                          • Static Friction Examples
                                            • 2 Sliding Friction
                                              • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                  • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                    • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                          English Language

                                          Prepositions A preposition is a word placed before a noun or a pronoun It helps to show how the person or thing denoted by the noun is related to something else in the sentence

                                          Kinds of Prepositions

                                          Simple Prepositions- simple preposition are one word Prepositions such as at by for in of off for from on out through till to up with before amidst towards beyond between over etc

                                          Compound Prepositions ndash There are some words that are always used with fixed Prepositions to convey specific meaning

                                          Example I was unable to meet you dueto a previous engagement ( On account of)Always maintain the queue instead of crowding at the counter ( In place of)

                                          Participial PrepositionsmdashParticiple Prepositions are present or past participles of various verbs which together with a noun phrase or a clause function as prepositions Examples- barring concerning considering notwithstanding pending regarding respecting etc

                                          Exercise A

                                          1 Gauravs fever has come down since Friday He has been absent for a week now

                                          2 The child sat between his father and mother among the parents of all his classmates

                                          3 There are mosquitoes in the room They flew into the room when the door was open

                                          4 My father was inside the drawing room when I was playing outside my house

                                          5 You may sit beside me I will give you a drawing book and pencils besides a storybook

                                          6 We went to the market in the morning and walked towards the riverfront in the evening

                                          7 The child walked along the pavement and across the street safely

                                          8 This table top is made of glass My breakfast fell off it in the morning

                                          9 The pan is on the gas stove There are vegetables in it

                                          10 We will wait for you at the bus top There are a lot of people in the hall

                                          Subject ndash Biology Topic ndash Chapter - 3 Photosynthesis and respiration in plants Summary Execution

                                          All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                                          Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                                          in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                                          Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                                          Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                                          out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                                          Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                          PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                                          A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                                          The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                                          This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                                          Question 2

                                          Fill in the blanks

                                          (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                                          (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                                          (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                                          (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                                          (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                                          (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                                          (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                                          (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                                          (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                                          (j) IHP = 746 W

                                          BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                                          Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                                          Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                                          Endocrine Glands

                                          Location Hormones secreted

                                          Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                                          1Adrenal gland

                                          2 Pancreas Gland

                                          On the top of each kidney

                                          In between stomach and small intestine

                                          i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                                          ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                                          i) Insulin

                                          ii) Glucagon

                                          It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                                          a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                                          b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                                          a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                                          b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                                          Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                                          Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                                          a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                                          b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                                          History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                                          Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                                          town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                                          EnglishLiterature

                                          The west wind-John Mansfield

                                          In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                                          Write the synopsis of the following words

                                          1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                                          2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                                          3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                                          4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                                          makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                                          while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                                          (Write from the book in your copy)

                                          MAT

                                          HEM

                                          ATIC

                                          S

                                          Ch 1

                                          1Al

                                          gebr

                                          ic E

                                          xpre

                                          ssio

                                          n

                                          1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                          2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                          3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                          4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                          5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                          6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                          Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                          1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                          -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                          8 45y -3x

                                          Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                          3 yz8

                                          45y -3x

                                          2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                          Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                          4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                          Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                          5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                          SolutionCoefficient

                                          (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                          7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                          8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                          eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                          terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                          6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                          (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                          Solution Coefficient

                                          (i) 5 17

                                          xy2z3

                                          (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                          (viii) 17yz

                                          5xyzsup2

                                          (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                          7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                          Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                          xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                          -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                          Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                          Bengali (2nd language)

                                          বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                          অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                          অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                          অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                          অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                          অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                          অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                          আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                          আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                          Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                          2nd language

                                          परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                          English language

                                          Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                          Subject complain in brief

                                          Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                          The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                          1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                          Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                          Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                          L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                          Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                          2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                          1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                          3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                          4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                          5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                          Chemical formula

                                          A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                          Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                          A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                          Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                          A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                          Joint Stock Company

                                          Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                          Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                          Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                          QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                          Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                          Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                          Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                          Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                          2 Define the following

                                          Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                          in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                          Economics

                                          Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                          Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                          QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                          Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                          The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                          Geography

                                          Rotationand Revolution

                                          SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                          Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                          As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                          SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                          December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                          the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                          Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                          Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                          Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                          Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                          Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                          Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                          Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                          Summer Solstice 21st March

                                          Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                          September

                                          Winter Solstice 21st June

                                          (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                          Spring Equinox 22nd

                                          December

                                          A8 A B

                                          Summer Solstice 21st June

                                          Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                          September

                                          Winter Solstice 22nd

                                          December

                                          Spring Equinox 21st March

                                          During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                          Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                          (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                          From the four corners of the earth they come

                                          To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                          The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                          inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                          The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                          On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                          For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                          (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                          These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                          (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                          From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                          (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                          The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                          (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                          In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                          (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                          passage

                                          In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                          paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                          On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                          After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                          IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                          (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                          To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                          Context

                                          This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                          (2)

                                          (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                          MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                          Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                          (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                          The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                          (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                          The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                          Explanation

                                          While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                          (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                          While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                          He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                          (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                          The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                          (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                          In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                          (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                          They have in England

                                          A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                          Context

                                          (3)

                                          (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                          There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                          All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                          This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                          Explanation

                                          In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                          Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                          (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                          After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                          (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                          After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                          (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                          After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                          (iv) Explain the following lines

                                          ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                          Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                          monuments

                                          Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                          Hindi 2ndlang

                                          नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                          स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                          ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                          ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                          पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                          थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                          थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                          डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                          0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                          अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                          आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                          Commercial Studies

                                          Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                          There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                          1

                                          Question

                                          1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                          Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                          individually

                                          Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                          funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                          2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                          3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                          2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                          Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                          Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                          weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                          3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                          4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                          5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                          6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                          English Language

                                          CompositionEssay

                                          A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                          Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                          Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                          Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                          Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                          Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                          1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                          Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                          and Antonio arrive

                                          o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                          o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                          Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                          You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                          [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                          Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                          1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                          2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                          3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                          5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                          6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                          7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                          8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                          9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                          10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                          11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                          Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                          1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                          2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                          ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                          But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                          Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                          P A s1

                                          B

                                          s

                                          X` O s1 X

                                          q q1

                                          Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                          Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                          s

                                          price (Rs)

                                          C

                                          p A

                                          s2

                                          s

                                          X` o X

                                          q2 q

                                          Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                          Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                          (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                          Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                          Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                          Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                          Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                          substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                          6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                          Chlorophyll

                                          Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                          process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                          Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                          Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                          absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                          into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                          Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                          End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                          B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                          Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                          Class XI

                                          Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                          regimes for sustainable development

                                          Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                          Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                          considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                          The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                          Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                          [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                          Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                          o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                          o They then moved to another part of the island

                                          o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                          SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                          (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                          (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                          (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                          (1)

                                          (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                          Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                          ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                          To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                          ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                          And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                          (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                          Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                          Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                          (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                          (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                          Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                          When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                          (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                          Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                          Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                          Commerce

                                          Chapter- Management

                                          Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                          Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                          Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                          Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                          with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                          policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                          of business

                                          4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                          Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                          Role of functions of the middle level management

                                          1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                          2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                          3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                          4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                          Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                          Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                          day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                          tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                          4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                          ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                          Business Studies

                                          Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                          Staff Appraisal

                                          Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                          Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                          Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                          Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                          To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                          To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                          To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                          Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                          Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                          knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                          1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                          2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                          3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                          5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                          6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                          7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                          8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                          Geography

                                          DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                          The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                          Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                          Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                          East-flowing rivers

                                          West-flowing rivers

                                          Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                          The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                          The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                          The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                          Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                          Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                          Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                          Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                          Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                          Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                          Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                          Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                          Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                          Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                          They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                          They fall into Arabian Sea

                                          These rivers form big deltas

                                          These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                          Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                          Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                          Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                          Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                          LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                          hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                          of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                          COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                          linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                          offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                          linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                          SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                          hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                          Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                          The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                          Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                          o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                          o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                          o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                          Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                          Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                          Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                          of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                          o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                          o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                          o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                          Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                          Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                          ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                          o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                          ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                          o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                          ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                          o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                          ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                          o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                          ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                          Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                          ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                          Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                          to Stephano and Trinculo

                                          ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                          Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                          Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                          savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                          o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                          those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                          materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                          certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                          is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                          ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                          MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                          2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                          3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                          monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                          4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                          5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                          6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                          Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                          Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                          29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                          200000 200000

                                          On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                          (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                          Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                          Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                          13500

                                          18000 18000

                                          Capital Account

                                          Dr Cr

                                          Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                          Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                          Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                          81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                          Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                          Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                          Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                          195500 195500

                                          Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                          The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                          • 1 Static Friction
                                          • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                            • Static Friction Examples
                                              • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                  • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                    • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                      • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                            All living organism (Plants and animals) need food for energy and growth Green plants (autotrophy) prepare food for all living organisms Today we will discuss about the process photosynthesis And adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesis

                                            Q1What do you mean by photosynthesis and write its word equation The process by which green plants make food (glucose) from carbon dioxide and water

                                            in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll is called photosynthesis

                                            Carbon dioxide + Water ( Sun light from Sun ) Glucose + Oxygen ( chlorophyll in green leaves )

                                            Q2 What are the adaptations in a leaf to carry out photosynthesisi) Leaves are broad wide and flat for absorbing more light energyii) Presence of chlorophyll in chloroplasts to trap sunlightiii) Presence of stomata which allow carbon dioxide to enter the cell and oxygen to go

                                            out iv) Network of veins ensures continuous supply of water and minerals to the leafv) Thin waxy cuticle protects the leaf without blocking the lightQ3 Draw and label structure of chloroplast

                                            Class VIIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                            PHYSICS ENERGY Production of Hydro electricity

                                            A hydroelectric dam converts the potential energy stored in a water reservoir behind a dam to mechanical energymdashmechanical energy is also known as kinetic energy As the water flows down through the dam its kinetic energy is used to turn a turbine

                                            The generator converts the turbinersquos mechanical energy into electricity

                                            This electric energy then goes through various transmission processes before it reaches you

                                            Question 2

                                            Fill in the blanks

                                            (a) Work is said to be done by a forte only when the body moves

                                            (b) Work done = Force x distance moved in direction of force

                                            (c) The energy of a body is its capacity to do work

                                            (d) The SI unit of energy is joule

                                            (e) The potential energy is due to its state rest of position and kinetic energy of the body is due to its state of motion

                                            (f) Gravitational potential energy U = mass times force of gravity on unit mass times height

                                            (g) Kinetic energy = frac12 times mass times (speed)2

                                            (h) Power P = work donetime taken

                                            (i) The S I unit of power is watt

                                            (j) IHP = 746 W

                                            BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                                            Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                                            Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                                            Endocrine Glands

                                            Location Hormones secreted

                                            Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                                            1Adrenal gland

                                            2 Pancreas Gland

                                            On the top of each kidney

                                            In between stomach and small intestine

                                            i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                                            ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                                            i) Insulin

                                            ii) Glucagon

                                            It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                                            a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                                            b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                                            a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                                            b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                                            Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                                            Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                                            a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                                            b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                                            History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                                            Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                                            town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                                            EnglishLiterature

                                            The west wind-John Mansfield

                                            In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                                            Write the synopsis of the following words

                                            1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                                            2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                                            3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                                            4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                                            makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                                            while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                                            (Write from the book in your copy)

                                            MAT

                                            HEM

                                            ATIC

                                            S

                                            Ch 1

                                            1Al

                                            gebr

                                            ic E

                                            xpre

                                            ssio

                                            n

                                            1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                            2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                            3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                            4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                            5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                            6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                            Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                            1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                            -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                            8 45y -3x

                                            Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                            3 yz8

                                            45y -3x

                                            2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                            Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                            4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                            Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                            5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                            SolutionCoefficient

                                            (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                            7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                            8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                            eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                            terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                            6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                            (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                            Solution Coefficient

                                            (i) 5 17

                                            xy2z3

                                            (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                            (viii) 17yz

                                            5xyzsup2

                                            (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                            7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                            Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                            xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                            -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                            Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                            Bengali (2nd language)

                                            বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                            অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                            অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                            অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                            অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                            অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                            অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                            আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                            আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                            Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                            2nd language

                                            परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                            English language

                                            Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                            Subject complain in brief

                                            Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                            The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                            1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                            Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                            Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                            L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                            Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                            2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                            1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                            3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                            4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                            5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                            Chemical formula

                                            A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                            Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                            A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                            Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                            A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                            Joint Stock Company

                                            Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                            Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                            Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                            QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                            Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                            Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                            Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                            Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                            2 Define the following

                                            Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                            in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                            Economics

                                            Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                            Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                            QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                            Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                            The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                            Geography

                                            Rotationand Revolution

                                            SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                            Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                            As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                            SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                            December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                            the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                            Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                            Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                            Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                            Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                            Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                            Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                            Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                            Summer Solstice 21st March

                                            Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                            September

                                            Winter Solstice 21st June

                                            (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                            Spring Equinox 22nd

                                            December

                                            A8 A B

                                            Summer Solstice 21st June

                                            Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                            September

                                            Winter Solstice 22nd

                                            December

                                            Spring Equinox 21st March

                                            During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                            Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                            (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                            From the four corners of the earth they come

                                            To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                            The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                            inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                            The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                            On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                            For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                            (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                            These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                            (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                            From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                            (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                            The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                            (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                            In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                            (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                            passage

                                            In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                            paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                            On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                            After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                            IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                            (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                            To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                            Context

                                            This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                            (2)

                                            (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                            MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                            Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                            (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                            The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                            (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                            The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                            Explanation

                                            While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                            (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                            While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                            He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                            (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                            The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                            (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                            In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                            (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                            They have in England

                                            A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                            Context

                                            (3)

                                            (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                            There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                            All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                            This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                            Explanation

                                            In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                            Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                            (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                            After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                            (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                            After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                            (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                            After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                            (iv) Explain the following lines

                                            ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                            Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                            monuments

                                            Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                            Hindi 2ndlang

                                            नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                            स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                            ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                            ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                            पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                            थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                            थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                            डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                            0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                            अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                            आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                            Commercial Studies

                                            Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                            There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                            1

                                            Question

                                            1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                            Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                            individually

                                            Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                            funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                            2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                            3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                            2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                            Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                            Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                            weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                            3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                            4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                            5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                            6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                            English Language

                                            CompositionEssay

                                            A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                            Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                            Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                            Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                            Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                            Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                            1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                            Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                            and Antonio arrive

                                            o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                            o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                            Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                            You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                            [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                            Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                            1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                            2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                            3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                            5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                            6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                            7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                            8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                            9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                            10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                            11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                            Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                            1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                            2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                            ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                            But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                            Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                            P A s1

                                            B

                                            s

                                            X` O s1 X

                                            q q1

                                            Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                            Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                            s

                                            price (Rs)

                                            C

                                            p A

                                            s2

                                            s

                                            X` o X

                                            q2 q

                                            Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                            Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                            (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                            Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                            Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                            Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                            Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                            substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                            6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                            Chlorophyll

                                            Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                            process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                            Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                            Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                            absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                            into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                            Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                            End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                            B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                            Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                            Class XI

                                            Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                            regimes for sustainable development

                                            Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                            Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                            considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                            The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                            Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                            [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                            Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                            o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                            o They then moved to another part of the island

                                            o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                            SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                            (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                            (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                            (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                            (1)

                                            (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                            Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                            ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                            To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                            ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                            And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                            (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                            Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                            Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                            (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                            (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                            Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                            When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                            (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                            Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                            Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                            Commerce

                                            Chapter- Management

                                            Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                            Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                            Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                            Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                            with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                            policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                            of business

                                            4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                            Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                            Role of functions of the middle level management

                                            1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                            2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                            3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                            4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                            Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                            Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                            day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                            tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                            4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                            ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                            Business Studies

                                            Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                            Staff Appraisal

                                            Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                            Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                            Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                            Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                            To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                            To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                            To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                            Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                            Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                            knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                            1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                            2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                            3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                            5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                            6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                            7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                            8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                            Geography

                                            DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                            The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                            Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                            Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                            East-flowing rivers

                                            West-flowing rivers

                                            Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                            The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                            The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                            The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                            Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                            Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                            Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                            Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                            Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                            Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                            Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                            Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                            Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                            Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                            They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                            They fall into Arabian Sea

                                            These rivers form big deltas

                                            These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                            Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                            Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                            Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                            Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                            LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                            hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                            of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                            COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                            linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                            offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                            linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                            SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                            hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                            Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                            The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                            Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                            o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                            o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                            o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                            Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                            Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                            Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                            of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                            o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                            o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                            o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                            Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                            Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                            ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                            o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                            ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                            o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                            ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                            o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                            ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                            o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                            ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                            Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                            ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                            Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                            to Stephano and Trinculo

                                            ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                            Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                            Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                            savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                            o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                            those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                            materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                            certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                            is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                            ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                            MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                            2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                            3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                            monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                            4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                            5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                            6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                            Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                            Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                            29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                            200000 200000

                                            On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                            (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                            Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                            Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                            13500

                                            18000 18000

                                            Capital Account

                                            Dr Cr

                                            Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                            Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                            Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                            81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                            Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                            Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                            Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                            195500 195500

                                            Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                            The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                            • 1 Static Friction
                                            • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                              • Static Friction Examples
                                                • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                  • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                    • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                      • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                        • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                              BIOLOGY Chapter -5 The endocrine system and adolescence

                                              Today we will discuss about thelocation and functions of secreted hormones of adrenal and Pancreas

                                              Q5 Write location hormone secreted main functions and deficiency diseases of pancreas and adrenal glands

                                              Endocrine Glands

                                              Location Hormones secreted

                                              Functions and Deficiency Diseases

                                              1Adrenal gland

                                              2 Pancreas Gland

                                              On the top of each kidney

                                              In between stomach and small intestine

                                              i)Adrenaline from adrenal medulla

                                              ii)Cortisone from adrenal cortex

                                              i) Insulin

                                              ii) Glucagon

                                              It helps a person deal with any kind of emergency situation or emotional stressIt increases the heart beat rate of respiration and blood pressure

                                              a) It regulates carbohydrates protein and fat metabolism

                                              b) It regulates the salt and water balance in the body

                                              a) It changes excess glucose into glycogen

                                              b) It stimulates the cells to burn extra glucose to provide heat amp energy

                                              Less secretion causes diabetes mellitus

                                              Excessive secretions causeinsulin shock

                                              a) It stimulates the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

                                              b) It increases the level of glucose in blood

                                              History Traders to rulers The Battle of Buxar was fought on 22 October 1764 between the forces under the command of the British East India Company led by Hector Munro and the combined armies of Mir Qasim the Nawab of Bengal till 1763 Mir Jafar was made the Nawab of Bengal for a second time in 1763 by the Company just after the battle After being defeated in 4 battles in katwa and Udaynala the Nawab of Awadh Siraj id Daula and the Mughal emperor Shah Alam II accompanied by Raja Balwant Singh of Kashi made an alliance with Mir Qasim The battle was fought at Buxar a small fortified

                                              Answer the following questions- Short note-Battle of BuxarHomework-learn

                                              town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                                              EnglishLiterature

                                              The west wind-John Mansfield

                                              In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                                              Write the synopsis of the following words

                                              1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                                              2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                                              3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                                              4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                                              makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                                              while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                                              (Write from the book in your copy)

                                              MAT

                                              HEM

                                              ATIC

                                              S

                                              Ch 1

                                              1Al

                                              gebr

                                              ic E

                                              xpre

                                              ssio

                                              n

                                              1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                              2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                              3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                              4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                              5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                              6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                              Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                              1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                              -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                              8 45y -3x

                                              Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                              3 yz8

                                              45y -3x

                                              2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                              Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                              4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                              Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                              5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                              SolutionCoefficient

                                              (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                              7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                              8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                              eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                              terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                              6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                              (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                              Solution Coefficient

                                              (i) 5 17

                                              xy2z3

                                              (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                              (viii) 17yz

                                              5xyzsup2

                                              (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                              7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                              Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                              xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                              -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                              Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                              Bengali (2nd language)

                                              বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                              অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                              অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                              অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                              অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                              অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                              অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                              আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                              আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                              Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                              2nd language

                                              परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                              English language

                                              Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                              Subject complain in brief

                                              Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                              The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                              1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                              Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                              Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                              L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                              Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                              2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                              1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                              3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                              4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                              5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                              Chemical formula

                                              A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                              Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                              A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                              Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                              A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                              Joint Stock Company

                                              Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                              Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                              Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                              QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                              Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                              Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                              Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                              Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                              2 Define the following

                                              Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                              in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                              Economics

                                              Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                              Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                              QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                              Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                              The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                              Geography

                                              Rotationand Revolution

                                              SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                              Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                              As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                              SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                              December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                              the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                              Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                              Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                              Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                              Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                              Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                              Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                              Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                              Summer Solstice 21st March

                                              Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                              September

                                              Winter Solstice 21st June

                                              (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                              Spring Equinox 22nd

                                              December

                                              A8 A B

                                              Summer Solstice 21st June

                                              Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                              September

                                              Winter Solstice 22nd

                                              December

                                              Spring Equinox 21st March

                                              During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                              Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                              (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                              From the four corners of the earth they come

                                              To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                              The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                              inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                              The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                              On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                              For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                              (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                              These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                              (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                              From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                              (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                              The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                              (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                              In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                              (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                              passage

                                              In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                              paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                              On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                              After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                              IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                              (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                              To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                              Context

                                              This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                              (2)

                                              (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                              MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                              Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                              (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                              The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                              (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                              The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                              Explanation

                                              While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                              (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                              While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                              He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                              (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                              The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                              (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                              In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                              (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                              They have in England

                                              A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                              Context

                                              (3)

                                              (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                              There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                              All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                              This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                              Explanation

                                              In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                              Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                              (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                              After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                              (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                              After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                              (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                              After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                              (iv) Explain the following lines

                                              ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                              Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                              monuments

                                              Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                              Hindi 2ndlang

                                              नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                              स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                              ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                              ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                              पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                              थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                              थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                              डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                              0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                              अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                              आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                              Commercial Studies

                                              Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                              There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                              1

                                              Question

                                              1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                              Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                              individually

                                              Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                              funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                              2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                              3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                              2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                              Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                              Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                              weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                              3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                              4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                              5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                              6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                              English Language

                                              CompositionEssay

                                              A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                              Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                              Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                              Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                              Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                              Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                              1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                              Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                              and Antonio arrive

                                              o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                              o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                              Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                              You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                              [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                              Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                              1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                              2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                              3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                              5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                              6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                              7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                              8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                              9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                              10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                              11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                              Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                              1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                              2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                              ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                              But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                              Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                              P A s1

                                              B

                                              s

                                              X` O s1 X

                                              q q1

                                              Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                              Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                              s

                                              price (Rs)

                                              C

                                              p A

                                              s2

                                              s

                                              X` o X

                                              q2 q

                                              Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                              Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                              (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                              Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                              Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                              Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                              Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                              substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                              6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                              Chlorophyll

                                              Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                              process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                              Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                              Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                              absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                              into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                              Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                              End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                              B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                              Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                              Class XI

                                              Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                              regimes for sustainable development

                                              Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                              Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                              considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                              The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                              Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                              [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                              Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                              o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                              o They then moved to another part of the island

                                              o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                              SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                              (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                              (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                              (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                              (1)

                                              (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                              Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                              ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                              To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                              ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                              And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                              (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                              Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                              Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                              (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                              (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                              Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                              When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                              (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                              Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                              Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                              Commerce

                                              Chapter- Management

                                              Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                              Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                              Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                              Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                              with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                              policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                              of business

                                              4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                              Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                              Role of functions of the middle level management

                                              1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                              2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                              3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                              4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                              Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                              Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                              day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                              tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                              4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                              ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                              Business Studies

                                              Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                              Staff Appraisal

                                              Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                              Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                              Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                              Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                              To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                              To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                              To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                              Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                              Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                              knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                              1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                              2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                              3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                              5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                              6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                              7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                              8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                              Geography

                                              DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                              The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                              Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                              Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                              East-flowing rivers

                                              West-flowing rivers

                                              Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                              The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                              The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                              The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                              Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                              Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                              Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                              Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                              Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                              Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                              Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                              Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                              Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                              Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                              They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                              They fall into Arabian Sea

                                              These rivers form big deltas

                                              These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                              Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                              Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                              Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                              Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                              LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                              hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                              of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                              COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                              linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                              offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                              linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                              SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                              hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                              Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                              The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                              Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                              o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                              o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                              o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                              Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                              Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                              Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                              of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                              o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                              o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                              o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                              Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                              Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                              ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                              o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                              ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                              o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                              ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                              o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                              ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                              o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                              ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                              Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                              ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                              Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                              to Stephano and Trinculo

                                              ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                              Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                              Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                              savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                              o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                              those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                              materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                              certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                              is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                              ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                              MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                              2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                              3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                              monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                              4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                              5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                              6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                              Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                              Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                              29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                              200000 200000

                                              On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                              (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                              Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                              Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                              13500

                                              18000 18000

                                              Capital Account

                                              Dr Cr

                                              Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                              Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                              Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                              81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                              Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                              Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                              Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                              195500 195500

                                              Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                              The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                              • 1 Static Friction
                                              • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                • Static Friction Examples
                                                  • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                    • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                      • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                        • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                          • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                town within the territory of Bihar located on the banks of the Ganga river about 130 kilometres (81 mi) west of Patna it was a decisive victory for the British East India Company The war was brought to an end by the Treaty of Allahabad in 1765

                                                EnglishLiterature

                                                The west wind-John Mansfield

                                                In the poem The West Wind by John Masefield the poet starts by describingwith very poetic imagery of birds how the west wind is different from other winds its a warm wind full of birds cries There is a touch of melancholy perhaps home-sickness as he describes how it brings tears too and memories from an old land He goes on to describe the restful pastoral beauty of the land where even the dead can lie in the green He then brings in voicesperhaps of family and friends calling him home as he is missing Aprils beautyThe voices then tempt him some more with idyllic images from home (white blossom young green cornrunning rabbitswarm sun) The voices seem to presume that the poets heart is sorrowful bruised and soreThe end of the poem sees the poet appear to make a decision he will go home as he has decided that is where he truly belongs

                                                Write the synopsis of the following words

                                                1 Daffodils- a tall yellow flower that grows in the spring

                                                2 Orchards- a piece of land on which fruit trees are grown

                                                3 Blossom- a flower or a mass of flowers especially on a fruit tree in spring

                                                4 Thrushes- a bird5 Larks- a small brown bird that

                                                makes a pleasant sound6 Bruised- an injury7 Aching- pain 8 Tread- to put your foot down

                                                while you are walking9 Balm-10 May-11 Fluting-

                                                (Write from the book in your copy)

                                                MAT

                                                HEM

                                                ATIC

                                                S

                                                Ch 1

                                                1Al

                                                gebr

                                                ic E

                                                xpre

                                                ssio

                                                n

                                                1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                                2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                                3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                                4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                                5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                                6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                                Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                                1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                                -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                                8 45y -3x

                                                Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                                3 yz8

                                                45y -3x

                                                2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                                Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                                4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                                Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                                5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                                SolutionCoefficient

                                                (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                                7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                                8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                                eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                                terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                                6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                                (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                                Solution Coefficient

                                                (i) 5 17

                                                xy2z3

                                                (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                                (viii) 17yz

                                                5xyzsup2

                                                (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                                7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                                Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                                xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                                -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                                Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                Bengali (2nd language)

                                                বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                                অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                                অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                                অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                                অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                                অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                                অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                                আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                                আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                                Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                                2nd language

                                                परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                                English language

                                                Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                                Subject complain in brief

                                                Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                                The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                                1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                                Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                                Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                                L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                                Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                                2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                                1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                                5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                                Chemical formula

                                                A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                                Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                                A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                                Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                                A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                                Joint Stock Company

                                                Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                                Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                                Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                                QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                                Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                                Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                                Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                                Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                                2 Define the following

                                                Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                                in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                                Economics

                                                Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                                Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                                QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                                Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                                The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                                Geography

                                                Rotationand Revolution

                                                SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                                Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                                As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                                SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                                December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                                the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                                Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                                Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                                Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                                Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                                Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                                Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                                Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                                Summer Solstice 21st March

                                                Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                September

                                                Winter Solstice 21st June

                                                (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                                Spring Equinox 22nd

                                                December

                                                A8 A B

                                                Summer Solstice 21st June

                                                Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                September

                                                Winter Solstice 22nd

                                                December

                                                Spring Equinox 21st March

                                                During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                passage

                                                In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                Context

                                                This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                (2)

                                                (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                Explanation

                                                While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                They have in England

                                                A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                Context

                                                (3)

                                                (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                Explanation

                                                In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                monuments

                                                Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                Hindi 2ndlang

                                                नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                Commercial Studies

                                                Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                1

                                                Question

                                                1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                individually

                                                Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                English Language

                                                CompositionEssay

                                                A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                and Antonio arrive

                                                o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                P A s1

                                                B

                                                s

                                                X` O s1 X

                                                q q1

                                                Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                s

                                                price (Rs)

                                                C

                                                p A

                                                s2

                                                s

                                                X` o X

                                                q2 q

                                                Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                Chlorophyll

                                                Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                Class XI

                                                Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                regimes for sustainable development

                                                Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                (1)

                                                (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                Commerce

                                                Chapter- Management

                                                Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                of business

                                                4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                Business Studies

                                                Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                Staff Appraisal

                                                Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                Geography

                                                DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                East-flowing rivers

                                                West-flowing rivers

                                                Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                These rivers form big deltas

                                                These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                200000 200000

                                                On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                13500

                                                18000 18000

                                                Capital Account

                                                Dr Cr

                                                Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                195500 195500

                                                Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                • 1 Static Friction
                                                • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                  • Static Friction Examples
                                                    • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                      • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                        • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                          • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                            • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                  MAT

                                                  HEM

                                                  ATIC

                                                  S

                                                  Ch 1

                                                  1Al

                                                  gebr

                                                  ic E

                                                  xpre

                                                  ssio

                                                  n

                                                  1 Constant A symbol which has fixed value is called a constant[eg 8 23 -15 radic3 etc]

                                                  2 VariableA symbol which does not have any fixed value but may be assigned value (values) according to the requirement is called variable or literal[eg x y p q etc]

                                                  3 TermsA term is a number (constant) a variable a combination (product or quotient) of numbers and variables[eg 7 x 5x etc]

                                                  4 Algebric expressionA single term or acombination of two or more terms connected by plus (+) or minus (-) sign forms an algebraic expression[eg 5-y 3x2-5x xy-6z+4 etc]

                                                  5 PolynomialAn algebraic expression which contains more than one term is called a polynomial (multinomial)[eg x2-5x 5y+xy+x2y etc]

                                                  6 Degree of polynomial(a) When the polynomial contains only one variable the highest power of the variable is the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial of 4x-7x5+8 is 5(b) When the polynomial contains two or more variablesStep (i) Find the powers of the variables in each term (ii) The highest sum of the powers is taken to be the degree of the polynomialeg the degree of the polynomial 5x2y-4x3y5+6 is = 3+5 = 8Remember An algebraic expression is a polynomial if degree of each term used in it is a non-negative integer

                                                  Exercise ndash 11(A)

                                                  1 Separate the constants and variables from the following

                                                  -7 7+x 7x+yz radic5 radic xy 3 yz

                                                  8 45y -3x

                                                  Solution Constant Variables-7 radic5 7+x 7x+yz radic xy

                                                  3 yz8

                                                  45y -3x

                                                  2 Write the number of terms in each of the following polynomials(i) 5x2+3timesax (ii) axdivide4-7 (iii) ax-by+ytimesz (iv) 23+atimesbdivide2

                                                  Solution Polynomials Number of terms(i) 5x2+3timesax 2(ii) axdivide4-7 2(iii) ax-by+ytimesz 3(iv) 23+atimesbdivide2 2

                                                  4 Write the degree of the each polynomials(i) xy+7z (ii) x2-6x3+8 (iii) y-6y2+5y8 (iv) xyz-3 (vi) x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4

                                                  Solution Polynomials Degree(i) xy+7z 2(ii) x2-6x3+8 3(iii) y-6y2+5y8 8(iv) xyz-3 3(vi)x5y7-8x3y8+10x4y4z4 12

                                                  5Write the coefficient of(i) ab in 7abx (iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a (v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2

                                                  SolutionCoefficient

                                                  (i) ab in 7abx 7x(iv) 8 in a2-8ax+a -ax(v) 4xy in x2-4xy+y2 -1

                                                  7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                                  8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                                  eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                                  terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                                  6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                                  (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                                  Solution Coefficient

                                                  (i) 5 17

                                                  xy2z3

                                                  (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                                  (viii) 17yz

                                                  5xyzsup2

                                                  (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                                  7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                                  Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                                  xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                                  -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                                  Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                  Bengali (2nd language)

                                                  বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                                  অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                                  অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                                  অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                                  অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                                  অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                                  অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                                  আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                                  আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                                  Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                                  2nd language

                                                  परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                                  English language

                                                  Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                                  Subject complain in brief

                                                  Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                                  The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                                  1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                                  Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                                  Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                                  L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                                  Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                                  2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                                  1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                  3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                  4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                                  5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                                  Chemical formula

                                                  A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                                  Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                                  A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                                  Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                                  A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                                  Joint Stock Company

                                                  Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                                  Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                                  Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                                  QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                                  Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                                  Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                                  Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                                  Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                                  2 Define the following

                                                  Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                                  in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                                  Economics

                                                  Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                                  Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                                  QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                                  Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                                  The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                                  Geography

                                                  Rotationand Revolution

                                                  SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                                  Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                                  As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                                  SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                                  December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                                  the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                                  Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                                  Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                                  Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                                  Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                                  Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                                  Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                                  Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                                  Summer Solstice 21st March

                                                  Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                  September

                                                  Winter Solstice 21st June

                                                  (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                                  Spring Equinox 22nd

                                                  December

                                                  A8 A B

                                                  Summer Solstice 21st June

                                                  Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                  September

                                                  Winter Solstice 22nd

                                                  December

                                                  Spring Equinox 21st March

                                                  During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                  Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                  (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                  From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                  To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                  The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                  inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                  The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                  On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                  For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                  (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                  These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                  (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                  From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                  (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                  The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                  (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                  In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                  (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                  passage

                                                  In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                  paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                  On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                  After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                  IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                  To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                  Context

                                                  This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                  (2)

                                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                  MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                  Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                  (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                  The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                  (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                  The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                  Explanation

                                                  While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                  (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                  While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                  He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                  (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                  The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                  (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                  In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                  They have in England

                                                  A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                  Context

                                                  (3)

                                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                  There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                  All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                  This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                  Explanation

                                                  In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                  Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                  (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                  After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                  (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                  After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                  (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                  After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                  (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                  ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                  Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                  monuments

                                                  Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                  Hindi 2ndlang

                                                  नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                  स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                  ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                  ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                  पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                  थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                  थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                  डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                  0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                  अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                  आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                  Commercial Studies

                                                  Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                  There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                  1

                                                  Question

                                                  1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                  Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                  individually

                                                  Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                  funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                  2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                  3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                  2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                  Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                  Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                  weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                  3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                  4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                  5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                  6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                  English Language

                                                  CompositionEssay

                                                  A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                  Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                  Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                  Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                  Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                  Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                  1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                  Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                  and Antonio arrive

                                                  o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                  o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                  Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                  You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                  [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                  Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                  1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                  2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                  3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                  5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                  6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                  7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                  8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                  9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                  10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                  11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                  Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                  1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                  2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                  ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                  But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                  Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                  P A s1

                                                  B

                                                  s

                                                  X` O s1 X

                                                  q q1

                                                  Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                  Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                  s

                                                  price (Rs)

                                                  C

                                                  p A

                                                  s2

                                                  s

                                                  X` o X

                                                  q2 q

                                                  Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                  Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                  (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                  Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                  Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                  Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                  Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                  substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                  6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                  Chlorophyll

                                                  Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                  process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                  Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                  Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                  absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                  into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                  Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                  End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                  B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                  Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                  Class XI

                                                  Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                  regimes for sustainable development

                                                  Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                  Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                  considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                  The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                  Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                  [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                  Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                  o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                  o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                  o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                  SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                  (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                  (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                  (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                  (1)

                                                  (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                  Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                  ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                  To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                  ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                  And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                  (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                  Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                  Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                  (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                  (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                  Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                  When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                  (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                  Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                  Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                  Commerce

                                                  Chapter- Management

                                                  Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                  Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                  Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                  Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                  with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                  policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                  of business

                                                  4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                  Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                  Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                  1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                  2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                  3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                  4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                  Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                  Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                  day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                  tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                  4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                  ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                  Business Studies

                                                  Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                  Staff Appraisal

                                                  Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                  Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                  Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                  Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                  To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                  To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                  To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                  Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                  Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                  knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                  1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                  2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                  3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                  5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                  6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                  7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                  8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                  Geography

                                                  DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                  The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                  Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                  Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                  East-flowing rivers

                                                  West-flowing rivers

                                                  Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                  The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                  The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                  The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                  Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                  Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                  Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                  Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                  Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                  Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                  Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                  Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                  Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                  Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                  They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                  They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                  These rivers form big deltas

                                                  These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                  Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                  Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                  Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                  Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                  LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                  hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                  of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                  COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                  linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                  offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                  linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                  SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                  hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                  Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                  The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                  Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                  o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                  o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                  o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                  Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                  Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                  Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                  of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                  o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                  o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                  o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                  Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                  Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                  ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                  o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                  ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                  o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                  ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                  o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                  ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                  o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                  ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                  Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                  ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                  Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                  to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                  ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                  Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                  Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                  savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                  o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                  those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                  materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                  certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                  is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                  ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                  MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                  2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                  3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                  monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                  4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                  5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                  6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                  Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                  Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                  29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                  200000 200000

                                                  On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                  (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                  Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                  Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                  13500

                                                  18000 18000

                                                  Capital Account

                                                  Dr Cr

                                                  Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                  Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                  Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                  81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                  Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                  Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                  Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                  195500 195500

                                                  Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                  The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                  • 1 Static Friction
                                                  • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                    • Static Friction Examples
                                                      • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                        • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                          • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                            • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                              • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                    7 CoefficientAny factor of an algebraic quantity is called the coefficient of the remaining quantityeg in the algebraic term 7xyz 7 is coefficient of xyz 7x is coefficient of yz and so on

                                                    8 Like term The terms having the same literal coefficient are called like terms and those having different literal coefficients are called unlike terms

                                                    eg (i) 5xyz 8xyz -6xyz and 23xyz are like

                                                    terms(ii) 7xy2 8x2yz and -15xyz2 are unlike terms

                                                    6 in 57xy2z3 write the coefficient of

                                                    (i) 5 (vii) 5xy2 (viii) 17yz (xi) 5xyz

                                                    Solution Coefficient

                                                    (i) 5 17

                                                    xy2z3

                                                    (vii) 5xy2 17z3

                                                    (viii) 17yz

                                                    5xyzsup2

                                                    (xi) 5xyz 17yz2

                                                    7 In polynomial given below separate the like terms(ii) y2z3 xy2z3 -58x2yz -4y2z3 -8xz3y2 3x2yz and 2z3y2

                                                    Solution y2z3 -4y2z3 2z3y2 are like terms

                                                    xy2z3 -8xz3y2 are like terms

                                                    -58x2yz 3x2yz are like terms

                                                    Class IXSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                    Bengali (2nd language)

                                                    বাগzwnjধারাzwnj বা ধারা-বা ধারা ল হিবকেশষ পরকার বাক -হিb -াকেবর এক হিবকেশষ পরকাশরীহিত াকেক কতগকেলা কার সমষটির মকেধয এগহিলকেক বা ধারা বকেল আবার কতগকেলা শকেবদর বাধাধরা যকান রীহিত যনই য-াকেব চকেল আসকে যসই -াকেবই চকেল আসকে তখন যসই শবদগহিল খন একক -াকেব অG পরকাশ ককের তখন একের বা ধারা বকেল বা ধারার পরকেয়া -াষাকেক আরও সFর ককের যতাকেল

                                                    অকাল পকক(অপহিরনত বয়কেস পাকাহিম)-মাতর শ বর বয়কেস যমকেয়টির া মকেখর কা তাকেত অকালপককতা ধরা পকে

                                                    অককা পাওয়া( মারা াওয়া) ndash পকেকIমারটি পকেকIমারকেত হিকেয় বাসাতরীকের াকেত মার যখকেত যখকেত অককা যপল

                                                    অহি| পরীকষা ( কঠিন ও পরকত পরীকষা)- যকেলটির আজ ডাকতাহির যরজালট যবকেরাকেব এIাই তার জীবকেনর ব অহি| পরীকষা

                                                    অষটরমভা (ফাহিক) ndash রীতা মকেখই বকো বকো কা বকেল আর কাকেজর যবলায় অষটরমভা

                                                    অকমGার ধাী (অপাG) ndash সমনকেক হিনকেয় যকান ান কেব না ও একেকবাকেরই অকমGার ধাী

                                                    অকেনধর ষটি (অসাকেয়র সায়)- আহিশ বকেরর বকোর নাহিত ল অকেনধর ষটি তাকেক াা বকোর একম চকেল না

                                                    আকেককল গড়ম (তবহিদধ)- ার তহিম উপকার করকেল যসই যতামার হিবরকেদধ সাকষয হিকেয়কে শকেনই আমার আকেককল গড়ম

                                                    আষাকে লপ( অবাসতব লপ) ndashIাকা এখন যকেব না এIা বলকেলই ত এমন আষাকে লপ ফাার যকান রকার হিল না

                                                    Hindi- महायजञ ा इस हानी म लख न या बतान ा परयास किया ह कि किसी भी अचछ

                                                    2nd language

                                                    परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                                    English language

                                                    Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                                    Subject complain in brief

                                                    Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                                    The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                                    1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                                    Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                                    Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                                    L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                                    Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                                    2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                                    1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                    3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                    4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                                    5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                                    Chemical formula

                                                    A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                                    Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                                    A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                                    Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                                    A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                                    Joint Stock Company

                                                    Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                                    Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                                    Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                                    QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                                    Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                                    Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                                    Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                                    Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                                    2 Define the following

                                                    Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                                    in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                                    Economics

                                                    Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                                    Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                                    QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                                    Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                                    The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                                    Geography

                                                    Rotationand Revolution

                                                    SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                                    Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                                    As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                                    SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                                    December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                                    the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                                    Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                                    Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                                    Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                                    Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                                    Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                                    Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                                    Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                                    Summer Solstice 21st March

                                                    Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                    September

                                                    Winter Solstice 21st June

                                                    (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                                    Spring Equinox 22nd

                                                    December

                                                    A8 A B

                                                    Summer Solstice 21st June

                                                    Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                    September

                                                    Winter Solstice 22nd

                                                    December

                                                    Spring Equinox 21st March

                                                    During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                    Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                    (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                    From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                    To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                    The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                    inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                    The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                    On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                    For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                    (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                    These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                    (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                    From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                    (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                    The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                    (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                    In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                    (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                    passage

                                                    In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                    paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                    On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                    After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                    IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                    To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                    Context

                                                    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                    (2)

                                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                    MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                    Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                    (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                    The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                    (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                    The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                    Explanation

                                                    While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                    (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                    While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                    He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                    (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                    The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                    (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                    In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                    They have in England

                                                    A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                    Context

                                                    (3)

                                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                    There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                    All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                    Explanation

                                                    In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                    Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                    (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                    After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                    (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                    After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                    (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                    After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                    (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                    ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                    Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                    monuments

                                                    Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                    Hindi 2ndlang

                                                    नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                    स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                    ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                    ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                    पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                    थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                    थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                    डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                    0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                    अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                    आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                    Commercial Studies

                                                    Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                    There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                    1

                                                    Question

                                                    1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                    Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                    individually

                                                    Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                    funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                    2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                    3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                    2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                    Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                    Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                    weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                    3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                    4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                    5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                    6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                    English Language

                                                    CompositionEssay

                                                    A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                    Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                    Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                    Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                    Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                    Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                    1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                    Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                    and Antonio arrive

                                                    o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                    o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                    Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                    You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                    [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                    Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                    1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                    2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                    3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                    5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                    6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                    7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                    8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                    9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                    10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                    11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                    Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                    1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                    2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                    ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                    But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                    Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                    P A s1

                                                    B

                                                    s

                                                    X` O s1 X

                                                    q q1

                                                    Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                    Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                    s

                                                    price (Rs)

                                                    C

                                                    p A

                                                    s2

                                                    s

                                                    X` o X

                                                    q2 q

                                                    Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                    Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                    (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                    Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                    Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                    Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                    Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                    substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                    6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                    Chlorophyll

                                                    Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                    process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                    Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                    Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                    absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                    into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                    Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                    End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                    B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                    Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                    Class XI

                                                    Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                    regimes for sustainable development

                                                    Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                    Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                    considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                    The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                    Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                    [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                    Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                    o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                    o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                    o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                    SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                    (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                    (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                    (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                    (1)

                                                    (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                    Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                    ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                    To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                    ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                    And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                    (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                    Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                    Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                    (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                    (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                    Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                    When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                    (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                    Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                    Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                    Commerce

                                                    Chapter- Management

                                                    Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                    Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                    Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                    Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                    with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                    policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                    of business

                                                    4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                    Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                    Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                    1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                    2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                    3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                    4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                    Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                    Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                    day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                    tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                    4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                    ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                    Business Studies

                                                    Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                    Staff Appraisal

                                                    Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                    Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                    Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                    Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                    To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                    To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                    To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                    Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                    Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                    knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                    1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                    2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                    3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                    5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                    6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                    7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                    8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                    Geography

                                                    DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                    The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                    Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                    Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                    East-flowing rivers

                                                    West-flowing rivers

                                                    Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                    The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                    The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                    The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                    Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                    Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                    Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                    Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                    Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                    Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                    Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                    Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                    Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                    Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                    They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                    They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                    These rivers form big deltas

                                                    These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                    Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                    Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                    Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                    Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                    LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                    hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                    of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                    COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                    linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                    offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                    linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                    SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                    hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                    Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                    The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                    Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                    o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                    o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                    o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                    Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                    Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                    Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                    of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                    o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                    o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                    o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                    Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                    Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                    ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                    o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                    ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                    o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                    ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                    o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                    ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                    o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                    ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                    Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                    ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                    Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                    to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                    ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                    Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                    Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                    savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                    o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                    those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                    materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                    certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                    is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                    ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                    MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                    2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                    3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                    monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                    4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                    5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                    6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                    Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                    Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                    29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                    200000 200000

                                                    On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                    (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                    Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                    Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                    13500

                                                    18000 18000

                                                    Capital Account

                                                    Dr Cr

                                                    Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                    Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                    Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                    81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                    Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                    Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                    Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                    195500 195500

                                                    Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                    The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                    • 1 Static Friction
                                                    • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                      • Static Friction Examples
                                                        • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                          • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                            • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                              • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                      2nd language

                                                      परसार(यशपाल ाय या पणय न ा फल अवशय मिमलता ह ोई भी परोपार अथवा पणय लिलए किया गया ाय बार नही 0ाता वह ए परार ा यजञ हए धनी सठ थ धम परायण और किवनमर सठ न आन ी यजञ किए थ और दान म न 0ान कितना धन दिदन दखिखयो म बात दिदया थादिदन पलट और सठ यहा गरीबी आ गई उन दिदनो यजञ बचन ी परथा थी सठ भी अपनी 0गह बचन लिलए डलपर ए सट यहा चलन ो तयार हए सठानी रासत लिलए रोटी पड म बाधर सठ ो द दी रासत म ए भख R ो दखर सठ न चारो रोटी उसो खिखला दी खर वह सठ यहा डलपर पहच तो उनी सठानी न उस महायजञ बचन ो हा यदिद बचन आए सठ न R ो रोटी खिखलान ो महायजञ नही समझा और वापस लौट आया घर आर शाम ो उसी घर म उस ए बडा ख0ाना मिमला 0ो उस दवारा किए गएrsquo महायजञrsquo ा परसार था

                                                      English language

                                                      Letter formal The heading the name and address of the person you are writing to must be included beneath your own address In formal letters ldquoblock stylerdquo of address is preferred

                                                      Subject complain in brief

                                                      Salutation If the person you are writing to is known to you you may begin ldquoDear MrrdquoOr ldquoDear Mrsrdquo In all other instances you should begin ldquoDear Sirrdquo or ldquoDear Madamrdquo Or ldquoSirsrdquo

                                                      The body A formal or business letter has four partsReference The letter should begin by referring to a letter you have received an advertisement or the reason that has prompted you to writeInformation In the second paragraph it is necessary to supply more detailed information that is related to the referencePurpose Here you must give the reason why you are writing the letter This must be stated clearly and ensure that it is relevant to the question that has been setConclusion round off the letter with some polite remarkThe subscription when a letter has begun with dear sir sirs Madam you should end with Yours faithfully or yours truly When however you address a person by name you must conclude with the words ldquoYours sincerelyrdquo

                                                      1 A park in your locality is slowly being used as a rubbish dump Write a letter to the Mayor of your city pointing out the nuisance and danger of this Request that action be taken to stop this immediately

                                                      Or2 You being a boarder ordered a set of lab manuals from a famous book shop in the town They sent you a wrong set of books Write a letter to the manager of the book shop

                                                      Chemistry Chapter-1 1)CHEMICAL FORMULA- Q What is the Significance of

                                                      L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                                      Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                                      2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                                      1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                      3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                      4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                                      5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                                      Chemical formula

                                                      A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                                      Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                                      A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                                      Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                                      A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                                      Joint Stock Company

                                                      Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                                      Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                                      Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                                      QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                                      Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                                      Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                                      Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                                      Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                                      2 Define the following

                                                      Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                                      in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                                      Economics

                                                      Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                                      Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                                      QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                                      Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                                      The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                                      Geography

                                                      Rotationand Revolution

                                                      SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                                      Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                                      As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                                      SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                                      December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                                      the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                                      Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                                      Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                                      Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                                      Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                                      Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                                      Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                                      Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                                      Summer Solstice 21st March

                                                      Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                      September

                                                      Winter Solstice 21st June

                                                      (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                                      Spring Equinox 22nd

                                                      December

                                                      A8 A B

                                                      Summer Solstice 21st June

                                                      Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                      September

                                                      Winter Solstice 22nd

                                                      December

                                                      Spring Equinox 21st March

                                                      During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                      Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                      (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                      From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                      To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                      The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                      inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                      The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                      On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                      For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                      (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                      These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                      (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                      From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                      (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                      The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                      (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                      In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                      (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                      passage

                                                      In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                      paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                      On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                      After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                      IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                      To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                      Context

                                                      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                      (2)

                                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                      MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                      Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                      (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                      The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                      (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                      The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                      Explanation

                                                      While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                      (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                      While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                      He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                      (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                      The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                      (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                      In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                      They have in England

                                                      A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                      Context

                                                      (3)

                                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                      There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                      All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                      Explanation

                                                      In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                      Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                      (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                      After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                      (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                      After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                      (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                      After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                      (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                      ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                      Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                      monuments

                                                      Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                      Hindi 2ndlang

                                                      नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                      स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                      ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                      ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                      पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                      थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                      थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                      डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                      0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                      अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                      आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                      Commercial Studies

                                                      Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                      There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                      1

                                                      Question

                                                      1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                      Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                      individually

                                                      Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                      funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                      2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                      3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                      2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                      Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                      Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                      weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                      3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                      4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                      5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                      6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                      English Language

                                                      CompositionEssay

                                                      A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                      Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                      Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                      Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                      Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                      Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                      1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                      Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                      and Antonio arrive

                                                      o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                      o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                      Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                      You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                      [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                      Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                      1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                      2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                      3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                      5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                      6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                      7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                      8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                      9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                      10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                      11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                      Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                      1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                      2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                      ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                      But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                      Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                      P A s1

                                                      B

                                                      s

                                                      X` O s1 X

                                                      q q1

                                                      Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                      Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                      s

                                                      price (Rs)

                                                      C

                                                      p A

                                                      s2

                                                      s

                                                      X` o X

                                                      q2 q

                                                      Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                      Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                      (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                      Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                      Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                      Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                      Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                      substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                      6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                      Chlorophyll

                                                      Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                      process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                      Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                      Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                      absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                      into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                      Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                      End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                      B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                      Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                      Class XI

                                                      Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                      regimes for sustainable development

                                                      Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                      Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                      considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                      The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                      Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                      [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                      Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                      o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                      o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                      o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                      SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                      (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                      (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                      (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                      (1)

                                                      (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                      Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                      ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                      To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                      ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                      And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                      (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                      Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                      Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                      (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                      (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                      Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                      When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                      (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                      Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                      Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                      Commerce

                                                      Chapter- Management

                                                      Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                      Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                      Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                      Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                      with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                      policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                      of business

                                                      4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                      Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                      Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                      1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                      2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                      3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                      4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                      Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                      Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                      day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                      tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                      4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                      ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                      Business Studies

                                                      Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                      Staff Appraisal

                                                      Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                      Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                      Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                      Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                      To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                      To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                      To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                      Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                      Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                      knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                      1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                      2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                      3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                      5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                      6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                      7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                      8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                      Geography

                                                      DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                      The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                      Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                      Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                      East-flowing rivers

                                                      West-flowing rivers

                                                      Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                      The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                      The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                      The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                      Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                      Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                      Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                      Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                      Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                      Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                      Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                      Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                      Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                      Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                      They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                      They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                      These rivers form big deltas

                                                      These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                      Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                      Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                      Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                      Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                      LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                      hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                      of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                      COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                      linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                      offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                      linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                      SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                      hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                      Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                      The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                      Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                      o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                      o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                      o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                      Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                      Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                      Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                      of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                      o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                      o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                      o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                      Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                      Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                      ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                      o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                      ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                      o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                      ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                      o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                      ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                      o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                      ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                      Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                      ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                      Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                      to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                      ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                      Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                      Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                      savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                      o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                      those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                      materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                      certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                      is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                      ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                      MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                      2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                      3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                      monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                      4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                      5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                      6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                      Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                      Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                      29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                      200000 200000

                                                      On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                      (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                      Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                      Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                      13500

                                                      18000 18000

                                                      Capital Account

                                                      Dr Cr

                                                      Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                      Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                      Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                      81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                      Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                      Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                      Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                      195500 195500

                                                      Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                      The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                      • 1 Static Friction
                                                      • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                        • Static Friction Examples
                                                          • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                            • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                              • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                  • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                        L-2The Language of Chemistrybull Chemical Formula

                                                        Itrsquos a symbolic representation of a chemical substance eg ndash The formula of Sulphuric acid is H2SO4

                                                        2) Steps of writing Chemical Formula of a given substance-

                                                        1 Write the symbols of the constituent atoms or radicals side by side Keep the basic radical on LHS and acid radical on the RHS ( Na+Cl- )2 In case of a radical having more than one atom( compound radical) enclose the radical in a bracket eg (SO4-)3 Write the valencies of each radical on its right hand top4 If the valencies of the two radicals are divisible by a common factor then divide the valencies by the common factor5 Invert (criss-cross) the valency number ie write the valency of one atom below the second atom and vice versa 6 On interchanging if valency number is lsquoone the figure lsquoonersquo is never writtenFor Example- Compound -Calcium Nitrate1 Writing the symbols- Ca(NO3)2 Writing the valencies on their right hand top- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                        3 Valency numeral in simple ratio- Ca2(NO3)1

                                                        4 Criss-cross- Ca 2NO3 1

                                                        5 Writing the formula of the compound- Ca(NO3)2

                                                        Chemical formula

                                                        A The formula of a substance conveys the following information regarding a substance 1 The name of the substance (qualitative)2 The elements constituting the substance (qualitative)3 The number of various atoms present in a molecule of the substance (quantitative)4 Molecular weight of the substance and the relative weights of different elements present in it (qualitative)

                                                        Q What are the limitations of Chemical Formula

                                                        A The chemical formula suffers from the following limitations-I It fails to convey whether the elements in a molecule are present in the form of atoms or ionsFor example the formula KBr fails to tell us whether Potassium and Bromine are present in the form of ions II It does not tell anything about the binding force that holds atom in a molecule togetherIII It does not tell us about the arrangement of various atoms with respect to one another within the molecule

                                                        Q Examples of Some Chemicals with their Formula Chemical name and Common Name-

                                                        A Given in the class notesCommercial Studies

                                                        Joint Stock Company

                                                        Let us discuss about the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyDespite so many advantages it has got many disadvantages which are as follows

                                                        Difficulty in FormationDelay in Decision makingExcessive Government ControlLack of Secrecy

                                                        Company can be classified into several categories based on incorporation

                                                        QuestionExplain the demerits of Joint Stock CompanyAnswer) 1 Difficulty in Formation The legal requirements and formalities required to be completed are so many The cost involved is quite heavy It has to approach large number of people for its capital It cannot start its business unless certificate of incorporation has been obtained This is granted after a long time when all the formalities are completed

                                                        Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                                        Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                                        Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                                        Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                                        2 Define the following

                                                        Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                                        in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                                        Economics

                                                        Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                                        Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                                        QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                                        Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                                        The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                                        Geography

                                                        Rotationand Revolution

                                                        SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                                        Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                                        As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                                        SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                                        December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                                        the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                                        Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                                        Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                                        Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                                        Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                                        Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                                        Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                                        Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                                        Summer Solstice 21st March

                                                        Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                        September

                                                        Winter Solstice 21st June

                                                        (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                                        Spring Equinox 22nd

                                                        December

                                                        A8 A B

                                                        Summer Solstice 21st June

                                                        Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                        September

                                                        Winter Solstice 22nd

                                                        December

                                                        Spring Equinox 21st March

                                                        During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                        Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                        (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                        From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                        To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                        The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                        inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                        The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                        On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                        For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                        (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                        These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                        (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                        From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                        (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                        The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                        (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                        In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                        (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                        passage

                                                        In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                        paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                        On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                        After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                        IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                        To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                        Context

                                                        This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                        (2)

                                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                        MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                        Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                        (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                        The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                        (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                        The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                        Explanation

                                                        While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                        (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                        While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                        He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                        (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                        The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                        (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                        In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                        They have in England

                                                        A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                        Context

                                                        (3)

                                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                        There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                        All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                        This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                        Explanation

                                                        In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                        Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                        (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                        After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                        (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                        After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                        (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                        After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                        (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                        ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                        Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                        monuments

                                                        Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                        Hindi 2ndlang

                                                        नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                        स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                        ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                        ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                        पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                        थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                        थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                        डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                        0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                        अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                        आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                        Commercial Studies

                                                        Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                        There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                        1

                                                        Question

                                                        1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                        Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                        individually

                                                        Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                        funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                        2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                        3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                        2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                        Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                        Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                        weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                        3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                        4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                        5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                        6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                        English Language

                                                        CompositionEssay

                                                        A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                        Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                        Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                        Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                        Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                        Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                        1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                        Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                        and Antonio arrive

                                                        o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                        o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                        Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                        You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                        [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                        Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                        1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                        2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                        3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                        5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                        6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                        7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                        8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                        9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                        10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                        11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                        Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                        1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                        2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                        ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                        But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                        Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                        P A s1

                                                        B

                                                        s

                                                        X` O s1 X

                                                        q q1

                                                        Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                        Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                        s

                                                        price (Rs)

                                                        C

                                                        p A

                                                        s2

                                                        s

                                                        X` o X

                                                        q2 q

                                                        Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                        Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                        (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                        Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                        Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                        Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                        Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                        substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                        6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                        Chlorophyll

                                                        Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                        process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                        Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                        Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                        absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                        into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                        Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                        End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                        B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                        Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                        Class XI

                                                        Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                        regimes for sustainable development

                                                        Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                        Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                        considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                        The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                        Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                        [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                        Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                        o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                        o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                        o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                        SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                        (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                        (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                        (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                        (1)

                                                        (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                        Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                        ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                        To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                        ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                        And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                        (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                        Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                        Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                        (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                        (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                        Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                        When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                        (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                        Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                        Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                        Commerce

                                                        Chapter- Management

                                                        Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                        Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                        Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                        Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                        with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                        policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                        of business

                                                        4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                        Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                        Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                        1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                        2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                        3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                        4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                        Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                        Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                        day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                        tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                        4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                        ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                        Business Studies

                                                        Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                        Staff Appraisal

                                                        Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                        Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                        Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                        Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                        To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                        To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                        To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                        Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                        Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                        knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                        1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                        2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                        3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                        5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                        6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                        7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                        8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                        Geography

                                                        DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                        The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                        Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                        Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                        East-flowing rivers

                                                        West-flowing rivers

                                                        Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                        The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                        The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                        The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                        Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                        Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                        Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                        Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                        Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                        Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                        Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                        Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                        Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                        Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                        They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                        They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                        These rivers form big deltas

                                                        These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                        Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                        Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                        Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                        Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                        LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                        hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                        of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                        COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                        linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                        offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                        linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                        SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                        hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                        Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                        The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                        Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                        o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                        o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                        o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                        Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                        Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                        Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                        of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                        o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                        o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                        o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                        Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                        Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                        ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                        o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                        ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                        o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                        ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                        o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                        ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                        o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                        ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                        Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                        ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                        Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                        to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                        ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                        Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                        Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                        savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                        o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                        those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                        materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                        certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                        is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                        ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                        MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                        2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                        3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                        monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                        4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                        5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                        6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                        Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                        Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                        29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                        200000 200000

                                                        On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                        (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                        Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                        Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                        13500

                                                        18000 18000

                                                        Capital Account

                                                        Dr Cr

                                                        Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                        Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                        Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                        81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                        Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                        Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                        Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                        195500 195500

                                                        Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                        The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                        • 1 Static Friction
                                                        • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                          • Static Friction Examples
                                                            • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                              • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                  • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                    • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                          Chartered CompanyStatutory CompanyRegistered Company

                                                          Delay in Decision making In this form of organization decisions are not made by single individual All important decisions are taken by the Board of Directors Decision-making process is time-consuming So many opportunities may be costly because of delay in decision-making Promptness of decisions which is a common feature of sole trader ship and partnership is not found in a company

                                                          Excessive Government ControlA company and the management have to function well within the law and the provisions of Companies Act are quite elaborate and complex At every step it is necessary to comply with its provisions lest the company and the management should be penalized The penalties are quite heavy and in several cases officers in default can be punished with imprisonment This hampers the proper functioning of the company

                                                          Lack of Secrecy The management of companies remains in the hands of many persons Every important thing is discussed in the meetings of Board of Directors Hence secrets of the business cannot be maintained In case of sole proprietorship and partnership forms of organisation such secrecy is possible because a few persons are involved in the management

                                                          2 Define the following

                                                          Chartered Company- The crown in exercise of the royal prerogative has power to create a corporation by the grant of a charter to persons assenting to be incorporated Such companies or corporations are known as chartered companies Examples of this type of companies are Bank of England (1694) East India Company (1600) The powers and the nature of business of a chartered company are defined by the charter which incorporates it After the country attained independence these types of companies do not exist

                                                          in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                                          Economics

                                                          Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                                          Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                                          QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                                          Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                                          The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                                          Geography

                                                          Rotationand Revolution

                                                          SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                                          Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                                          As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                                          SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                                          December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                                          the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                                          Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                                          Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                                          Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                                          Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                                          Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                                          Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                                          Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                                          Summer Solstice 21st March

                                                          Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                          September

                                                          Winter Solstice 21st June

                                                          (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                                          Spring Equinox 22nd

                                                          December

                                                          A8 A B

                                                          Summer Solstice 21st June

                                                          Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                          September

                                                          Winter Solstice 22nd

                                                          December

                                                          Spring Equinox 21st March

                                                          During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                          Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                          (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                          From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                          To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                          The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                          inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                          The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                          On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                          For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                          (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                          These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                          (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                          From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                          (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                          The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                          (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                          In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                          (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                          passage

                                                          In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                          paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                          On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                          After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                          IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                          (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                          To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                          Context

                                                          This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                          (2)

                                                          (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                          MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                          Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                          (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                          The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                          (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                          The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                          Explanation

                                                          While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                          (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                          While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                          He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                          (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                          The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                          (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                          In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                          (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                          They have in England

                                                          A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                          Context

                                                          (3)

                                                          (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                          There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                          All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                          This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                          Explanation

                                                          In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                          Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                          (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                          After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                          (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                          After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                          (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                          After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                          (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                          ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                          Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                          monuments

                                                          Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                          Hindi 2ndlang

                                                          नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                          स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                          ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                          ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                          पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                          थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                          थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                          डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                          0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                          अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                          आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                          Commercial Studies

                                                          Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                          There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                          1

                                                          Question

                                                          1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                          Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                          individually

                                                          Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                          funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                          2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                          3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                          2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                          Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                          Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                          weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                          3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                          4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                          5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                          6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                          English Language

                                                          CompositionEssay

                                                          A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                          Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                          Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                          Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                          Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                          Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                          1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                          Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                          and Antonio arrive

                                                          o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                          o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                          Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                          You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                          [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                          Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                          1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                          2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                          3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                          5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                          6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                          7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                          8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                          9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                          10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                          11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                          Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                          1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                          2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                          ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                          But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                          Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                          P A s1

                                                          B

                                                          s

                                                          X` O s1 X

                                                          q q1

                                                          Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                          Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                          s

                                                          price (Rs)

                                                          C

                                                          p A

                                                          s2

                                                          s

                                                          X` o X

                                                          q2 q

                                                          Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                          Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                          (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                          Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                          Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                          Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                          Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                          substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                          6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                          Chlorophyll

                                                          Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                          process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                          Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                          Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                          absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                          into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                          Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                          End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                          B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                          Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                          Class XI

                                                          Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                          regimes for sustainable development

                                                          Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                          Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                          considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                          The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                          Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                          [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                          Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                          o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                          o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                          o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                          SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                          (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                          (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                          (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                          (1)

                                                          (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                          Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                          ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                          To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                          ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                          And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                          (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                          Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                          Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                          (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                          (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                          Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                          When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                          (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                          Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                          Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                          Commerce

                                                          Chapter- Management

                                                          Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                          Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                          Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                          Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                          with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                          policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                          of business

                                                          4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                          Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                          Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                          1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                          2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                          3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                          4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                          Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                          Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                          day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                          tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                          4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                          ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                          Business Studies

                                                          Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                          Staff Appraisal

                                                          Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                          Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                          Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                          Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                          To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                          To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                          To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                          Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                          Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                          knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                          1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                          2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                          3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                          5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                          6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                          7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                          8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                          Geography

                                                          DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                          The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                          Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                          Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                          East-flowing rivers

                                                          West-flowing rivers

                                                          Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                          The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                          The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                          The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                          Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                          Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                          Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                          Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                          Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                          Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                          Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                          Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                          Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                          Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                          They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                          They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                          These rivers form big deltas

                                                          These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                          Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                          Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                          Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                          Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                          LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                          hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                          of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                          COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                          linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                          offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                          linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                          SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                          hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                          Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                          The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                          Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                          o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                          o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                          o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                          Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                          Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                          Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                          of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                          o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                          o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                          o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                          Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                          Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                          ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                          o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                          ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                          o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                          ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                          o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                          ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                          o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                          ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                          Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                          ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                          Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                          to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                          ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                          Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                          Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                          savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                          o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                          those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                          materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                          certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                          is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                          ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                          MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                          2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                          3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                          monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                          4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                          5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                          6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                          Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                          Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                          29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                          200000 200000

                                                          On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                          (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                          Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                          Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                          13500

                                                          18000 18000

                                                          Capital Account

                                                          Dr Cr

                                                          Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                          Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                          Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                          81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                          Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                          Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                          Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                          195500 195500

                                                          Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                          The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                          • 1 Static Friction
                                                          • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                            • Static Friction Examples
                                                              • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                  • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                    • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                      • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                            in IndiaStatutory Company- A company may be incorporated by means of a special Act of the Parliament or any state legislature Such companies are called statutory companies Instances of statutory companies in India are Reserve Bank of India the Life Insurance Corporation of India the Food Corporation of India etc The provisions of the Companies Act 1956 apply to statutory companies except where the said provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Act creating them Statutory companies are mostly invested with compulsory powersRegistered companiesCompanies registered under the Companies Act 1956 or earlier Companies Acts are called registered companies Such companies come into existence when they are registered under the Companies Act and a certificate of incorporation is granted to them by the Registrar

                                                            Economics

                                                            Chapter-4Basic problems of Economy

                                                            Today let us discuss with the topic Production Possibility curve

                                                            QuestionExplain the concept of Production Possibility Curve with the help of diagram

                                                            Answer) Production Possibility curve is a locus of all possible combinations of two commodities which can be produced in a country with its given resources and technology

                                                            The above diagram shows that with the given resources and technology the economy can produce maximum either 5 thousand meters of cloth or 15 thousand quintals of wheat or any other combination of the two goods like B( 1 thousand meters of cloth and 14 thousand quintals of wheat C ( 2 thousands meters of cloth and 12 thousand quintals of wheat) etcProduction Possibility curve is also called production possibility boundary or frontier as it sets the maximum limit of what it is possible to produce with given resources

                                                            Geography

                                                            Rotationand Revolution

                                                            SUNrsquoS POSITION AND SEASONAL CHANGES EQUINOXES ndash SPRING AND AUTUMN

                                                            Q1 What is Spring EquinoxA1 On 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day

                                                            As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                                            SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                                            December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                                            the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                                            Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                                            Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                                            Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                                            Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                                            Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                                            Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                                            Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                                            Summer Solstice 21st March

                                                            Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                            September

                                                            Winter Solstice 21st June

                                                            (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                                            Spring Equinox 22nd

                                                            December

                                                            A8 A B

                                                            Summer Solstice 21st June

                                                            Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                            September

                                                            Winter Solstice 22nd

                                                            December

                                                            Spring Equinox 21st March

                                                            During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                            Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                            (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                            From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                            To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                            The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                            inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                            The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                            On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                            For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                            (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                            These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                            (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                            From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                            (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                            The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                            (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                            In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                            (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                            passage

                                                            In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                            paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                            On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                            After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                            IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                            (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                            To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                            Context

                                                            This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                            (2)

                                                            (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                            MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                            Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                            (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                            The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                            (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                            The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                            Explanation

                                                            While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                            (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                            While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                            He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                            (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                            The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                            (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                            In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                            (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                            They have in England

                                                            A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                            Context

                                                            (3)

                                                            (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                            There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                            All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                            This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                            Explanation

                                                            In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                            Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                            (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                            After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                            (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                            After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                            (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                            After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                            (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                            ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                            Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                            monuments

                                                            Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                            Hindi 2ndlang

                                                            नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                            स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                            ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                            ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                            पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                            थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                            थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                            डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                            0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                            अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                            आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                            Commercial Studies

                                                            Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                            There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                            1

                                                            Question

                                                            1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                            Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                            individually

                                                            Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                            funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                            2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                            3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                            2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                            Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                            Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                            weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                            3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                            4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                            5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                            6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                            English Language

                                                            CompositionEssay

                                                            A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                            Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                            Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                            Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                            Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                            Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                            1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                            Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                            and Antonio arrive

                                                            o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                            o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                            Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                            You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                            [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                            Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                            1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                            2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                            3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                            5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                            6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                            7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                            8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                            9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                            10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                            11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                            Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                            1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                            2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                            ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                            But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                            Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                            P A s1

                                                            B

                                                            s

                                                            X` O s1 X

                                                            q q1

                                                            Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                            Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                            s

                                                            price (Rs)

                                                            C

                                                            p A

                                                            s2

                                                            s

                                                            X` o X

                                                            q2 q

                                                            Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                            Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                            (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                            Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                            Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                            Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                            Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                            substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                            6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                            Chlorophyll

                                                            Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                            process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                            Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                            Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                            absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                            into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                            Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                            End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                            B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                            Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                            Class XI

                                                            Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                            regimes for sustainable development

                                                            Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                            Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                            considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                            The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                            Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                            [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                            Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                            o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                            o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                            o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                            SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                            (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                            (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                            (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                            (1)

                                                            (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                            Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                            ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                            To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                            ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                            And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                            (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                            Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                            Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                            (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                            (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                            Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                            When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                            (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                            Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                            Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                            Commerce

                                                            Chapter- Management

                                                            Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                            Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                            Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                            Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                            with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                            policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                            of business

                                                            4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                            Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                            Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                            1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                            2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                            3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                            4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                            Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                            Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                            day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                            tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                            4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                            ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                            Business Studies

                                                            Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                            Staff Appraisal

                                                            Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                            Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                            Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                            Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                            To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                            To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                            To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                            Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                            Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                            knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                            1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                            2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                            3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                            5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                            6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                            7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                            8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                            Geography

                                                            DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                            The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                            Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                            Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                            East-flowing rivers

                                                            West-flowing rivers

                                                            Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                            The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                            The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                            The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                            Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                            Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                            Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                            Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                            Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                            Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                            Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                            Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                            Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                            Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                            They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                            They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                            These rivers form big deltas

                                                            These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                            Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                            Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                            Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                            Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                            LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                            hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                            of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                            COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                            linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                            offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                            linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                            SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                            hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                            Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                            The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                            Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                            o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                            o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                            o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                            Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                            Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                            Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                            of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                            o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                            o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                            o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                            Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                            Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                            ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                            o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                            ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                            o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                            ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                            o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                            ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                            o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                            ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                            Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                            ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                            Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                            to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                            ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                            Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                            Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                            savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                            o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                            those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                            materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                            certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                            is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                            ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                            MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                            2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                            3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                            monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                            4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                            5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                            6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                            Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                            Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                            29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                            200000 200000

                                                            On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                            (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                            Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                            Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                            13500

                                                            18000 18000

                                                            Capital Account

                                                            Dr Cr

                                                            Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                            Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                            Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                            81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                            Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                            Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                            Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                            195500 195500

                                                            Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                            The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                            • 1 Static Friction
                                                            • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                              • Static Friction Examples
                                                                • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                  • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                    • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                      • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                        • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                              As the Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves the sun rays fall directly on the equator twice in a year Equinoxes means equal Spring EquinoxOn 21st March sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring EquinoxAutumn EquinoxOn 23rd September sunrays fall directly on the equator On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Autumn Equinox

                                                              SOLSTICES ndash SUMMER AND WINTERDue to inclination of the Earth on its axis and the apparent movement of the sun the sun rays fall directly on both tropics once in a year Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquoSummer SolsticesAfter 21st March there is an apparent movement of the Sun to the north of the equator The apparent northward movement up to 21st June when the Sun appears overhead at the Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN) The sun appears to stand still at this position and then moves southwards towards the equator This position of the Sun on 21st June is known as Summer Solstices On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Cancer (22frac12degN)Winter solstices The apparent southward movement of the Sun continues beyond the equator till 22nd

                                                              December On this day the Sun is overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn

                                                              the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on equator This day is called as Spring Equinox

                                                              Q2 What do you mean by EquinoxA2 Equinoxes means equal It is use to explain the equal duration of day and night ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on the Earth

                                                              Q3 On which date the longest day in Tropic of CancerA3 21st June

                                                              Q4 What is the meaning of SolsticeA4 Solstice is a Latin word which mean ldquothe Sun standing stillrdquo

                                                              Q5 Which is the longest day in southern hemisphereA5 22nd December

                                                              Q6 On what date does the Arctic Circle experience the lsquoMidnight SunrsquoA6 On 21 June the Arctic Circle experiences the lsquoMidnight Sunrsquo

                                                              Q7 What is cause of Midnight Sun in NorwayA7 During the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyond Thatrsquos why The region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 June

                                                              Q8 Match the column A with BA B

                                                              Summer Solstice 21st March

                                                              Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                              September

                                                              Winter Solstice 21st June

                                                              (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                                              Spring Equinox 22nd

                                                              December

                                                              A8 A B

                                                              Summer Solstice 21st June

                                                              Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                              September

                                                              Winter Solstice 22nd

                                                              December

                                                              Spring Equinox 21st March

                                                              During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                              Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                              (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                              From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                              To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                              The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                              inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                              The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                              On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                              For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                              (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                              These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                              (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                              From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                              (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                              The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                              (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                              In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                              (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                              passage

                                                              In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                              paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                              On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                              After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                              IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                              (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                              To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                              Context

                                                              This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                              (2)

                                                              (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                              MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                              Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                              (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                              The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                              (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                              The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                              Explanation

                                                              While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                              (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                              While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                              He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                              (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                              The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                              (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                              In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                              (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                              They have in England

                                                              A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                              Context

                                                              (3)

                                                              (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                              There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                              All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                              This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                              Explanation

                                                              In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                              Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                              (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                              After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                              (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                              After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                              (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                              After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                              (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                              ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                              Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                              monuments

                                                              Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                              Hindi 2ndlang

                                                              नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                              स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                              ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                              ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                              पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                              थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                              थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                              डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                              0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                              अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                              आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                              Commercial Studies

                                                              Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                              There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                              1

                                                              Question

                                                              1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                              Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                              individually

                                                              Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                              funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                              2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                              3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                              2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                              Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                              Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                              weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                              3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                              4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                              5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                              6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                              English Language

                                                              CompositionEssay

                                                              A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                              Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                              Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                              Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                              Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                              Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                              1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                              Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                              and Antonio arrive

                                                              o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                              o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                              Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                              You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                              [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                              Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                              1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                              2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                              3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                              5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                              6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                              7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                              8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                              9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                              10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                              11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                              Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                              1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                              2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                              ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                              But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                              Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                              P A s1

                                                              B

                                                              s

                                                              X` O s1 X

                                                              q q1

                                                              Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                              Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                              s

                                                              price (Rs)

                                                              C

                                                              p A

                                                              s2

                                                              s

                                                              X` o X

                                                              q2 q

                                                              Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                              Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                              (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                              Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                              Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                              Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                              Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                              substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                              6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                              Chlorophyll

                                                              Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                              process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                              Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                              Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                              absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                              into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                              Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                              End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                              B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                              Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                              Class XI

                                                              Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                              regimes for sustainable development

                                                              Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                              Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                              considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                              The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                              Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                              [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                              Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                              o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                              o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                              o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                              SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                              (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                              (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                              (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                              (1)

                                                              (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                              Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                              ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                              To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                              ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                              And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                              (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                              Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                              Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                              (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                              (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                              Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                              When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                              (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                              Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                              Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                              Commerce

                                                              Chapter- Management

                                                              Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                              Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                              Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                              Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                              with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                              policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                              of business

                                                              4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                              Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                              Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                              1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                              2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                              3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                              4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                              Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                              Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                              day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                              tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                              4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                              ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                              Business Studies

                                                              Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                              Staff Appraisal

                                                              Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                              Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                              Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                              Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                              To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                              To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                              To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                              Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                              Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                              knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                              1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                              2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                              3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                              5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                              6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                              7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                              8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                              Geography

                                                              DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                              The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                              Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                              Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                              East-flowing rivers

                                                              West-flowing rivers

                                                              Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                              The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                              The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                              The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                              Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                              Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                              Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                              Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                              Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                              Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                              Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                              Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                              Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                              Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                              They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                              They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                              These rivers form big deltas

                                                              These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                              Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                              Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                              Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                              Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                              LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                              hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                              of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                              COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                              linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                              offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                              linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                              SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                              hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                              Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                              The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                              Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                              o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                              o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                              o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                              Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                              Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                              Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                              of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                              o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                              o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                              o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                              Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                              Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                              ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                              o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                              ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                              o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                              ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                              o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                              ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                              o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                              ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                              Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                              ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                              Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                              to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                              ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                              Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                              Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                              savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                              o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                              those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                              materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                              certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                              is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                              ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                              MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                              2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                              3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                              monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                              4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                              5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                              6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                              Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                              Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                              29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                              200000 200000

                                                              On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                              (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                              Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                              Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                              13500

                                                              18000 18000

                                                              Capital Account

                                                              Dr Cr

                                                              Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                              Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                              Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                              81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                              Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                              Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                              Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                              195500 195500

                                                              Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                              The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                              • 1 Static Friction
                                                              • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                • Static Friction Examples
                                                                  • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                    • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                      • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                        • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                          • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                (22frac12degS) This position of the Sun is referred to as the Winter Solstice because it marks the winter season in the Northern Hemisphere On that day the duration of day and night both are equal ( 12 hours day and 12 hours night) on every places located on Tropic of Capricorn (22frac12degS)SEASONS AND DURATION OF DAY AND NIGHT During the equinoxes all places on the Earth have 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night Due to the revolution of the Earth round the Sun on an inclined axis the duration of day and night varies according to seasons and the latitude of a placeDuring the summer solstice (21 June) the North Pole is inclined towards the Sun Therefore the duration of sunlight or daytime increases from 12 hours at the Equator to 24 hours at the Arctic Circle and beyondThe region beyond the Arctic Circle especially Norway is known as the Land of the Midnight Sun because there the Sun does not rise or set on 21 JuneAt the North Pole there will be six months of daylight The Sun will be seen always above the horizon at a low angle At 66degN 24 hours of sunlight can be seen only on 21 June Hammerfest in northern Norway is a place of tourist attraction for observing the phenomenon of the Midnight Sun This place has continuous daylight from 13 May to 29 July This place is easily accessible to tourists and has hotels and other facilities The view of the midnight Sun from here is enthrallingIn the Southern Hemisphere the duration of daylight decreases from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle In the South Polar Region there is 24 hours of darkness The Sun is always below the horizon In the Southern Hemisphere which experiences winter the duration of night-time is longer than the duration of daylight

                                                                Spring Equinox 22nd

                                                                December

                                                                A8 A B

                                                                Summer Solstice 21st June

                                                                Autumn Equinox 23rd

                                                                September

                                                                Winter Solstice 22nd

                                                                December

                                                                Spring Equinox 21st March

                                                                During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                                Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                                (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                                From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                                To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                                The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                                inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                                The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                                On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                                For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                                (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                                These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                                (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                                From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                                (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                                The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                                (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                                In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                                (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                                passage

                                                                In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                                paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                                On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                                After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                                IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                                (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                                To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                                Context

                                                                This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                (2)

                                                                (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                                MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                                Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                                (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                                The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                                (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                                The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                                Explanation

                                                                While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                                (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                                While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                                He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                                (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                                The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                                (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                                In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                                (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                                They have in England

                                                                A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                                Context

                                                                (3)

                                                                (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                                There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                                All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                                This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                Explanation

                                                                In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                                Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                                (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                                After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                                (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                                After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                                (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                                After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                                (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                                ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                                Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                                monuments

                                                                Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                Hindi 2ndlang

                                                                नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                                स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                                ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                                ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                                पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                                थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                                थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                                डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                                0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                                अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                                आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                                Commercial Studies

                                                                Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                                There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                                1

                                                                Question

                                                                1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                                Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                                individually

                                                                Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                                funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                                2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                                3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                                2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                                Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                                Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                                weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                                3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                                4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                                5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                                6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                                English Language

                                                                CompositionEssay

                                                                A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                                Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                                Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                                Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                                Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                                Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                                1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                                Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                                and Antonio arrive

                                                                o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                                o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                                Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                                You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                                [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                                Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                                1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                                2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                                3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                                5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                                6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                                7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                                8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                                9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                                10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                                11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                                Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                                1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                                2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                                ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                                But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                P A s1

                                                                B

                                                                s

                                                                X` O s1 X

                                                                q q1

                                                                Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                s

                                                                price (Rs)

                                                                C

                                                                p A

                                                                s2

                                                                s

                                                                X` o X

                                                                q2 q

                                                                Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                Chlorophyll

                                                                Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                Class XI

                                                                Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                regimes for sustainable development

                                                                Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                (1)

                                                                (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                Commerce

                                                                Chapter- Management

                                                                Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                of business

                                                                4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                Business Studies

                                                                Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                Staff Appraisal

                                                                Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                Geography

                                                                DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                East-flowing rivers

                                                                West-flowing rivers

                                                                Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                These rivers form big deltas

                                                                These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                200000 200000

                                                                On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                13500

                                                                18000 18000

                                                                Capital Account

                                                                Dr Cr

                                                                Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                195500 195500

                                                                Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                • 1 Static Friction
                                                                • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                  • Static Friction Examples
                                                                    • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                      • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                        • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                          • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                            • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                  During winter solstice (22 December) the South Pole is inclined towards the Sun The Southern Hemisphere experiences summer and the Northern Hemisphere has winter Therefore the duration of daylight or sunlight is greater in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern HemisphereThe duration of daylight increases from 12 hours at the equator to 24 hours beyond the Antarctic Circle The South Polar Region has 24 hours of sunlight for many days continuously At the South Pole there will be six months of sunlight The Sun will always be seen at a low angle above the horizon In the Northern Hemisphere the duration of daylight will decrease from 12 hours at the equator to 0 hours at the Arctic Circle There are 24 hours of darkness in the North Polar region The duration of night is greater than the duration of daylight as one move northwards from the Equator It is evident from the above table that the duration of daylight is 12 hours throughout the year at the equator only As one moves away from the equator the seasonal variations in the duration of daylight increase The seasonal variations in the duration of daylight are maximum at the Polar Regions

                                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act II Scene 7 Lines 36 to 80 (End of scene ) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase provided]

                                                                  Summary Questions amp AnswersThe Prince then examines the inscription on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo The Prince says that he deserves Portia more than anybody else because of his high rank his noble birth and his great wealth and power But then he argues that silver is ten times

                                                                  (1) (Act II Sc 7 L 39-47)

                                                                  From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                                  To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saint

                                                                  The Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares now

                                                                  inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                                  The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                                  On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                                  For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                                  (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                                  These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                                  (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                                  From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                                  (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                                  The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                                  (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                                  In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                                  (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                                  passage

                                                                  In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                                  paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                                  On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                                  After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                                  IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                                  To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                                  Context

                                                                  This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                  (2)

                                                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                                  MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                                  Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                                  (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                                  The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                                  (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                                  The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                                  Explanation

                                                                  While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                                  (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                                  While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                                  He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                                  (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                                  The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                                  (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                                  In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                                  They have in England

                                                                  A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                                  Context

                                                                  (3)

                                                                  (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                                  There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                                  All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                                  This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                  Explanation

                                                                  In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                                  Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                                  (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                                  After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                                  (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                                  After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                                  (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                                  After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                                  (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                                  ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                                  Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                                  monuments

                                                                  Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                  Hindi 2ndlang

                                                                  नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                                  स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                                  ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                                  ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                                  पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                                  थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                                  थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                                  डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                                  0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                                  अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                                  आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                                  Commercial Studies

                                                                  Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                                  There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                                  1

                                                                  Question

                                                                  1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                                  Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                                  individually

                                                                  Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                                  funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                                  2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                                  3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                                  2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                                  Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                                  Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                                  weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                                  3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                                  4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                                  5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                                  6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                                  English Language

                                                                  CompositionEssay

                                                                  A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                                  Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                                  Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                                  Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                                  Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                                  Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                                  1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                                  Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                                  and Antonio arrive

                                                                  o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                                  o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                                  Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                                  You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                                  [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                                  Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                                  1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                                  2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                                  3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                                  5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                                  6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                                  7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                                  8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                                  9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                                  10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                                  11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                                  Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                                  1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                                  2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                                  ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                                  But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                  Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                  P A s1

                                                                  B

                                                                  s

                                                                  X` O s1 X

                                                                  q q1

                                                                  Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                  Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                  s

                                                                  price (Rs)

                                                                  C

                                                                  p A

                                                                  s2

                                                                  s

                                                                  X` o X

                                                                  q2 q

                                                                  Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                  Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                  (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                  Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                  Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                  Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                  Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                  substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                  6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                  Chlorophyll

                                                                  Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                  process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                  Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                  Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                  absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                  into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                  Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                  End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                  B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                  Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                  Class XI

                                                                  Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                  regimes for sustainable development

                                                                  Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                  Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                  considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                  The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                  Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                  [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                  Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                  o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                  o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                  o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                  SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                  (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                  (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                  (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                  (1)

                                                                  (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                  Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                  ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                  To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                  ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                  And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                  (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                  Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                  Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                  (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                  (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                  Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                  When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                  (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                  Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                  Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                  Commerce

                                                                  Chapter- Management

                                                                  Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                  Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                  Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                  Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                  with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                  policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                  of business

                                                                  4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                  Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                  Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                  1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                  2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                  3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                  4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                  Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                  Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                  day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                  tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                  4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                  ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                  Business Studies

                                                                  Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                  Staff Appraisal

                                                                  Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                  Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                  Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                  Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                  To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                  To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                  To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                  Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                  Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                  knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                  1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                  2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                  3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                  5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                  6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                  7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                  8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                  Geography

                                                                  DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                  The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                  Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                  Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                  East-flowing rivers

                                                                  West-flowing rivers

                                                                  Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                  The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                  The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                  The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                  Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                  Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                  Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                  Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                  Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                  Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                  Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                  Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                  Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                  Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                  They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                  They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                  These rivers form big deltas

                                                                  These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                  Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                  Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                  Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                  Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                  LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                  hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                  of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                  COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                  linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                  offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                  linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                  SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                  hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                  Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                  The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                  Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                  o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                  o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                  o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                  Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                  Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                  Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                  of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                  o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                  o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                  o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                  Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                  Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                  ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                  o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                  ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                  o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                  ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                  o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                  ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                  o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                  ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                  Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                  ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                  Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                  to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                  ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                  Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                  Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                  savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                  o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                  those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                  materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                  certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                  is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                  ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                  MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                  2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                  3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                  monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                  4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                  5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                  6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                  Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                  Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                  29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                  200000 200000

                                                                  On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                  (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                  Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                  Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                  13500

                                                                  18000 18000

                                                                  Capital Account

                                                                  Dr Cr

                                                                  Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                  Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                  Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                  81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                  Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                  Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                  Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                  195500 195500

                                                                  Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                  The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                  • 1 Static Friction
                                                                  • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                    • Static Friction Examples
                                                                      • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                        • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                          • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                            • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                              • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                    inferior to gold and therefore he cannot believe that the portrait of such a beautiful lady as Portia can be contained in the silver casket He decides to see the inscription on the golden casket before making his decision

                                                                    The Prince goes to examine the inscription on the golden casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get what many men desirerdquo The Prince believes that the whole world desires to possess Portia otherwise so many suitors would not have come from all corners of the world for winning Portia Some of them have come from the distant lands of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed)

                                                                    On the basis of his assessment of the inscription on the golden casket the Prince decides to choose the golden casket He asks for the key and opens the golden casket only to find therein an empty human skull holding a roll of

                                                                    For princes to come view fair PortiaThe watery kingdom whose ambitious headSpets in the face of heaven is no barTo stop the foreign spirits but they comeAs orsquoer a brook to see fair Portia

                                                                    (i) Explain the occasion for the above mentioned speech

                                                                    These are the comments of the Prince of Morocco after he reads the inscription on the golden casket His mental process is revealed to us in these words We find him debating within himself as to which casket he should choose

                                                                    (ii) What light does the above speech throw on the personality of Prince of Morocco

                                                                    From the above mentioned speech we come to know that the Prince of Morocco is keen to marry Portia He is the type of person who is easily taken away by outward appearance He is in love with Portia because of her beauty

                                                                    (iii) What information can you gather about Portia from the above mentioned lines

                                                                    The given speech shows that Portia is a very beautiful lady She must be possessed of good qualities because many suitors come to her place from all over the world with a desire to get married to her The Prince of Morocco is so impressed by her beauty that he calls her a saint According to him the whole world is desirous of having her

                                                                    (iv) Elucidate the significance of the first two lines

                                                                    In these lines the Prince of Morocco pays a compliment to Portia These lines show his admiration for her He says that people come from all parts of the world to see fair Portia

                                                                    (v) Explain the meaning of the last four lines of the

                                                                    passage

                                                                    In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                                    paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                                    On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                                    After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                                    IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                                    To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                                    Context

                                                                    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                    (2)

                                                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                                    MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                                    Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                                    (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                                    The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                                    (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                                    The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                                    Explanation

                                                                    While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                                    (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                                    While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                                    He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                                    (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                                    The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                                    (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                                    In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                                    They have in England

                                                                    A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                                    Context

                                                                    (3)

                                                                    (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                                    There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                                    All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                                    This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                    Explanation

                                                                    In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                                    Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                                    (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                                    After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                                    (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                                    After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                                    (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                                    After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                                    (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                                    ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                                    Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                                    monuments

                                                                    Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                    Hindi 2ndlang

                                                                    नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                                    स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                                    ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                                    ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                                    पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                                    थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                                    थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                                    डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                                    0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                                    अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                                    आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                                    Commercial Studies

                                                                    Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                                    There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                                    1

                                                                    Question

                                                                    1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                                    Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                                    individually

                                                                    Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                                    funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                                    2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                                    3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                                    2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                                    Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                                    Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                                    weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                                    3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                                    4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                                    5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                                    6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                                    English Language

                                                                    CompositionEssay

                                                                    A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                                    Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                                    Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                                    Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                                    Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                                    Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                                    1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                                    Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                                    and Antonio arrive

                                                                    o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                                    o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                                    Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                                    You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                                    [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                                    Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                                    1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                                    2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                                    3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                                    5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                                    6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                                    7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                                    8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                                    9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                                    10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                                    11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                                    Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                                    1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                                    2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                                    ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                                    But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                    Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                    P A s1

                                                                    B

                                                                    s

                                                                    X` O s1 X

                                                                    q q1

                                                                    Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                    Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                    s

                                                                    price (Rs)

                                                                    C

                                                                    p A

                                                                    s2

                                                                    s

                                                                    X` o X

                                                                    q2 q

                                                                    Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                    Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                    (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                    Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                    Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                    Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                    Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                    substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                    6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                    Chlorophyll

                                                                    Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                    process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                    Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                    Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                    absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                    into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                    Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                    End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                    B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                    Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                    Class XI

                                                                    Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                    regimes for sustainable development

                                                                    Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                    Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                    considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                    The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                    Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                    [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                    Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                    o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                    o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                    o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                    SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                    (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                    (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                    (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                    (1)

                                                                    (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                    Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                    ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                    To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                    ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                    And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                    (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                    Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                    Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                    (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                    (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                    Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                    When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                    (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                    Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                    Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                    Commerce

                                                                    Chapter- Management

                                                                    Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                    Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                    Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                    Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                    with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                    policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                    of business

                                                                    4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                    Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                    Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                    1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                    2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                    3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                    4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                    Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                    Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                    day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                    tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                    4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                    ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                    Business Studies

                                                                    Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                    Staff Appraisal

                                                                    Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                    Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                    Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                    Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                    To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                    To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                    To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                    Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                    Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                    knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                    1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                    2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                    3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                    5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                    6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                    7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                    8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                    Geography

                                                                    DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                    The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                    Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                    Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                    East-flowing rivers

                                                                    West-flowing rivers

                                                                    Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                    The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                    The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                    The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                    Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                    Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                    Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                    Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                    Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                    Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                    Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                    Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                    Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                    Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                    They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                    They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                    These rivers form big deltas

                                                                    These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                    Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                    Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                    Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                    Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                    LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                    hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                    of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                    COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                    linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                    offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                    linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                    SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                    hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                    Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                    The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                    Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                    o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                    o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                    o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                    Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                    Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                    Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                    of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                    o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                    o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                    o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                    Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                    Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                    ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                    o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                    ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                    o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                    ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                    o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                    ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                    o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                    ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                    Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                    ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                    Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                    to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                    ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                    Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                    Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                    savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                    o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                    those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                    materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                    certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                    is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                    ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                    MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                    2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                    3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                    monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                    4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                    5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                    6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                    Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                    Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                    29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                    200000 200000

                                                                    On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                    (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                    Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                    Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                    13500

                                                                    18000 18000

                                                                    Capital Account

                                                                    Dr Cr

                                                                    Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                    Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                    Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                    81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                    Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                    Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                    Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                    195500 195500

                                                                    Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                    The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                    • 1 Static Friction
                                                                    • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                      • Static Friction Examples
                                                                        • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                          • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                            • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                              • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                      passage

                                                                      In these lines the Prince of Morocco says that even the vast oceans which throw a challenge at the sky are unable to prevent men from coming to Portiarsquos place to have a glimpse of her These lines are also a tribute to Portiarsquos beauty and good qualities Many men voyage across the ocean treating it as a mere stream to see the beautiful Portia

                                                                      paper in which is written that whoever happens to be guided by the glitter of things is invariably deceived

                                                                      On reading the scroll the Prince says that he is too sad at heart to speak a more formal farewell and leaves with his followers amidst a sound of trumpets

                                                                      After the Prince of Morocco leaves Portia remarks that the Prince is a gentle fellow but she is rid of him May all persons of his nature make a similar choice

                                                                      IMPORTANT PASSAGES EXPLAINED

                                                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 39-43)From the four corners of the earth they come

                                                                      To kiss this shrine this mortal breathing saintThe Hyrcanian deserts and the vasty wildsOf wide Arabia are as through-fares nowFor princes to come view fair Portia

                                                                      Context

                                                                      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                      (2)

                                                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 48-53)

                                                                      MOROCCO One of these three contains her heavenly pictureIst like that lead contains her

                                                                      Twere damnation To think so base a thought it were too grossTo rib her cerecloth in the obscure graveOr shall I think in silver shes immurdBeing ten times undervalued to tried gold

                                                                      (i) What meaning does the Prince of Morocco find out of the inscription of the golden casket What have Belmont and Portiarsquos house been called and why

                                                                      The inscription on the golden casket is ldquoWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desirerdquo The Prince finds out that it means that the chooser of the golden casket will get Portia because many men desire her In fact the entire world desires her Because of the coming of many suitors to Belmont from different countries in order to win Portiarsquos hand Belmont has become a centre of pilgrimage and her house is the shrine where saintly Portia is installed

                                                                      (ii) What does the Prince of Morocco do before making the final choice of the casket Which is the correct casket and who will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                                      The Prince of Morocco surveys and analyses the inscriptions on the casket of lead silver and gold Before making the final choice like a very systematic and methodical person he once again considers the claims of the caskets The casket containing Portiarsquos picture is the correct casket and the person choosing it will win Portiarsquos hand

                                                                      Explanation

                                                                      While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                                      (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                                      While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                                      He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                                      (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                                      The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                                      (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                                      In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                                      They have in England

                                                                      A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                                      Context

                                                                      (3)

                                                                      (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                                      There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                                      All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                                      This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                      Explanation

                                                                      In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                                      Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                                      (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                                      After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                                      (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                                      After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                                      (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                                      After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                                      (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                                      ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                                      Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                                      monuments

                                                                      Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                      Hindi 2ndlang

                                                                      नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                                      स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                                      ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                                      ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                                      पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                                      थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                                      थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                                      डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                                      0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                                      अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                                      आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                                      Commercial Studies

                                                                      Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                                      There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                                      1

                                                                      Question

                                                                      1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                                      Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                                      individually

                                                                      Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                                      funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                                      2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                                      3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                                      2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                                      Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                                      Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                                      weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                                      3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                                      4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                                      5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                                      6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                                      English Language

                                                                      CompositionEssay

                                                                      A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                                      Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                                      Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                                      Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                                      Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                                      Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                                      1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                                      Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                                      and Antonio arrive

                                                                      o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                                      o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                                      Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                                      You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                                      [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                                      Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                                      1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                                      2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                                      3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                                      5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                                      6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                                      7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                                      8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                                      9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                                      10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                                      11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                                      Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                                      1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                                      2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                                      ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                                      But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                      Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                      P A s1

                                                                      B

                                                                      s

                                                                      X` O s1 X

                                                                      q q1

                                                                      Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                      Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                      s

                                                                      price (Rs)

                                                                      C

                                                                      p A

                                                                      s2

                                                                      s

                                                                      X` o X

                                                                      q2 q

                                                                      Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                      Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                      (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                      Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                      Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                      Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                      Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                      substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                      6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                      Chlorophyll

                                                                      Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                      process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                      Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                      Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                      absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                      into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                      Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                      End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                      B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                      Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                      Class XI

                                                                      Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                      regimes for sustainable development

                                                                      Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                      Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                      considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                      The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                      Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                      [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                      Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                      o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                      o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                      o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                      SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                      (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                      (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                      (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                      (1)

                                                                      (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                      Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                      ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                      To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                      ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                      And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                      (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                      Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                      Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                      (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                      (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                      Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                      When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                      (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                      Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                      Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                      Commerce

                                                                      Chapter- Management

                                                                      Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                      Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                      Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                      Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                      with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                      policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                      of business

                                                                      4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                      Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                      Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                      1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                      2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                      3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                      4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                      Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                      Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                      day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                      tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                      4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                      ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                      Business Studies

                                                                      Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                      Staff Appraisal

                                                                      Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                      Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                      Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                      Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                      To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                      To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                      To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                      Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                      Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                      knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                      1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                      2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                      3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                      5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                      6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                      7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                      8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                      Geography

                                                                      DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                      The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                      Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                      Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                      East-flowing rivers

                                                                      West-flowing rivers

                                                                      Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                      The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                      The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                      The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                      Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                      Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                      Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                      Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                      Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                      Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                      Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                      Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                      Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                      Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                      They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                      They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                      These rivers form big deltas

                                                                      These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                      Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                      Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                      Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                      Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                      LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                      hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                      of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                      COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                      linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                      offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                      linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                      SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                      hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                      Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                      The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                      Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                      o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                      o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                      o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                      Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                      Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                      Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                      of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                      o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                      o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                      o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                      Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                      Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                      ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                      o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                      ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                      o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                      ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                      o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                      ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                      o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                      ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                      Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                      ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                      Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                      to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                      ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                      Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                      Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                      savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                      o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                      those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                      materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                      certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                      is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                      ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                      MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                      2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                      3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                      monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                      4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                      5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                      6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                      Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                      Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                      29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                      200000 200000

                                                                      On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                      (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                      Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                      Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                      13500

                                                                      18000 18000

                                                                      Capital Account

                                                                      Dr Cr

                                                                      Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                      Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                      Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                      81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                      Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                      Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                      Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                      195500 195500

                                                                      Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                      The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                      • 1 Static Friction
                                                                      • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                        • Static Friction Examples
                                                                          • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                            • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                              • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                  • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                        Explanation

                                                                        While praising Portia the Prince of Morocco conceives Portia as a goddess whose image is placed inside one of the caskets Many suitors are coming from far and wide the north and the south the east and the west (Four corners) in order to try their luck Some of them have come from the distant land of Persia and Arabia The deserts of Persia (Hyrcanian deserts) and the boundless desolate lands of Arabia have been crossed by the Princes seeking the hand of Portia All this shows that Portia is indeed the most beautiful lady of the world

                                                                        (iii) What does the Prince of Morocco say in his estimation while examining the motto on the silver casket What does he find in the golden casket

                                                                        While examining the motto on the silver casket which says ldquoWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deservesrdquo Morocco says that in his own estimation he surely deserves Portia in all respects ndash rank birth wealth etc

                                                                        He chooses the golden casket When he opens it he finds an empty human skull holding a scroll in which it is written that those who are attracted by the glittering outside of things are always deceived as Morocco has been deceived

                                                                        (iv) What kind of nature does the Prince of Morocco have

                                                                        The Prince of Morocco has a simple nature who does not look deeply into the inner meaning of things but is dazzled by the outward appearance of gold He is inclined to over-estimate his own value and does not realize that it is a duty to ldquogive and hazardrdquo To say that he will not hazard for lead shows that he misreads the true meaning of the inscription which is that he should be prepared to ldquohazard all he hathrdquo for Portia So his feeling is only one of fascination and romantic attraction

                                                                        (v) Do you think that the lottery of the caskets is not a matter that will be determined by chance

                                                                        In fact the lottery of the casket is not a matter that will be determined by mere chance but that it is a true test of character and of sincerity which is amply proved not only by Moroccorsquos choice but also by the arguments which he uses to help him in his choice

                                                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 55-59)

                                                                        They have in England

                                                                        A coin that bears the figure of an angelStamped in gold but thats insculpd uponBut here an angel in a golden bedLies all within

                                                                        Context

                                                                        (3)

                                                                        (Act II Sc 7 L 63-77)A carrion Death within whose empty eye

                                                                        There is a written scroll Ill read the writing

                                                                        All that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldHad you been as wise as boldYoung in limbs in judgment oldYour answer had not been inscrolld

                                                                        This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                        Explanation

                                                                        In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                                        Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                                        (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                                        After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                                        (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                                        After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                                        (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                                        After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                                        (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                                        ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                                        Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                                        monuments

                                                                        Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                        Hindi 2ndlang

                                                                        नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                                        स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                                        ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                                        ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                                        पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                                        थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                                        थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                                        डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                                        0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                                        अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                                        आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                                        Commercial Studies

                                                                        Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                                        There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                                        1

                                                                        Question

                                                                        1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                                        Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                                        individually

                                                                        Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                                        funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                                        2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                                        3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                                        2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                                        Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                                        Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                                        weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                                        3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                                        4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                                        5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                                        6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                                        English Language

                                                                        CompositionEssay

                                                                        A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                                        Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                                        Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                                        Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                                        Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                                        Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                                        1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                                        Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                                        and Antonio arrive

                                                                        o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                                        o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                                        Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                                        You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                                        [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                                        Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                                        1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                                        2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                                        3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                                        5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                                        6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                                        7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                                        8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                                        9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                                        10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                                        11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                                        Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                                        1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                                        2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                                        ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                                        But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                        Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                        P A s1

                                                                        B

                                                                        s

                                                                        X` O s1 X

                                                                        q q1

                                                                        Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                        Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                        s

                                                                        price (Rs)

                                                                        C

                                                                        p A

                                                                        s2

                                                                        s

                                                                        X` o X

                                                                        q2 q

                                                                        Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                        Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                        (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                        Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                        Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                        Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                        Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                        substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                        6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                        Chlorophyll

                                                                        Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                        process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                        Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                        Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                        absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                        into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                        Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                        End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                        B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                        Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                        Class XI

                                                                        Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                        regimes for sustainable development

                                                                        Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                        Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                        considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                        The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                        Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                        [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                        Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                        o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                        o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                        o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                        SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                        (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                        (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                        (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                        (1)

                                                                        (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                        Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                        ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                        To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                        ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                        And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                        (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                        Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                        Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                        (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                        (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                        Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                        When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                        (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                        Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                        Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                        Commerce

                                                                        Chapter- Management

                                                                        Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                        Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                        Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                        Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                        with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                        policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                        of business

                                                                        4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                        Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                        Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                        1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                        2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                        3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                        4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                        Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                        Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                        day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                        tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                        4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                        ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                        Business Studies

                                                                        Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                        Staff Appraisal

                                                                        Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                        Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                        Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                        Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                        To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                        To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                        To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                        Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                        Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                        knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                        1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                        2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                        3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                        5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                        6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                        7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                        8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                        Geography

                                                                        DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                        The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                        Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                        Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                        East-flowing rivers

                                                                        West-flowing rivers

                                                                        Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                        The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                        The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                        The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                        Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                        Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                        Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                        Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                        Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                        Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                        Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                        Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                        Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                        Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                        They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                        They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                        These rivers form big deltas

                                                                        These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                        Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                        Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                        Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                        Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                        LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                        hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                        of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                        COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                        linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                        offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                        linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                        SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                        hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                        Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                        The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                        Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                        o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                        o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                        o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                        Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                        Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                        Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                        of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                        o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                        o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                        o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                        Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                        Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                        ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                        o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                        ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                        o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                        ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                        o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                        ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                        o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                        ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                        Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                        ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                        Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                        to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                        ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                        Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                        Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                        savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                        o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                        those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                        materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                        certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                        is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                        ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                        MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                        2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                        3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                        monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                        4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                        5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                        6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                        Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                        Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                        29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                        200000 200000

                                                                        On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                        (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                        Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                        Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                        13500

                                                                        18000 18000

                                                                        Capital Account

                                                                        Dr Cr

                                                                        Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                        Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                        Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                        81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                        Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                        Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                        Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                        195500 195500

                                                                        Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                        The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                        • 1 Static Friction
                                                                        • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                          • Static Friction Examples
                                                                            • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                              • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                  • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                    • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                          This passage occurs in Act II Scene 7 in The Merchant of Venice This is part of the speech made by the Prince of Morocco

                                                                          Explanation

                                                                          In this passage the Prince of Morocco bestows high praise on Portia whose hand he is seeking He contrasts this casket containing Portiarsquos portrait with the old English gold coin bearing the image of the archangel (angel of the highest rank) He goes on to remark that while the figure of the archangel is engraved (Insculped) upon the English coin the picture of Portia who is beautiful as an angel lies hidden inside one of the caskets namely the Golden Casket (Golden Bed) In the day of Elizabeth silver was ten times inferior in value to gold Therefore the Prince of Morocco believing that Portiarsquos portrait is contained in the Golden Casket decides to choose the Golden Casket

                                                                          Fare you well your suit is coldCold indeed and labour lostThen farewell heat and welcome frostmdashPortia adieu I have too grievd a heartTo take a tedious leave Thus losers part

                                                                          (i) What reward does the Prince of Morocco get after making a wrong choice of the Casket How does he feel

                                                                          After making the wrong choice in selecting the casket of gold the Prince of Morocco as a reward earns a rebuke in the form of a scroll tucked in the empty eye-socket of a skull kept in the casket of gold The Prince is shocked and disappointed He becomes all the more sad and dejected when he reads the scroll which points to his foolishness in being misled by the appearance and outward show as indicative of its worth

                                                                          (ii) How does the Prince respond after reading the scroll

                                                                          After reading the scroll the Prince though upset accepts the result with good grace and decorum befitting a royal suitor and true sportsman He says that his love-suit is really cold otherwise he would have chosen correctly but now his efforts have been in vain So he bids farewell to Portia to the warmth and enthusiasm of love and welcomes the cold and bitterness of dejection and misery of life which lies ahead

                                                                          (iii) What request does he make to Portia and why

                                                                          After being failure in his mission he requests Portia to give him permission to leave at once because he is too sad to undergo the tediousness of a formal leave-taking He tells that it is the manner in which defeated persons part unceremoniously

                                                                          (iv) Explain the following lines

                                                                          ldquoAll that glisters is not goldOften have you heard that toldMany a man his life hath soldBut my outside to beholdGilded tombs do worms infoldrdquo

                                                                          Mere glitter does not make a metal to be gold Man has often been warned against appearance but it has been of no use Many people have sacrificed their lives only to seek the outer appearance of gold Worms are found inside the gilded

                                                                          monuments

                                                                          Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                          Hindi 2ndlang

                                                                          नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                                          स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                                          ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                                          ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                                          पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                                          थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                                          थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                                          डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                                          0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                                          अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                                          आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                                          Commercial Studies

                                                                          Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                                          There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                                          1

                                                                          Question

                                                                          1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                                          Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                                          individually

                                                                          Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                                          funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                                          2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                                          3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                                          2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                                          Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                                          Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                                          weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                                          3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                                          4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                                          5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                                          6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                                          English Language

                                                                          CompositionEssay

                                                                          A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                                          Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                                          Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                                          Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                                          Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                                          Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                                          1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                                          Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                                          and Antonio arrive

                                                                          o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                                          o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                                          Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                                          You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                                          [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                                          Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                                          1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                                          2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                                          3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                                          5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                                          6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                                          7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                                          8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                                          9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                                          10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                                          11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                                          Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                                          1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                                          2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                                          ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                                          But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                          Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                          P A s1

                                                                          B

                                                                          s

                                                                          X` O s1 X

                                                                          q q1

                                                                          Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                          Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                          s

                                                                          price (Rs)

                                                                          C

                                                                          p A

                                                                          s2

                                                                          s

                                                                          X` o X

                                                                          q2 q

                                                                          Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                          Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                          (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                          Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                          Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                          Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                          Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                          substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                          6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                          Chlorophyll

                                                                          Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                          process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                          Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                          Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                          absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                          into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                          Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                          End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                          B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                          Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                          Class XI

                                                                          Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                          regimes for sustainable development

                                                                          Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                          Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                          considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                          The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                          Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                          [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                          Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                          o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                          o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                          o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                          SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                          (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                          (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                          (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                          (1)

                                                                          (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                          Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                          ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                          To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                          ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                          And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                          (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                          Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                          Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                          (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                          (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                          Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                          When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                          (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                          Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                          Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                          Commerce

                                                                          Chapter- Management

                                                                          Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                          Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                          Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                          Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                          with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                          policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                          of business

                                                                          4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                          Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                          Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                          1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                          2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                          3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                          4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                          Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                          Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                          day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                          tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                          4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                          ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                          Business Studies

                                                                          Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                          Staff Appraisal

                                                                          Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                          Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                          Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                          Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                          To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                          To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                          To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                          Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                          Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                          knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                          1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                          2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                          3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                          5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                          6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                          7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                          8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                          Geography

                                                                          DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                          The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                          Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                          Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                          East-flowing rivers

                                                                          West-flowing rivers

                                                                          Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                          The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                          The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                          The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                          Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                          Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                          Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                          Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                          Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                          Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                          Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                          Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                          Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                          Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                          They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                          They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                          These rivers form big deltas

                                                                          These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                          Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                          Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                          Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                          Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                          LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                          hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                          of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                          COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                          linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                          offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                          linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                          SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                          hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                          Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                          The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                          Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                          o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                          o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                          o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                          Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                          Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                          Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                          of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                          o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                          o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                          o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                          Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                          Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                          ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                          o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                          ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                          o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                          ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                          o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                          ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                          o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                          ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                          Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                          ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                          Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                          to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                          ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                          Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                          Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                          savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                          o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                          those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                          materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                          certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                          is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                          ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                          MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                          2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                          3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                          monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                          4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                          5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                          6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                          Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                          Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                          29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                          200000 200000

                                                                          On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                          (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                          Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                          Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                          13500

                                                                          18000 18000

                                                                          Capital Account

                                                                          Dr Cr

                                                                          Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                          Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                          Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                          81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                          Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                          Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                          Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                          195500 195500

                                                                          Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                          The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                          • 1 Static Friction
                                                                          • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                            • Static Friction Examples
                                                                              • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                  • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                    • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                      • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                            monuments

                                                                            Class XSubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                            Hindi 2ndlang

                                                                            नया रासता भाग 6 मायाराम 0ी घर म धनी मल 0ी और उनी बटी सरिरता ी ही चचा बनी रहती थी अमिमत ो इसम ोई रलिच ना थी वह धनी घर ी लडी स शादी र सवय ो बचना नही चाहता था उसा भी सवाणिभमान ह ईशवर ी पा

                                                                            स उस पास पस ी ोई मी नही थी अभी उसन फकटरी ही लगाई थी उसी समझ बाहर था कि उस घर वालो ा झाव पस ी तरफ कयो

                                                                            ह उसन मा स सवाल किया कि मा तम सरिरता स मरी शादी कयो रना चाहती हो मा न उस समझाया कि वह दखन म बरी नही ह और किफर खानदान अचछा

                                                                            ह वह ए शल गरहणी रप म घर सभाल सगी अमिमत न मा ो इस बात ा एहसास राया कि मीन सबध लिलए मना रन पर उस दिदल

                                                                            पर कया बीती होगी मा और अमिमत ी लडी बार म ाफी बात हईमा ा झाव सरिरता ी तरफ था कयोकि वह घर पर अचछा दह0 लर आ रही

                                                                            थी अमिमत न अपनी मौसी ी बरी हालत बार म बताया कि किस तरह वह बड घर ी खानदानी बटी लाई थी और आ0 उसी हालत कितनी खराब ह लाई थी बहकलब 0ाती ह और बचचो ो भी नही दखती ह बात चल ही रही

                                                                            थी कि तभी ए ार बाहर आर री धनी मल0ी घर अदर आए और पीछ स डराइवर फल ी ए टोरी लर आया अदर आए और पीछ स

                                                                            डराइवर ए टोरी फल ी लर आया अमिमत ो फल ी पटी बरी लग रही थी अमिमत न पछ लिलया यह फल कयो ल आए ह प इन सब ी कया

                                                                            0ररत थी उनो न 0वाब दिदया कि 4 पटी शमीर स मगाए थ अमिमत ो या सनर करोध आ गया तभी उस किपता 0ी आ गए उन आत ही अमिमत उठर बाहर चला गया वहा वहा मा पास आर बठ गया और बोला

                                                                            अभी रिरशता तय नही हआ और धनी मल 0ी धनी मल 0ी फल ी पटी लर चलआय मा न समझाया कि 0ब सबध 0ड 0ाता ह तो खाली हाथ नही

                                                                            आत अमिमत न मा स हा कि तम सबन सरिरता ो इस घर म लान ी ठान रखी ह धनीमल 0ी उस दिदन सरिरता ो दखन ी तारीख तय रन आय थ

                                                                            Commercial Studies

                                                                            Banking Nowadays Bank provide easy and quick services through internet facilities methods of Banking is called internet bankingIn order to save the time and money involved in visiting Bank branches people increasingly prefer to have internet banking

                                                                            There are different modes of doing internet banking or transferring money through online They areReal Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)National Electronic Fund Transfers (NEFT)

                                                                            1

                                                                            Question

                                                                            1) Explain the term RTGS Write the features of RTGS

                                                                            Answer)The acronym RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement which may be defined as the continuous real time settlement of funds transfer individually on and order by order basis without netting lsquoReal timersquo may be defined as the processing of instructions at the time they are received rather than at some letter time lsquoGross settlementrsquo may be defined as the settlement of transfer instructions which occurs

                                                                            individually

                                                                            Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                                            funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                                            2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                                            3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                                            2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                                            Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                                            Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                                            weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                                            3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                                            4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                                            5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                                            6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                                            English Language

                                                                            CompositionEssay

                                                                            A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                                            Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                                            Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                                            Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                                            Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                                            Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                                            1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                                            Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                                            and Antonio arrive

                                                                            o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                                            o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                                            Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                                            You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                                            [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                                            Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                                            1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                                            2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                                            3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                                            5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                                            6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                                            7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                                            8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                                            9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                                            10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                                            11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                                            Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                                            1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                                            2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                                            ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                                            But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                            Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                            P A s1

                                                                            B

                                                                            s

                                                                            X` O s1 X

                                                                            q q1

                                                                            Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                            Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                            s

                                                                            price (Rs)

                                                                            C

                                                                            p A

                                                                            s2

                                                                            s

                                                                            X` o X

                                                                            q2 q

                                                                            Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                            Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                            (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                            Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                            Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                            Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                            Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                            substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                            6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                            Chlorophyll

                                                                            Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                            process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                            Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                            Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                            absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                            into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                            Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                            End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                            B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                            Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                            Class XI

                                                                            Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                            regimes for sustainable development

                                                                            Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                            Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                            considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                            The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                            Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                            [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                            Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                            o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                            o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                            o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                            SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                            (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                            (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                            (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                            (1)

                                                                            (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                            Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                            ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                            To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                            ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                            And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                            (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                            Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                            Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                            (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                            (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                            Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                            When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                            (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                            Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                            Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                            Commerce

                                                                            Chapter- Management

                                                                            Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                            Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                            Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                            Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                            with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                            policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                            of business

                                                                            4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                            Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                            Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                            1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                            2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                            3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                            4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                            Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                            Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                            day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                            tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                            4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                            ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                            Business Studies

                                                                            Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                            Staff Appraisal

                                                                            Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                            Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                            Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                            Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                            To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                            To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                            To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                            Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                            Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                            knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                            1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                            2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                            3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                            5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                            6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                            7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                            8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                            Geography

                                                                            DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                            The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                            Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                            Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                            East-flowing rivers

                                                                            West-flowing rivers

                                                                            Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                            The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                            The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                            The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                            Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                            Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                            Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                            Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                            Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                            Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                            Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                            Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                            Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                            Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                            They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                            They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                            These rivers form big deltas

                                                                            These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                            Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                            Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                            Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                            Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                            LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                            hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                            of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                            COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                            linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                            offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                            linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                            SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                            hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                            Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                            The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                            Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                            o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                            o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                            o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                            Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                            Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                            Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                            of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                            o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                            o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                            o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                            Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                            Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                            ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                            o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                            ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                            o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                            ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                            o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                            ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                            o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                            ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                            Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                            ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                            Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                            to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                            ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                            Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                            Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                            savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                            o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                            those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                            materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                            certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                            is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                            ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                            MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                            2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                            3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                            monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                            4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                            5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                            6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                            Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                            Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                            29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                            200000 200000

                                                                            On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                            (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                            Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                            Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                            13500

                                                                            18000 18000

                                                                            Capital Account

                                                                            Dr Cr

                                                                            Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                            Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                            Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                            81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                            Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                            Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                            Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                            195500 195500

                                                                            Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                            The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                            • 1 Static Friction
                                                                            • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                              • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                  • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                    • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                      • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                        • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                              individually

                                                                              Features of RTGS1It is the continuous settlement of

                                                                              funds transfer individually on an order by order basis

                                                                              2RTGS facility is provided only by CBS core banking solution enabled Bank branches

                                                                              3Amount charged from the customer for RTGS transactions vary from bank to bank

                                                                              2) Explain the term NEFT Write the features of NEFT

                                                                              Answer) National electronic funds transfer may be defined as a nationwide system that facilitates individuals Farms and copper operates to electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual farm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country

                                                                              Features of NEFT2 Transfer can be made 7 times on

                                                                              weekdays and 6 times on Saturday

                                                                              3 NEFT cannot be used to receive foreign remittances

                                                                              4 NEFT transaction takes place in batches

                                                                              5 A bank branch must be NEFT enabled to become a part of NEFT fund transfer network

                                                                              6 There is no maximum or minimum amount that can be transferred through NEFT when one bank has a bank account

                                                                              English Language

                                                                              CompositionEssay

                                                                              A composition is an art of creating a piece of writing on any topic or subject It is the writing correctly beautifully and clearly in order to make some interesting reading Structure of the composition

                                                                              Introduction ( you lay the foundation for your composition)

                                                                              Body (it constitutes the main part of the essay)

                                                                              Conclusion (final statement that leaves a lasting impression)

                                                                              Kinds of essays1 The Narrative essay2 The descriptive essay3 The reflective essay4 The argumentative essay

                                                                              Write a composition on any one of the following topics (350- 400 words)

                                                                              1 Friendship Or2 The first day of your school

                                                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                                              Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                                              and Antonio arrive

                                                                              o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                                              o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                                              Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                                              You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                                              [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                                              Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                                              1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                                              2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                                              3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                                              5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                                              6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                                              7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                                              8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                                              9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                                              10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                                              11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                                              Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                                              1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                                              2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                                              ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                                              But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                              Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                              P A s1

                                                                              B

                                                                              s

                                                                              X` O s1 X

                                                                              q q1

                                                                              Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                              Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                              s

                                                                              price (Rs)

                                                                              C

                                                                              p A

                                                                              s2

                                                                              s

                                                                              X` o X

                                                                              q2 q

                                                                              Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                              Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                              (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                              Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                              Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                              Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                              Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                              substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                              6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                              Chlorophyll

                                                                              Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                              process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                              Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                              Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                              absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                              into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                              Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                              End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                              B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                              Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                              Class XI

                                                                              Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                              regimes for sustainable development

                                                                              Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                              Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                              considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                              The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                              Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                              [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                              Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                              o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                              o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                              o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                              SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                              (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                              (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                              (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                              (1)

                                                                              (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                              Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                              ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                              To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                              ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                              And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                              (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                              Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                              Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                              (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                              (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                              Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                              When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                              (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                              Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                              Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                              Commerce

                                                                              Chapter- Management

                                                                              Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                              Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                              Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                              Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                              with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                              policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                              of business

                                                                              4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                              Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                              Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                              1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                              2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                              3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                              4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                              Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                              Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                              day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                              tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                              4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                              ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                              Business Studies

                                                                              Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                              Staff Appraisal

                                                                              Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                              Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                              Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                              Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                              To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                              To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                              To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                              To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                              Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                              Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                              knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                              1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                              2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                              3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                              5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                              6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                              7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                              8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                              Geography

                                                                              DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                              The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                              Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                              Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                              East-flowing rivers

                                                                              West-flowing rivers

                                                                              Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                              The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                              The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                              The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                              Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                              Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                              Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                              Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                              Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                              Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                              Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                              Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                              Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                              Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                              They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                              They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                              These rivers form big deltas

                                                                              These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                              Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                              Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                              Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                              Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                              LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                              hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                              of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                              COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                              linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                              offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                              linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                              SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                              hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                              Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                              The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                              Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                              o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                              o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                              o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                              Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                              Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                              Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                              of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                              o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                              o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                              o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                              Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                              Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                              ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                              o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                              ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                              o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                              ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                              o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                              ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                              o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                              ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                              Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                              ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                              Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                              to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                              ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                              Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                              Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                              savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                              o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                              those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                              materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                              certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                              is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                              ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                              MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                              2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                              3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                              monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                              4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                              5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                              6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                              Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                              Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                              29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                              200000 200000

                                                                              On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                              (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                              Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                              Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                              13500

                                                                              18000 18000

                                                                              Capital Account

                                                                              Dr Cr

                                                                              Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                              Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                              Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                              81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                              Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                              Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                              Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                              195500 195500

                                                                              Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                              The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                              • 1 Static Friction
                                                                              • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                  • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                    • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                      • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                        • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                          • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Merchant of Venice ndash William Shakespeare)Topic Act V Scene 1 Lines 127 to 158 (Nerissa helliphellip The clerk will nersquoer wear hair onrsquos face that had it) [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]

                                                                                Summary Revision Questions o Soon thereafter Bassanio Gratiano

                                                                                and Antonio arrive

                                                                                o Bassanio tells Portia that he is feeling as if it is morning because of the presence of Portia who is shining like the sun When Antonio is introduced by Bassanio to Portia she tells Bassanio that he should be grateful to Antonio who took so much trouble on his account even to the extent of risking his life

                                                                                o Nerissa starts quarrelling with Gratiano and demands that he show her the ring she had presented to him and which she had warned him not to lose She suspects that Gratiano must have presented the ring to some young woman and not to the lawyerrsquos clerk as he repeatedly says and assures

                                                                                Answer the following questions to check your preparation of Act IV Scenes 1 and 2

                                                                                You must attempt only after you have completed your preparation of Act IV The answers must be in complete sentences using textual evidence (with citation) when necessary

                                                                                [It would be in your own interest to attempt the above questions honestly totally refraining from consulting your textbook or your notes during answering After completion you should correct the paper yourself consulting the textbooknotes etc and award marks as specified Please let me know the marks you scored through WhatsApp in the group or to my personal WhatsApp]

                                                                                Act IV Scene 1 (each question carries 2 marks)

                                                                                1 What did the Duke try to do for Antonio

                                                                                2 Why does Shylock refuse to show mercy How does he justify his stance

                                                                                3 Why does Antonio say he is ready to die 4 What information is contained in Bellariorsquos letter

                                                                                5 Why does Portia (as Balthazar) assert that Shylock must show mercy How does he respond

                                                                                6 What offers are made to Shylock to get him to spare Antonio How are they received

                                                                                7 What does Antoniorsquos speech as he faces the prospect of Shylockrsquos knife tell you about his character

                                                                                8 How do Bassanio and Gratiano react to the looming prospect of Antoniorsquos demise

                                                                                9 How does Portia (as Balthazar) use the law to turn the tables on Shylock

                                                                                10 What does the Duke decree should happen to Shylock Why What happens to Shylockrsquos estate

                                                                                11 What does Portia ask Bassanio as payment for her ldquoservicesrdquo What is his initial response What makes him change his mind

                                                                                Act IV Scene 2 (each question carries 1frac12 marks)

                                                                                1 What does Gratiano bring to Portia (Balthazar)

                                                                                2 What does Nerissa plan on getting from Gratiano What does Portiarsquos comment suggest about men

                                                                                ECO-10 280620 Topic-Supply AnalysisSHIFTING OF SUPPLY

                                                                                But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                                Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                                P A s1

                                                                                B

                                                                                s

                                                                                X` O s1 X

                                                                                q q1

                                                                                Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                                Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                                s

                                                                                price (Rs)

                                                                                C

                                                                                p A

                                                                                s2

                                                                                s

                                                                                X` o X

                                                                                q2 q

                                                                                Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                                Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                                (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                                Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                                Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                                Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                                Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                                substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                                6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                                Chlorophyll

                                                                                Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                                process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                                Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                                Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                                absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                                into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                                Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                                End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                                B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                                Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                                Class XI

                                                                                Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                                regimes for sustainable development

                                                                                Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                                Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                                considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                                The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                                [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                                Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                                o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                                o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                                o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                                SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                                (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                                (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                                (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                                (1)

                                                                                (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                                Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                                ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                                To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                                ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                                And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                                (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                                Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                                Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                                (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                                (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                                Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                                When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                                (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                                Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                                Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                                Commerce

                                                                                Chapter- Management

                                                                                Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                                Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                                Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                                Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                                with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                                policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                                of business

                                                                                4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                                Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                                Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                                1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                                2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                                3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                                4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                                Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                                Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                                day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                                tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                                4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                                ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                                Business Studies

                                                                                Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                                Staff Appraisal

                                                                                Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                                Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                                To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                                To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                                knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                                1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                                2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                                3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                                5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                                6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                                7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                                8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                                Geography

                                                                                DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                                The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                                Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                                Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                                East-flowing rivers

                                                                                West-flowing rivers

                                                                                Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                                The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                                The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                                The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                                Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                                Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                                Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                                Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                                Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                                Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                                Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                                Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                                Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                                Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                                They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                                They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                                These rivers form big deltas

                                                                                These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                                Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                                Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                                Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                200000 200000

                                                                                On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                13500

                                                                                18000 18000

                                                                                Capital Account

                                                                                Dr Cr

                                                                                Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                195500 195500

                                                                                Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                  • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                    • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                      • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                        • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                          • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                            • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                  But if there is change in factors other than the price of the commodity then either more is supplied at the same price or less supplied at the same price In such cases the price of the commodity remains constant but there is a change in other factors like change in the price of inputs change in technology of production change in price of other related goods change in taxation policy of the government etc For example there is an improvement in the technology of production of the commodity in question It leads to decrease in per unit of cost production of the commodity The firm is willing to sell more quantity of the commodity at the same price So the supply other commodity increases at the same price This increase in supply is shown by rightward shift of supply curve On the other hand if the firm uses inferior technology of production the cost of production per unit of the commodity increases The firm is willing to sell less quantity at the same price So the supply of the commodity decreases at the same price This decrease in supply is shown by leftward shift of the supply curve The above cases of increase and decrease in supply can be shown with the help of the following figures

                                                                                  Y INCREASE OF SUPPLY Price (Rs) s

                                                                                  P A s1

                                                                                  B

                                                                                  s

                                                                                  X` O s1 X

                                                                                  q q1

                                                                                  Y` Quantity demanded (in units)

                                                                                  Y DECREASE IN SUPPLY s2

                                                                                  s

                                                                                  price (Rs)

                                                                                  C

                                                                                  p A

                                                                                  s2

                                                                                  s

                                                                                  X` o X

                                                                                  q2 q

                                                                                  Y` Quantity demanded ( in units)

                                                                                  Main factors causing increase in supply or rightward shift of supply Curve(i) Fall in the price of other related goods

                                                                                  (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                                  Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                                  Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                                  Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                                  Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                                  substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                                  6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                                  Chlorophyll

                                                                                  Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                                  process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                                  Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                                  Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                                  absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                                  into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                                  Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                                  End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                                  B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                                  Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                                  Class XI

                                                                                  Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                                  regimes for sustainable development

                                                                                  Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                                  Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                                  considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                                  The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                  Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                                  [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                                  Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                                  o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                                  o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                                  o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                                  SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                                  (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                                  (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                                  (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                                  (1)

                                                                                  (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                                  Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                                  ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                                  To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                                  ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                                  And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                                  (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                                  Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                                  Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                                  (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                                  (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                                  Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                                  When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                                  (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                                  Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                                  Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                                  Commerce

                                                                                  Chapter- Management

                                                                                  Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                                  Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                                  Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                                  Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                                  with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                                  policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                                  of business

                                                                                  4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                                  Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                                  Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                                  1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                                  2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                                  3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                                  4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                                  Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                                  Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                                  day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                                  tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                                  4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                                  ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                                  Business Studies

                                                                                  Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                                  Staff Appraisal

                                                                                  Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                  Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                                  Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                  Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                  To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                                  To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                                  To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                  To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                  Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                  Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                                  knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                                  1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                                  2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                                  3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                                  5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                                  6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                                  7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                                  8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                                  Geography

                                                                                  DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                                  The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                                  Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                                  Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                                  East-flowing rivers

                                                                                  West-flowing rivers

                                                                                  Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                                  The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                                  The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                                  The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                                  Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                                  Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                                  Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                                  Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                                  Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                                  Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                                  Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                                  Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                                  Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                                  Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                                  They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                                  They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                                  These rivers form big deltas

                                                                                  These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                                  Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                                  Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                                  Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                  Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                  LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                  hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                  of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                  COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                  linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                  offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                  linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                  SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                  hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                  Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                  The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                  Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                  o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                  o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                  o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                  Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                  Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                  Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                  of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                  o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                  o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                  o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                  Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                  Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                  ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                  o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                  ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                  o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                  ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                  o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                  ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                  o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                  ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                  Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                  ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                  Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                  to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                  ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                  Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                  Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                  savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                  o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                  those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                  materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                  certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                  is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                  ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                  MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                  2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                  3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                  monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                  4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                  5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                  6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                  Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                  Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                  29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                  200000 200000

                                                                                  On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                  (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                  Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                  Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                  13500

                                                                                  18000 18000

                                                                                  Capital Account

                                                                                  Dr Cr

                                                                                  Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                  Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                  Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                  81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                  Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                  Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                  Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                  195500 195500

                                                                                  Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                  The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                  • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                  • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                    • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                      • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                        • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                          • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                            • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                              • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                    (ii) Fall in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of better technology in production(iv) Decrease in the rate of excise duty by government(v) If the objective of producer changes from profit maximization to salesMaximization

                                                                                    Main factors causing decrease in supply or leftward shift of supply curve(i) Increase in the price of other related goods(ii) Rise in the price of inputsfactors(iii) Use of inferior technology in production(iv) Increase in the rate of excise duty by the government(v) If the objective

                                                                                    Subject - Biology Topic ndash Chapter mdash6 PhotosynthesisSummary Execution

                                                                                    Today we will know about photosynthesis and its stages

                                                                                    Q1 What do you mean by photosynthesis The process by which living plants containing chlorophyll produce food

                                                                                    substances from carbon-di- oxide and water by using light energy Sunlight

                                                                                    6CO2 +12 H2O----------------------- C6 H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2

                                                                                    Chlorophyll

                                                                                    Q2 What are the importance of photosynthesis I) Food for all Green plants trap solar energy by photosynthesis

                                                                                    process and supply food and energy for all living organisms either directly or indirectly

                                                                                    Ii) Oxygen to breathe in by product of photosynthesis is oxygen which is essential for all living organisms respiration

                                                                                    Q3 Write about two main phases of photosynthesis A Light dependent phase This phase occur in grana of chloroplast I) The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by

                                                                                    absorbing photons Ii) The absorbed energy is used in splitting the water molecules (H2O)

                                                                                    into its two components (H+ and OH- ) and releasing electron s 2H2O------------------------- 4H+ + 4e- +O2

                                                                                    Energy of 4 photons This reaction is known as photolysis

                                                                                    End products are H+ and oxygen water

                                                                                    B Light independent (Dark ) phase The reactions in this phase require no light energy

                                                                                    Here CO2 combine with H+ and produce glucose

                                                                                    Class XI

                                                                                    Subject Topic Summary ExecutionEVS Chapter-4 Legal

                                                                                    regimes for sustainable development

                                                                                    Environmental legislationEnvironmental legislation is the collection of laws and regulations pertaining to air quality water quality the wilderness endangered wildlife and other environmental factors The act ensures that matters important to the environment are thoroughly

                                                                                    Learn -The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980

                                                                                    considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                                    The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                    Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                                    [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                                    Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                                    o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                                    o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                                    o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                                    SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                                    (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                                    (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                                    (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                                    (1)

                                                                                    (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                                    Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                                    ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                                    To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                                    ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                                    And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                                    (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                                    Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                                    Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                                    (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                                    (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                                    Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                                    When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                                    (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                                    Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                                    Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                                    Commerce

                                                                                    Chapter- Management

                                                                                    Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                                    Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                                    Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                                    Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                                    with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                                    policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                                    of business

                                                                                    4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                                    Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                                    Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                                    1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                                    2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                                    3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                                    4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                                    Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                                    Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                                    day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                                    tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                                    4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                                    ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                                    Business Studies

                                                                                    Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                                    Staff Appraisal

                                                                                    Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                    Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                                    Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                    Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                    To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                                    To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                                    To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                    To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                    Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                    Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                                    knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                                    1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                                    2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                                    3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                                    5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                                    6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                                    7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                                    8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                                    Geography

                                                                                    DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                                    The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                                    Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                                    Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                                    East-flowing rivers

                                                                                    West-flowing rivers

                                                                                    Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                                    The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                                    The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                                    The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                                    Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                                    Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                                    Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                                    Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                                    Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                                    Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                                    Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                                    Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                                    Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                                    Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                                    They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                                    They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                                    These rivers form big deltas

                                                                                    These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                                    Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                                    Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                                    Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                    Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                    LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                    hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                    of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                    COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                    linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                    offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                    linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                    SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                    hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                    Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                    Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                    The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                    Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                    o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                    o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                    o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                    Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                    Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                    Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                    of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                    o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                    o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                    o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                    Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                    Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                    ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                    o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                    ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                    o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                    ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                    o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                    ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                    o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                    ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                    Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                    ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                    Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                    to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                    ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                    Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                    Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                    savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                    o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                    those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                    materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                    certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                    is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                    ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                    MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                    2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                    3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                    monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                    4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                    5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                    6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                    Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                    Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                    29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                    200000 200000

                                                                                    On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                    (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                    Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                    Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                    13500

                                                                                    18000 18000

                                                                                    Capital Account

                                                                                    Dr Cr

                                                                                    Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                    Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                    Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                    81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                    Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                    Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                    Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                    195500 195500

                                                                                    Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                    The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                    • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                    • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                      • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                        • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                          • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                            • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                              • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                      considered in any decisions made by federal agencies

                                                                                      The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for the conservation of forests and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto It was further amended in 1988 This law extends to the whole of IndiaObjects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                      Deforestation causes ecological imbalance and leads to environmental deterioration Deforestation had been taking place on a large scale in the country and it had caused widespread concern The act seeks to check upon deforestation and de-reservation of forests

                                                                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Act II Scene 1 Lines 314 to 329 (End of scene)

                                                                                      [Students should read the original play and also the paraphrase given in the school prescribed textbook]Summary Questions amp Answers

                                                                                      Conspiracy of Antonio and Sebastian (Contd)

                                                                                      o As they approach Ariel appears again and wakes up Gonzalo by singing a tune in his ear Alonso also wakes up and they see both Sebastian and Antonio with drawn swords On being caught off guard they make up a story saying that they had heard a bellowing of bulls or lions

                                                                                      o They then moved to another part of the island

                                                                                      o Ariel at once rushes to Prospero to inform him of this development

                                                                                      SUMMING-UP of ACT-2 SCENE-1

                                                                                      (i) Among the survivors Ferdinand is separated from the rest which results in the disconsolate grief of Alonso as he took him for dead

                                                                                      (ii) The villainy of Antonio is confirmed

                                                                                      (iii) The supremacy of Prosperorsquos magic which resulted in the failure of the human conspiracy

                                                                                      (1)

                                                                                      (Act II Sc 1 L 311-325)SEBASTIAN Whiles we stood here securing your repose

                                                                                      Even now we heard a hollow burst of bellowing Like bulls or rather lions Didt not wake youIt struck mine ear most terribly

                                                                                      ALONSO I heard nothingANTONIO O rsquotwas a din to fright a monsters ear

                                                                                      To make an earthquake Sure it was the roarOf a whole herd of lions

                                                                                      ALONSO Heard you this GonzaloGONZALO Upon mine honour sir I heard a humming

                                                                                      And that a strange one too which did awake meI shaked you sir and cried As mine eyes opened I saw their weapons drawn There was a noiseThats verily rsquoTis best we stand upon our guardOr that we quit this place Lets draw our weapons

                                                                                      (i) Why has Prospero sent Ariel to Gonzalo and Alonso What does Ariel do to awaken Gonzalo

                                                                                      Prospero has already come to know by his magic powers the danger which threatens Gonzalo who had been Prosperorsquos friend and so he sent Ariel to preserve the lives of both Gonzalo and Alonso Prospero does not want that his scheme should remain unfulfilled Ariel begins to sing a song in Gonzalorsquos ears to awaken him(ii) Who are ready to carry out their plan Who takes steps to stop them Why does Gonzalo feel surprised after being awakened

                                                                                      Sebastian and Antonio are ready to carry out their plans They are standing with their swords drawn to kill Alonso and

                                                                                      (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                                      (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                                      Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                                      When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                                      (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                                      Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                                      Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                                      Commerce

                                                                                      Chapter- Management

                                                                                      Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                                      Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                                      Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                                      Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                                      with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                                      policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                                      of business

                                                                                      4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                                      Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                                      Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                                      1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                                      2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                                      3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                                      4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                                      Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                                      Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                                      day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                                      tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                                      4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                                      ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                                      Business Studies

                                                                                      Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                                      Staff Appraisal

                                                                                      Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                      Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                                      Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                      Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                      To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                                      To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                                      To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                      To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                      Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                      Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                                      knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                                      1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                                      2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                                      3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                                      5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                                      6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                                      7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                                      8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                                      Geography

                                                                                      DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                                      The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                                      Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                                      Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                                      East-flowing rivers

                                                                                      West-flowing rivers

                                                                                      Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                                      The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                                      The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                                      The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                                      Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                                      Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                                      Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                                      Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                                      Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                                      Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                                      Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                                      Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                                      Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                                      Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                                      They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                                      They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                                      These rivers form big deltas

                                                                                      These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                                      Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                                      Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                                      Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                      Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                      LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                      hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                      of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                      COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                      linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                      offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                      linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                      SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                      hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                      Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                      Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                      The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                      Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                      o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                      o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                      o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                      Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                      Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                      Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                      of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                      o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                      o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                      o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                      Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                      Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                      ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                      o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                      ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                      o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                      ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                      o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                      ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                      o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                      ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                      Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                      ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                      Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                      to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                      ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                      Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                      Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                      savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                      o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                      those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                      materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                      certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                      is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                      ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                      MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                      2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                      3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                      monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                      4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                      5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                      6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                      Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                      Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                      29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                      200000 200000

                                                                                      On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                      (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                      Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                      Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                      13500

                                                                                      18000 18000

                                                                                      Capital Account

                                                                                      Dr Cr

                                                                                      Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                      Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                      Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                      81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                      Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                      Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                      Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                      195500 195500

                                                                                      Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                      The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                      • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                      • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                        • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                          • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                            • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                              • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                  • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                        (iv) We see two sets of contrasting characters Gonzalo-Adrian against Antonio-Sebastian

                                                                                        (v) The grief that works in Alonso can be perceived to his repentance for his association in Antoniorsquos crime against Prospero

                                                                                        Gonzalo Ariel takes steps to stop them from carrying out their nefarious scheme When Gonzalo is awakened by the song sung by Ariel into his ears he (Gonzalo) feels surprised because he sees Sebastian and Antonio standing with their swords drawn(iii) What reason do Sebastian and Antonio tell of drawing their swords when they are suspected by Alonso and Gonzalo

                                                                                        When Sebastian and Antonio are seen with their swords drawn they are looked with suspicion by Gonzalo and Alonso At first Sebastian tells them that as they stood here to guard them during their sleep they heard only a little before a sudden loud noise very much like the roaring of bulls or more probably that of lions Then Antonio follows him saying that this was a noise so terrible as to frighten even a monsterrsquos ears and this noise could even have shaken the earth and it was surely like the roaring of a multitude of lions Then seeing the danger they have drawn their swords Perhaps after hearing the terrible noise they (Gonzalo and Alonso) woke up from their sound sleep

                                                                                        (iv) What does Gonzalo tell Alonso about the strange noise What did he see on opening his eyes Gonzalo tells Alonso that he did not hear the sound of roaring but he heard a humming sound which was strange and which woke him up After waking up he gave him (Alonso) a shaking and a loud cry On opening his eyes he saw these two gentlemen standing with their swords drawn(v) What does Gonzalo suggest

                                                                                        Gonzalo suggests that there was a noise indeed and of that he has no doubt at all and suggests that the best course for them would be to remain alert and vigilant against any possible danger to their lives or to leave this place and move to some other part of the island

                                                                                        Class XIISubject Topic Summary Execution

                                                                                        Commerce

                                                                                        Chapter- Management

                                                                                        Today we will discuss about LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT

                                                                                        Levels of management is a series or chain of managerial positions from top to bottom It helps individuals to know their authority responsibilities and superior-subordinate relations among themselves There are mainly three levels of Management TOP LEVEL MANAGEMENTMIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENTLOWER LEVEL MANAGEMENT

                                                                                        Top level managementIt consists of members at the highest level in the management hierarchy This level includes Board Of Directors Chief Executive Managing Directors Chairman President Vice President

                                                                                        Rolefunctions of the top levelmanagement1To analyse evaluate and deal

                                                                                        with theexternal environment2 To determine the objectives and

                                                                                        policies of the business3 To strive for welfare and survival

                                                                                        of business

                                                                                        4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                                        Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                                        Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                                        1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                                        2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                                        3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                                        4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                                        Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                                        Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                                        day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                                        tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                                        4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                                        ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                                        Business Studies

                                                                                        Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                                        Staff Appraisal

                                                                                        Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                        Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                                        Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                        Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                        To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                                        To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                                        To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                        To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                        Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                        Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                                        knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                                        1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                                        2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                                        3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                                        5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                                        6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                                        7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                                        8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                                        Geography

                                                                                        DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                                        The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                                        Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                                        Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                                        East-flowing rivers

                                                                                        West-flowing rivers

                                                                                        Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                                        The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                                        The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                                        The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                                        Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                                        Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                                        Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                                        Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                                        Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                                        Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                                        Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                                        Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                                        Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                                        Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                                        They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                                        They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                                        These rivers form big deltas

                                                                                        These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                                        Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                                        Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                                        Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                        Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                        LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                        hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                        of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                        COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                        linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                        offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                        linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                        SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                        hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                        Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                        Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                        The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                        Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                        o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                        o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                        o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                        Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                        Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                        Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                        of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                        o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                        o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                        o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                        Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                        Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                        ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                        o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                        ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                        o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                        ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                        o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                        ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                        o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                        ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                        Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                        ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                        Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                        to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                        ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                        Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                        Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                        savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                        o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                        those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                        materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                        certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                        is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                        ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                        MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                        2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                        3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                        monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                        4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                        5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                        6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                        Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                        Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                        29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                        200000 200000

                                                                                        On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                        (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                        Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                        Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                        13500

                                                                                        18000 18000

                                                                                        Capital Account

                                                                                        Dr Cr

                                                                                        Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                        Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                        Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                        81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                        Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                        Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                        Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                        195500 195500

                                                                                        Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                        The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                        • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                        • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                          • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                            • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                              • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                  • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                    • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                          4 To create an organisational Framework consisting of authority responsibility relationship

                                                                                          Middle level management Congress of members or groups who are concerned with implementation of the policies let down by the top managementThis level includes head of the department such as finance manager marketing manager branch and regional managers departmental and divisional heads plant superintendent etc

                                                                                          Role of functions of the middle level management

                                                                                          1 To interpret the policies framed by top management

                                                                                          2 To assign duties and responsibilities to lower level managers

                                                                                          3 To select and appoint employees for middle and supervisory level and evaluate their performance

                                                                                          4 To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning

                                                                                          Operational or supervisory level managementIt refers to the group are members who are concerned with execution of the work They are also known as fast line managers This level includes supervisor 4 men Section Officer clerk Inspector etc

                                                                                          Role of functions of the lower level management1 To plan and execute day-to-

                                                                                          day operations2 To supervise and control the workers3 To arrange materials and

                                                                                          tools to start the process and make arrangements for training

                                                                                          4 Today present workers grievance and suggestions before the management and

                                                                                          ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                                          Business Studies

                                                                                          Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                                          Staff Appraisal

                                                                                          Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                          Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                                          Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                          Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                          To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                                          To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                                          To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                          To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                          Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                          Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                                          knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                                          1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                                          2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                                          3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                                          5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                                          6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                                          7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                                          8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                                          Geography

                                                                                          DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                                          The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                                          Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                                          Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                                          East-flowing rivers

                                                                                          West-flowing rivers

                                                                                          Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                                          The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                                          The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                                          The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                                          Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                                          Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                                          Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                                          Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                                          Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                                          Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                                          Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                                          Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                                          Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                                          Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                                          They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                                          They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                                          These rivers form big deltas

                                                                                          These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                                          Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                                          Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                                          Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                          Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                          LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                          hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                          of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                          COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                          linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                          offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                          linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                          SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                          hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                          Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                          Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                          The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                          Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                          o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                          o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                          o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                          Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                          Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                          Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                          of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                          o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                          o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                          o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                          Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                          Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                          ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                          o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                          ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                          o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                          ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                          o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                          ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                          o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                          ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                          Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                          ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                          Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                          to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                          ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                          Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                          Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                          savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                          o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                          those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                          materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                          certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                          is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                          ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                          MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                          2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                          3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                          monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                          4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                          5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                          6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                          Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                          Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                          29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                          200000 200000

                                                                                          On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                          (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                          Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                          Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                          13500

                                                                                          18000 18000

                                                                                          Capital Account

                                                                                          Dr Cr

                                                                                          Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                          Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                          Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                          81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                          Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                          Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                          Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                          195500 195500

                                                                                          Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                          The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                          • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                          • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                            • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                              • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                  • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                    • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                      • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                            ensure safe and proper working conditions in the factory

                                                                                            Business Studies

                                                                                            Staff Appraisal Chapter- 10 Today let us start with a new chapter

                                                                                            Staff Appraisal

                                                                                            Meaning of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                            Performance Appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the performance of employees and to understand the abilities of a person for further growth and developmentThe supervisors measure the pay of employees and compare it with targets and plansThe supervisor analyses the factors behind work performances of employeesThe employers are in position to guide the employees for a better performance

                                                                                            Objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                            Following are the objectives of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                            To maintain records in order to determine compensation packages wage structure salaries raises etc

                                                                                            To identify the strengths and weaknesses of employees to place right men on right job

                                                                                            To maintain and assess the potential present in a person for further growth and development

                                                                                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                            To provide a feedback to employees regarding their performance and related status

                                                                                            Importance of Performance Appraisal

                                                                                            Performance appraisal provides important and useful information for the assessment of employees skill

                                                                                            knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                                            1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                                            2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                                            3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                                            5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                                            6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                                            7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                                            8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                                            Geography

                                                                                            DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                                            The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                                            Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                                            Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                                            East-flowing rivers

                                                                                            West-flowing rivers

                                                                                            Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                                            The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                                            The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                                            The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                                            Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                                            Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                                            Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                                            Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                                            Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                                            Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                                            Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                                            Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                                            Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                                            Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                                            They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                                            They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                                            These rivers form big deltas

                                                                                            These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                                            Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                                            Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                                            Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                            Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                            LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                            hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                            of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                            COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                            linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                            offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                            linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                            SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                            hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                            Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                            Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                            The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                            Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                            o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                            o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                            o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                            Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                            Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                            Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                            of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                            o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                            o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                            o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                            Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                            Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                            ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                            o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                            ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                            o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                            ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                            o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                            ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                            o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                            ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                            Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                            ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                            Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                            to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                            ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                            Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                            Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                            savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                            o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                            those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                            materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                            certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                            is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                            ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                            MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                            2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                            3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                            monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                            4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                            5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                            6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                            Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                            Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                            29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                            200000 200000

                                                                                            On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                            (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                            Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                            Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                            13500

                                                                                            18000 18000

                                                                                            Capital Account

                                                                                            Dr Cr

                                                                                            Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                            Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                            Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                            81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                            Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                            Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                            Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                            Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                            195500 195500

                                                                                            Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                            The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                            • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                            • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                              • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                                • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                  • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                    • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                      • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                        • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                              knowledge ability and overall job performance The following are the points which indicate the importance of performance appraisal in an organization

                                                                                              1 Performance appraisal helps supervisors to assess the work performance of their subordinates

                                                                                              2 Performance appraisal helps to assess the training and development needs of employees

                                                                                              3 Performance appraisal provides grounds for employees to correct their mistakes and it also provides proper guidance and criticism for employees development4 Performance appraisal provides reward for better performance

                                                                                              5 Performance appraisal helps to improve the communication system of the organization

                                                                                              6 Performance appraisal evaluates whether human resource programs being implemented in the organization have been effective

                                                                                              7 Performance appraisal helps to prepare pay structure for each employee working in the organization

                                                                                              8 Performance appraisal helps to review the potentiality of employees so that their future capability is anticipated

                                                                                              Geography

                                                                                              DRIANAGE The SubarnarekhaThe Subarnarekha and the Brahmaniinterposed between the Ganga and the Mahanadi deltas drain an area of 19300 sq kmand 39033 sq km respectively The drainage basins of these streams are shared byJharkhand Odisha west Bengal and Chhattisgarh The Brahmani is known as southKoel in its upper reaches in Jharkhand

                                                                                              The NarmadaThe Narmada rises in the Amarkantak hills of MadhyaPradesh It flows towards the West in a rift valleyformed due to a geological fault The total length of it is 1300 km All the tributaries of the

                                                                                              Q1 Name the two westward flowing rivers in the peninsular plateauA1 Narmada and Tapi are the only westward flowing rivers of the peninsular plateau

                                                                                              Q2 Differentiate between east-flowing rivers and west-flowing riversA2

                                                                                              East-flowing rivers

                                                                                              West-flowing rivers

                                                                                              Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                                              The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                                              The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                                              The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                                              Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                                              Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                                              Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                                              Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                                              Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                                              Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                                              Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                                              Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                                              Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                                              Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                                              They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                                              They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                                              These rivers form big deltas

                                                                                              These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                                              Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                                              Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                                              Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                              Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                              LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                              hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                              of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                              COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                              linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                              offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                              linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                              SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                              hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                              Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                              Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                              The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                              Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                              o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                              o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                              o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                              Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                              Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                              Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                              of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                              o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                              o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                              o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                              Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                              Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                              ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                              o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                              ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                              o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                              ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                              o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                              ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                              o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                              ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                              Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                              ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                              Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                              to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                              ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                              Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                              Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                              savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                              o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                              those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                              materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                              certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                              is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                              ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                              MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                              2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                              3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                              monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                              4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                              5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                              6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                              Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                              Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                              29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                              200000 200000

                                                                                              On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                              (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                              Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                              Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                              13500

                                                                                              18000 18000

                                                                                              Capital Account

                                                                                              Dr Cr

                                                                                              Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                              Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                              Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                              81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                              Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                              Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                              Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                              Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                              195500 195500

                                                                                              Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                              The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                              • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                              • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                                • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                                  • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                    • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                      • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                        • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                          • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                                Narmada are very short inlength Most of its tributaries join the main streamright anglesThe Narmada basin covers parts of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat

                                                                                                The Tapi The Tapi rises in the Satpura ranges in the Betul listrictof Madhya Pradesh It flows in a rift valley parallel tothe Narmada but it is much shorter in length It coversparts of Madhya Pradesh Gujarat and MaharashtraThe length is about 724 km

                                                                                                The Sabarmati and the MahiThe Sabarmati rises in the Aravali hills and flows south-south-westwards for a distance of 300 kilometres to the Arabian Sea The Sabarmatibasin extends over an area of 21674 sq km in Rajasthan and Gujarat The Mahi rises inthe east of Udaipur and drains an area of 34842 sq km lying in Madhya PradeshRajasthan and Gujarat It flows south-westwards for a distance of 533 km before it fallsinto the Gulf of Khambhat

                                                                                                The ChambalThe Chambal rises near Mhow in the Vindhya Range and flows towards the northgenerally in a gorge upto Kota Below Kota it turns to the north-east direction and afterreaching Pinahat it turns to the east and runs nearly parallel to the Yamuna beforejoining it in the southern part of the Etawah district in Uttar PradeshMajor Rivers of India with their basin area (Sqkm)

                                                                                                Himalayan System Indus 321290Ganga 861404

                                                                                                Brahmaputra 187110Indus System

                                                                                                Jhelum 34775Beas 20303

                                                                                                Ganga System Yamuna 366223Ghaghra 127950

                                                                                                Peninsular RiversNarmada 98796

                                                                                                Tapi 65145Mahanadi 141600

                                                                                                Subarnarekha 19300Sabarmati 21674

                                                                                                Mahi 34842Godavari 312812

                                                                                                Godavari Krishna Kaveri Mahanadi are the east-flowing rivers

                                                                                                Narmada Tapi west-flowing rivers

                                                                                                They fall into the Bay of Bengal

                                                                                                They fall into Arabian Sea

                                                                                                These rivers form big deltas

                                                                                                These rivers form comparativelysmall deltas

                                                                                                Catchment areas of these rivers are larger

                                                                                                Catchment areas of these rivers are smaller

                                                                                                Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                                Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                                LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                                hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                                of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                                COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                                linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                                offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                                linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                                SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                                hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                                Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                                Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                                The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                                Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                                o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                                o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                                o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                                Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                                Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                                Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                                of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                                o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                                o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                                o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                                Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                                Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                                ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                                o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                                ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                                o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                                ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                                o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                                ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                                o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                                ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                                Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                                ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                                Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                                to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                                ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                                Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                                Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                                savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                                o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                                those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                                materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                                certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                                is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                                ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                                MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                                2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                                3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                                monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                                4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                                5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                                6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                                Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                                Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                                29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                                200000 200000

                                                                                                On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                                (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                                Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                                Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                                13500

                                                                                                18000 18000

                                                                                                Capital Account

                                                                                                Dr Cr

                                                                                                Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                                Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                                81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                                Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                                Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                                Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                                195500 195500

                                                                                                Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                                The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                                • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                                • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                                  • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                                    • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                      • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                        • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                          • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                            • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                                  Krishna 2589488Cauveri 87900

                                                                                                  Subject ndashBiology Topic ndashChapter -5 Inheritance amp Variations Summary ExecutionToday we will discussabout linkage and its classification

                                                                                                  LINKAGE The tendency of the genes located on the same chromosome to stay together is

                                                                                                  hereditary transmission Linked genes the genes responsible for this Genes that exhibit the process of linkage locates in the same chromosome The distance between the linked genes in a chromosome determines the strength

                                                                                                  of linkage i e genes that are located close to each other show stronger linkage than that are located far from each other

                                                                                                  COMPLETE LINKAGE It is the type of linkage showed by the genes that are closely located or are tightly

                                                                                                  linked with each other as they have no chance of separatingby crossing over These genes are always transmitted together to the same gamete and the same

                                                                                                  offspring In such condition only parental or non cross over type of gametes are formedINCOMPLETE KINKAGE It is type of linkage showed by the genes that are distantly located orare loosely

                                                                                                  linked with each other because they have chance of separating by crossing over

                                                                                                  SIGNIFICANCE i) It helps in holding the parental character togetherii) It checks the appearance of new recombination and helps in bringing the

                                                                                                  hybrid population which resembles the original parents iii) Linked genes dilute the effects of undesirable traits

                                                                                                  Subject Eng Literature (The Tempest ndash William Shakespeare) Topic Essay Questions (EQ-3)Question No 3

                                                                                                  Give a character sketch of CalibanAnswer

                                                                                                  The character of Caliban has been wonderfully conceived by Shakespeare as the manifestation of all that is gross and earthy ndash a sort of creature of the earth as Ariel is a sort of creature of the air

                                                                                                  Calibanrsquos Physical Appearanceo Caliban is lsquofreckledrsquo a lsquomisshapen knaversquo not honoured with human shape

                                                                                                  o Prospero calls him lsquothou tortoisersquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 317) Trinculo stumbling upon him describes him as ldquoA strange fish hellip Legged like a man And his fins like armsrdquo He ldquosmells like a fishrdquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 25)

                                                                                                  o Prospero also calls him a ldquobeastrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Line 140) and ldquoThis misshapen knaverdquo (Act V Sc 1 Line 268)

                                                                                                  o Further it appears that in addition to his physical deformity his spiritual inferiority is also suggested by Prosperorsquos claim that his birth resulted from the union between his mother the witch Sycorax and the devil

                                                                                                  Calibanrsquos ParentageWhen the play opens Caliban is twenty four years of age having been born on the island twelve years before the coming of Prospero His mother was the foul witch Sycorax who was banished from Algiers for ldquomischiefs manifold and sorceries terrible to enter human hearingrdquo (Act I Sc 2 Line 264) and the father was the Devil himself Thus

                                                                                                  Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                                  Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                                  of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                                  o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                                  o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                                  o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                                  Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                                  Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                                  ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                                  o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                                  ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                                  o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                                  ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                                  o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                                  ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                                  o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                                  ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                                  Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                                  ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                                  Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                                  to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                                  ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                                  Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                                  Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                                  savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                                  o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                                  those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                                  materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                                  certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                                  is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                                  ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                                  MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                                  2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                                  3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                                  monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                                  4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                                  5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                                  6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                                  Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                                  Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                                  29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                                  200000 200000

                                                                                                  On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                                  (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                                  Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                                  Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                                  13500

                                                                                                  18000 18000

                                                                                                  Capital Account

                                                                                                  Dr Cr

                                                                                                  Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                  Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                                  Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                                  81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                                  Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                                  Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                  Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                                  Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                                  195500 195500

                                                                                                  Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                                  The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                                  • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                                  • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                                    • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                                      • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                        • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                          • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                            • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                              • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                                    Caliban is a monster of evil and brute nature ugly deformed and stinking

                                                                                                    Calibanrsquos Savage and Malignant Natureo Caliban is entirely a creature of the earth ndash gross brutal and savage He regards himself as the rightful possessor

                                                                                                    of the island and Prospero as a usurper

                                                                                                    o In his young age he was on good terms with Prospero He had consented to be received by Prospero at his house and to be educated by him He has learnt human language only to curse his master whom he abhors

                                                                                                    o His beastly nature soon breaks out and ends in a vicious attack on Miranda This opens the eye of Prospero who becomes severe to him and enforces his service by threats and violence

                                                                                                    o Prospero uses him to make dams for fish to fetch firewood scraper trenches wash dishes and keep his cell clean

                                                                                                    Calibanrsquos Hatred for ProsperoA profound hatred for Prospero has taken hold of Caliban It springs from a sense of his being dispossessed and ill-treated He would kill Prospero if he could but he knows the power of Prosperorsquos lsquobookrsquo Hence he transfers his allegiance to Stephano who seems like a god to him He also incites the two drunken associates to batter the skull of Prospero when he sleeps in the afternoon

                                                                                                    Caliban Shows Considerable Intelligenceo He has learnt Prosperorsquos language

                                                                                                    ldquoYou taught me language and my profit onrsquot (Act II Sc 2 Lines 86-89)Is I know how to curserdquo

                                                                                                    o He is well aware of the futility of arguing with one who has more power than he has

                                                                                                    ldquoI must obey his art is such power (Act I Sc 2 Lines 373-376)It would control my damrsquos god SetebosAnd make a vassal of himrdquo

                                                                                                    o He realizes the importance of Prosperorsquos books

                                                                                                    ldquoRemember (Act III Sc 2 Lines 89-92)First to possess his books for without themHersquos but a sot as I am nor hath notOne spirit to commandrdquo

                                                                                                    o He knows the value of stealth when attacking the enemy

                                                                                                    ldquoPray you tread softly that the blind mole may not (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 194-195)Hear a foot fall we now are near his cellrdquo

                                                                                                    o Caliban has a better set of values than Stephano and Trinculo They are distracted from their plan by their greed for Prosperorsquos rich garments Only Caliban realizes that such a finery is unimportant

                                                                                                    ldquoLeave it alone thou fool it is but trashrdquo (Act IV Sc 1 Lines 224)

                                                                                                    Caliban is not a good judge of characterCaliban is not a good judge of character He decides for example that Stephano is a god because he dispenses lsquocelestial liquorrsquo (Act II Sc 2 Line 115) but then it must be remembered that he has only known his mother Sycorax Prospero Miranda and the spirits that torture him However he quickly discovers his error of judgementrdquo

                                                                                                    ldquoWhat a thrice-double ass (Act V Sc 1 Lines 295-297)Was I to take this drunkard for a godAnd worship this dull foolrdquo

                                                                                                    Calibanrsquos Imaginative NatureIf Caliban is sub-human in what has been said above he is human in the respect of the poetic side of his character He listens to music with rapture He tells of the beautiful dreams in which heaven rains treasures upon him and which upon waking he yearns to renew One of the most poetic passages in whole play is Calibanrsquos description of the island

                                                                                                    to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                                    ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                                    Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                                    Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                                    savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                                    o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                                    those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                                    materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                                    certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                                    is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                                    ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                                    MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                                    2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                                    3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                                    monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                                    4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                                    5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                                    6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                                    Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                                    Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                                    29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                                    200000 200000

                                                                                                    On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                                    (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                                    Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                                    Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                                    13500

                                                                                                    18000 18000

                                                                                                    Capital Account

                                                                                                    Dr Cr

                                                                                                    Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                    Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                                    Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                                    81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                                    Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                                    Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                    Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                                    Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                                    195500 195500

                                                                                                    Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                                    The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                                    • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                                    • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                                      • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                                        • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                          • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                            • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                              • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                                • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                                      to Stephano and Trinculo

                                                                                                      ldquoBe not afeard The isle is full of noises (Act III Sc 2 Lines 135-143)Sounds and sweet airs that give delight and hurt notSometimes a thousand twangling instrumentsWill hum about mine ears and sometime voicesThat if I then had waked after long sleepWill make me sleep again and then in dreamingThe clouds methought would open and show richesReady to drop upon me that when I wakedI cried to dream againrdquo

                                                                                                      Caliban - Less Ignoble Than Some OthersCalibanrsquos motive for murder is less dishonourable than that of Antonio and Sebastian They plan to kill Alonso to gain his power and wealth Caliban merely wants revenge and the return of lsquohisrsquo island

                                                                                                      Conclusiono Calibanrsquos character is not portrayed very clearly in the play and hence we cannot decide whether he is a poor

                                                                                                      savage being grossly maltreated by Prospero or whether he is evil and must therefore be kept in bondage or enslavement

                                                                                                      o Caliban is contrasted with Ariel who is a spirit and thus swift and uninterested in physical activitieso Caliban is also contrasted with Prospero who is the all-powerful master of the island and of the destiny of all

                                                                                                      those on the islando Caliban is also contrasted with civilized man showing him to be less evil than Antonio and Stephano and less

                                                                                                      materialistic than Stephano and Trinculoo Caliban has suffered at the hands of Prospero and he has learnt to curse by listening to Prosperorsquos abuse He

                                                                                                      certainly believes that Prospero has deprived him of his birthrighto Finally the character Caliban is thought to be one of Shakespearersquos masterpieces The complexity of the character

                                                                                                      is reflected in the large volume of critical discussion that has grown around it

                                                                                                      ECO ndash12 Topic-Forms of market

                                                                                                      MonopolyMonopoly is a market structure in which there is a single seller there are no close substitutes for the commodity produced by the firm and there are barriers to entry Example Indian Railways which is operated under government of India Monopoly also implies absence of competitionFeatures of Monopoly Monopoly is characterized by1 Single Seller In monopoly there is only one firm producing the product The whole industry consists of this single firm Thus under monopoly there is no distinction between firm and industry Being the only firm there is significant control of the firm over supply and price Thus under monopoly buyers do not have the option of buying the commodity from any other seller They have to buy the product from the firm or they can go without the commodity This fact gives immense control to the monopolist over the market

                                                                                                      2No Close Substitute There are no close substitutes of the product produced by the monopolist firm If there are close substitutes of the product in the market it implies presence of more than one firm and hence no monopoly In order to ensure a total of control over the market by the monopolist firm it is assumed that there are no close substitutes of the product

                                                                                                      3 No Entry amp Exit Monopoly can only exist when there is strong barriers before a new firm to enter the market In fact once a monopoly firm starts producing the product no other firm can produce the same One reason for this is the ability of the

                                                                                                      monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                                      4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                                      5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                                      6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                                      Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                                      Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                                      29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                                      200000 200000

                                                                                                      On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                                      (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                                      Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                                      Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                                      13500

                                                                                                      18000 18000

                                                                                                      Capital Account

                                                                                                      Dr Cr

                                                                                                      Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                      Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                                      Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                                      81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                                      Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                                      Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                      Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                                      Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                                      195500 195500

                                                                                                      Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                                      The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                                      • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                                      • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                                        • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                                          • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                            • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                              • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                                • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                                  • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                                        monopolist to produce the product at a lower cost than any new firm who thinks to enter the market If a new firm who knows that it cannot produce at a lower cost than the monopolist then that firm will never enter the market for fear of losing out in competition Similarly the monopolist who is operating for a long time may be enjoying reputation among its customers and is in a better position to use the situation in its own benefit A new firm has to take long time to achieve this and so may not be interested to enter the market

                                                                                                        4 Price Maker Being the single seller of the product the monopolist has full control over the pricing of the product On the other hand if there is a large number of buyers in the market so no single buyer exercises any significant influence over price determination Thus it is a sellerrsquos market So monopoly firm is a price maker

                                                                                                        5 Price Discrimination Having considerable control over the market on account of being single seller with no entry of other firms the monopolist can exercise policy of price discrimination it means that the monopolist can sell different quantities of the same product to a consumer at different price or same quantity to different consumers at different prices by adjudging the standard of living of the consumer

                                                                                                        6 Shape of Demand Curve Since a monopolist has full control over the price therefore he can sell more by lowering the price This makes the demand curve downward sloping

                                                                                                        Subject Ac-12 290620 Topic- retirement Model sumThe Balance Sheet of Rohit Nisha and Sunil who are partners in a firm sharing profits according to their capitals as on 31st March 2014 was as under

                                                                                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs) (` Rs)

                                                                                                        Creditors 25000 Machinery 40000Bills Payable 13000 Building 90000General Reserve 22000 Debtors 30000Capital Less Provision for Rohit 60000 Bad debts 1000

                                                                                                        29000 Nisha 40000 Stocks 23000 Sunil 40000 140000 Cash at Bank 18000

                                                                                                        200000 200000

                                                                                                        On the date of Balance Sheet Nisha retired from the firm and following adjustments were made(i) Building is appreciated by 20(ii) Provision for bad debts is increased to 5 on Debtors(iii) Machinery is depreciated by 10(iv) Goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs 56000 and the retiring partnerrsquos share is adjusted

                                                                                                        (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                                        Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                                        Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                                        13500

                                                                                                        18000 18000

                                                                                                        Capital Account

                                                                                                        Dr Cr

                                                                                                        Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                        Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                                        Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                                        81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                                        Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                                        Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                        Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                                        Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                                        195500 195500

                                                                                                        Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                                        The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                                        • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                                        • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                                          • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                                            • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                              • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                                • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                                  • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                                    • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                                          (v) The capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs120000 Prepare Revaluation Account Capital Accounts of the partner and Balance Sheet of the new firm after Nisharsquos retirement Revaluation AccountDr Cr

                                                                                                          Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`Rs) (Rs`)

                                                                                                          Provision for Bad debt Ac 500 Building Ac 18000Machinery Ac 4000Profit transferred toCapital Accounts (3 2 2)Rohit 5786Nisha 3857Sunil 3857

                                                                                                          13500

                                                                                                          18000 18000

                                                                                                          Capital Account

                                                                                                          Dr Cr

                                                                                                          Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil Particulars Rohit Nisha Sunil (Rs`) (Rs`) (`Rs) (Rs`) (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                          Sunilrsquos Capital ac 9600 mdash 6400 Balance bd 60000 40000 40000Bank - 66143 - General Reserve 9428 6286 6286Balance cd 72000 mdash 48000 Revaluation (Profi 5786 3857 3857 Rohitrsquos Capital Ac mdash 9600 mdash

                                                                                                          Sunilrsquos Capital Ac 6400 Bank 6386 - 4257

                                                                                                          81600 66143 54400 81600 66143 54400

                                                                                                          Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2014

                                                                                                          Liabilities Amount Assets Amount (Rs`) (Rs`)

                                                                                                          Creditors 25000 Building 108000Bank overdraft 37500 Machinery 36000

                                                                                                          Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                                          195500 195500

                                                                                                          Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                                          The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                                          • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                                          • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                                            • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                                              • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                                • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                                  • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                                    • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                                      • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                                            Bills Payable 13000 Debtors 30000Capital Less ProvisionRohit 72000 for Bad debts 1500 28500Sunil 48000 120000 Stock 23000

                                                                                                            195500 195500

                                                                                                            Working Notes (i) (a) Profit sharing ratio is 60000 40000 40000 ie = 3 2 2(b) Gaining Ratio Rohit = 35 ndash 37 = 2135 ndash 1535 = 635Sunil = 25-27 = 1435 ndash 1035 = 435= 635 435= 6 4 = 3 2(c) Nisha Share of Goodwill = Rs 56000 times 27 = Rs16000Share of Goodwill in the gaining ratio by the existing partner ieRohit = Rs16000 times 35 = Rs 9600Sunil = Rs 16000 times 25 = Rs 6400

                                                                                                            The journal entry isRohitrsquos Capital Ac Dr 9600Sunilrsquos Capital Ac Dr 6400 To Nisharsquos Capital Ac 16000(Share of Goodwill divided into gaining ratio)

                                                                                                            • 1 Static Friction
                                                                                                            • The frictional force that acts between the surfaces when they are at rest with respect to each other is called Static Friction
                                                                                                              • Static Friction Examples
                                                                                                                • 2 Sliding Friction
                                                                                                                  • Examples Of Sliding Friction
                                                                                                                    • 3 Rolling Friction
                                                                                                                      • Examples Of Rolling Friction
                                                                                                                        • Objects and Reasons of the Forest Conservation Act

                                                                                                              top related